Get Success in SSB Interviews - Experts, Arihant

INTERVIEWS
Arihant Publications (India) Limited

ARIHANT PUBLICATIONS (INDIA) LTD.
All Rights Reserved
© Publishers
No part of this publication may be re-produced, stored in a retrieval system or distributed
in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning,
web or otherwise without the written permission of the publisher. Arihant has obtained
all the information in this book from the sources believed to be reliable and true. However,
Arihant or its editors or authors or illustrators don’t take any responsibility for the absolute
accuracy of any information published and the damages or loss suffered thereupon.
All disputes subject to Meerut (UP) jurisdiction only.
Administrative & Production Offices Sales & Support Offices

Regd. Office: Agra, Ahmedabad, Bengaluru,
'Ramchhaya' 4577/15, Agarwal Road, Bhubaneswar, Bareilly, Chennai, Delhi,
Darya Ganj, New Delhi -110002 Guwahati, Hyderabad, Jaipur, Jhansi,
Tele: 011- 47630600, 43518550; Kolkata, Lucknow, Meerut,
Fax: 011- 23280316 Nagpur & Pune
Head Office: ISBN : 978-93-12148-86-0

Kalindi, TP Nagar, Meerut (UP) - 250002
Tele: 0121-2401479, 2512970, 4004199;
Fax: 0121-2401648 Published By : Arihant Publications (India) Limited
Production Team
Publishing Manager : Amit Verma Inner Design : Pradeep Kumar
Project Head : Karishma Yadav DTP Operator : Vinay Sharma
Project Coordinator : Divya Gusain Proof Readers : Kiran and Kapil
Cover Design : Bilal Hashmi
For further information about the products from Arihant

log on to www.arihantbooks.com or email to info@arihantbooks.com
INCEPTION
Defence Services provides excellent career opportunities for young and courageous individuals
who nurture a strong feeling of patriotism. UPSC conducts NDA/CDS examination, twice every
year for the selection in Indian Armed Forces i.e. Army, Navy and Air Force. The selection
process includes a written exam and personality test conducted by the Service Selection Board
(SSB). After the final selection, the candidates are sent to one of the following institutes for
orientation training.
This book is a humble attempt to bring forth a comprehensive study material for the candidates
preparing for SSB Interview. The book is divided into different sections i.e., All About SSB
(Introduction), Screening Test, Psychological Testing Series, Group Testing Officer’s (GTO)
Tasks, Interview and Conference Techniques.
The ‘All About SSB’ tells about the day wise complete testing procedure. The second section is on
Screening Test where verbal and non-verbal tests are discussed elaborately along with the
Picture Perception and Discussion Test (PP & DT). The subsequent section covers all
psychological tests viz, Thematic Appreciation Test (TAT), Word Association Test (WAT)
Situation Reaction Test (SRT) and Self Description (SD) with clearly demonstrated pictures
and stories along with appropriate tips on how to attempt this section. The section on Group
Task Series deals with Group Discussion, Group Planning Exercise, Progressive Group Task,
etc. This apart, the book covers almost all the important facts, which are helpful for the
Interview.
The Screening Test and Psychological tests are the written tests, which are conducted by SSB.
The screening test is conducted on the first day to short list the candidates. Only those who
qualify the test are allowed to undergo other tests namely intelligence, psychological, and GTO's
tests followed by the Interview. The book also provides insight into the techniques of Lecturette
and Conference.
It also covers Service Related Information, i.e., about Indian Army, Indian Navy and Indian Air
Force. The service related information will come handy in responding to questions related to
military affairs during the Interview.
This book is an endeavour to match upto the expectations of the aspirants and readers. Their
faith in Arihant has motivated us to bring out the best. We hope this book will prove resourceful
to the candidates to aid them in achieving success in the SSB Interview. We invite any feedback
or suggestion for the further improvement of this book in subsequent editions.
CONTENTS
1. All About SSB 1-9
2. Officer Like Qualities (OLQ) 10-12
3. Intelligence Test (Non-Verbal) 15-36
SCREENING
4. Intelligence Test ( Verbal) 37-59
TEST
5. Picture Perception and Discussion Test (PP & DT) 60-69
6. Personal Information Questionnaire (PIQ) 70-72
7. The Basis of Interview 73-88
8. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) 91-108
PSYCHOLOGICAL 9. Word Association Test (WAT) 109-123
TESTING
SERIES 10. Situation Reaction Test (SRT) 124-143
11. Self-Description Test( SDT) 144-146
12. Group Discussion (GD) 149-158
13. Group Planning Exercise (GPE) 159-166
14. Progressive Group Task (PGT) 167-174
GROUP TESTING 15. Group Obstacle Race (GOR) 175-180
OFFICER’S 16. Half Group Task (HGT) 181-184
(GTO)TASKS
17. Lecturette 185-195
18. Individual Obstacles (IO) 196-201
19. Command Task (CT) 202-205
20. Final Group Task (FGT) 206-209
21. Conference Day 210-212
22. PABT and CPSS 215-221
23. Indian Army 225-236
INDIAN
DEFENCE 24. Indian Navy 237-249
25. Indian Air Force 250-263
26. Awards and Honours 264-268
All About SSB 1
1
All About SSB
India has three types of ‘defence services’ namely, Indian Army, Indian Air
Force and Indian Navy. These services are very prestigious and stand in high
esteem. At the same time, they have maintained their pride and honour through
defencing the nation whenever it found necessary.
From past decades, there has been a trend in defence services i.e., more and
more youth are getting attracted by the services and its charm of the posts
available in Army, Navy and Air Force. These posts are filled by the exams
conducted by UPSC i.e. Union Public Service Commission and the final selection
of SSB i.e. Services Selection Board. It is an organization which is set up by the
Ministry of Defence, India.
To get into the service of Indian Army, aspirants should be atleast 12th passed in
case of NDA and graduate for other defence academies. To join Navy or Air
Force one must be from science background, but for the administration and
logistic branches of Navy or Air Force aspirants of any stream are eligible. Such
aspirants are required to go through the entrance exam conducted by UPSC and
interviews by SSB.
The interview exercise conducted by SSB is mainly a psychological assessment of
the personality of the candidate, to gauge his/her potential as a future officer in
Indian Military. The tests conducted by the SSB aim at selecting individuals with
OLQs (Officer Like Qualities).
u After the final selection, aspirants, who have passed their 12th class
are made to persue B.Sc in NDA and B.Tech for Naval academy.
u There are some posts in armed forces for engineering background and
aspirants are not required to attempt UPSC entrance exam but they
have to go through the interviews conducted by SSB.
u In filling the vacant posts of Air Force, aspirants are supposed to get
through the Air Force aptitude test.
2 Get Success in SSB INTERVIEWS
Highlights of Career as an Army Officer

Being an officer one gets personal satisfaction for serving his own motherland.
It provides him best training and educational facilities.
It provides an opportunity to become a leader in a true sense. Sports and
adventure facilities provided by the army are best in the country.
It provides purposeful and disciplined lifestyle.
It ensures economic security with better service career, promotions and pay
scale.
Ranks
Commissioned Ranks in Army, Navy and Air Force are tabulated below :
Army Navy Air Force
Lieutenant Sub-Lieutenant Flying Officer
Captain Lieutenant Flight Lieutenant
Major Lt Commander Squadron Leader
Lt Colonel Commander Wing Commander
Colonel Captain Group Captain
Brigadier Commodore Air Commodore
Major General Rear Admiral Air-Vice Marshal
Lt General Vice Admiral Air Marshal
Vice Chief of Army Staff Vice Chief of Navy Staff Vice Chief of the Air Staff
General Officer Commanding-in-Chief Commander-in-Chief Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief
Chief of Army Staff Admiral Air Chief Marshal
Pays and Perks

According to 6th pay commission, starting salary of commissioned officers is
` 55,000/- with perks like canteen, free medical, clubs, sports, travel, etc.
Handsome pension and full financial security post retirement is available.
They can easily exit after 20 years of pensionable service.
Entry Eligibility
In defence, the qualification at entry level ranges from higher secondary to post
graduation. Some of the important entries are as follows :
National Defence Academy Entry

Students passed 12th class with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics (PCM) can
enter the NDA and Naval Academy. At the Naval Academy candidates are put
through 4 years BTech programme whereas at the NDA, candidates go through
graduation. The government takes care of all the expenses of lodging, boarding
and education. Apart from this, the candidates are paid a stipend of ` 10000 per
month. The Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) conducts an entrance test
twice a year. Aspiring candidates can go through this test and thereafter, they
have to pass in the examination conducted by Services Selection Board (SSB).
All About SSB 3
Technical Entry Scheme

Candidates with PCM at their higher secondary education are eligible for this
scheme. There is a high demand for technical officers in the military. Apart from
PCM, candidates of almost any discipline of engineering are eligible to join the
technical scheme. They do not have to appear in any entrance test, but have to
pass in the SSB.
Graduate Entry Scheme

In Indian Air Force and Indian Navy, science graduates are preferred whereas
graduates of any stream can join the Indian Army. Graduates of BBA, BCom or
BA (Economics) etc are preferred to join in ground duty or admin branches of
the Air Force and logistics branch of the Indian Navy. The candidates have to go
through with the same procedure as mentioned at the NDA entry. To join logistic
branch in Indian Navy, no entrance test is conducted, but the candidates have to
secure 60% marks in graduation.
NCC Special Entry Scheme

Candidates, who hold NCC (National Cadet Corps) ‘C’ certificate are eligible to
join the armed forces. They do not have to sit for the UPSC entrance
examination, but have to pass in the SSB.
Women Entry Scheme

Women candidates, both graduates and post graduates are also being inducted
into some of the branches of armed forces. They are being inducted in flying
arms in Indian Air Force. It is presumed that the armed forces in future will
become an equal opportunity employer offering greater role to the women in
serving the country.
SSB Call Letters and Reporting

The candidates who clear the entrance exam are called through the call letters to
appear for SSB interview at different centres allotted to the candidates. Some
candidates are recommended by Preliminary Interview Board (PIB) for
Territorial Army and some candidates are recommended through direct entries.
The call letters give the information to the candidate that when and where to
report.
On the day of arrival, you have to report to the Movement Control Office
(MCO) at the railway station. Here, a representative of selection centre managing
the reception, will receive you and direct you to a bus that will take you to the
selection centre. Those who arrived late or by road, should proceed directly to
the selection centre.
After reporting, you will get sufficient time to settle down. Normally, the
afternoons are free (except your interview day). You can make use of this
opportunity to visit places of interest, shop and have fun.
Points to Remember before Reporting

As the first time attender of SSB interview, there are certain things expected to do before
reporting :
u First and foremost, keep in mind the complete procedure of SSB about what you are
expected to do there.
u Secondly, do not forget any document, keep all necessary documents and a photocopy
of the documents.
u Make arrangements for reservations, stay before the SSB day or after it also, as per your
conditions.
u Make a list of things, clothing etc which you have to carry with yourself.
Composition of SSBs
The SSB consists of following members
1. The Interviewing Officer (ITO); comprise of the President and Deputy
President.
2. The Group Testing Officer (GTO); each board consist of four GTOs.
3. The Psychologist; each board has four psychologists.
Schedule at SSBs
In the following ways, the candidates are addressed and are given instructions
at SSB
Opening Address and Form Filling
The duty officer gives an introductory talk, explaining matters of administrative
details, DOs and DONTs and code of conduct at selection centre. You are also
required to complete documentation including verification of required certificates
for age/educational qualifications. All candidates are allotted chest number for
further testing. It is important to remember that you are not competing with
other candidates. All of you will be assessed against a common standard of
suitability and it is possible for everyone in the group to be recommended/not
recommended.
Other than the day of arrival/reporting, the SSBs have a 5 days testing schedule.
With these tests, they are not looking at your physical fitness. The tests are also
geared to let them know more about various shades of your personality.
The exact schedule of tests may be varied depending on the number of
candidates to be tested and GTO tests may be done in a single day, if warranted.
General Instructions
The testing will last for 5 days, in two stages excluding the day of arrival. If you
secure the minimum acceptable grading in all tests, you will be retained at this
centre for another 3 to 4 days or even longer for your medical examination.
Candidates will be administered the Stage 1 of the selection procedure on the
next day of their arrival. Candidates failing to make the grade in Stage 1 will be
returned back on the same day. Candidates recommended for Stage 2 only will
be retained for further testing.
All About SSB 5
Documents
Candidates need to bring all educational certificates and marksheets commencing
from class 10th to till date in original including provisional and degree certificate
for graduate entry candidates. Two photostat copies of all marksheets, duly
attested, should also be brought. Photo Identity Card of your school/college or
Driving License/Passport or Voter Identity Card/Aadhar Card/UPSC admit card
as a proof of identity.
Baggage
Candidates are advised to bring the following items
One pair of white PT shoes or sports shoes and two pairs of white socks. Two
pairs of shoes during monsoons.
One pair of track suit (during winter).
Two pairs of white shorts and t-shirts.
Woollen sweater and balaclava during winter season.
Minimum one pair of dark coloured trousers and light coloured full/half sleeved
shirt.
For Women Candidates
Two pairs of track suits or trousers/slacks (with appropriate tops/salwar kameez)
Since these will be required for outdoor tasks, these should be loose enough to
allow free movements, yet should not hamper movement through excessive
looseness. A woollen sweater and balaclava during winter season is required.
For Sikh Candidates Only
Sikh candidates should bring Turban (Pagadi) for SSB interview at the centre.
Guidance Tips for Screening Test

u Good candidates show extremely keen interest, inquisitiveness and insight in the
surroundings that are highly motivating to acquire maximum knowledge in every
sphere.
u Develop habit of reading a national English newspaper daily. You can also read a
quality magazine related to current affairs. In addition to that, you should watch
quality debate shows on standard news channels.
u Power of expression is very important factor in your selection. Candidates with good
power of expression are more eloquent, forceful, lucid, precise and effective in their
expression. It is advised to students before coming for SSB to practice English speaking
with your friends and family members.
u The candidates must be aware that the objective of the selection board is to discover
the true personality. By being his/her natural self frank and straightforward, one will
help the board to discover his/her true personality.
u Through SSB, you are trying to become an officer in armed forces. So, before coming
for SSB, acquire all basic knowledge about Army, Navy and Air Force.
u Physical stamina will also be tested in SSB, so it is advised to the candidates to start
doing some physical exercise like running, push up, sit up, jumping etc. This will be
very helpful during physical tasks.
u Candidates must be cool, calm and compose during the period of selection.
u Candidates should be smartly dressed means the dress you wear should be clean,
sober and neat. Candidates should avoid pony tail, tattoos and should not wear any
ornaments.
Testing Schedule at SSB

The testing schedule of all five days in SSB interview is stated below :
SSB
Stage I Stage II Stage III

(Medical test for successful candidates
Day 1
from stage 11 (next 2 to 3 days))
OIR PP & DT
Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
Psychological Tests GTO & Interviews of GTO & Interviews of Conference &
Candidates Candidates Declaration
of results
TAT WAT SRT SD
GTO 1 GTO 2
GD GPE PGT GOR HGT Lecturette IO CT FGT
Reporting Day
On the reporting day, reaching at SSB area, the documentation and batch
formation will be done on that day. Each candidate will be allotted a chest
number and he will have to wear it throughout his stay in SSB.
DAY SCREENING TESTING Held on first day of testing. It includes

1 Intelligence Test Intelligence test (verbal and non-verbal) are similar to
Intelligence Quotient (IQ) test, normally conducted in any admission/entrance
exam. These tests include grammar, verbal analogies, synonyms, antonyms,
meaning of words, idioms and structure of the language, critical reasoning,
verbal deductions.
Non-verbal Intelligence test include a series of patterns and figures. You have
to identify the pattern and choose the right option from the given answers.
Picture Perception and Description Test After the Intelligence test,
candidates have to go through PP and DT (Picture Perception and Description
Test). In this test, candidates are shown a picture and asked to write a short
story based on their perception of the picture.
After that, candidates are made to sit in a group and asked to narrate the story
one by one. After all the candidates have finished narrating their story, the
group is expected to discuss and arrive at one common story.
Once all candidates have undergone through screening test the result of test is
declared. Qualified candidates are retained for Stage 2 testing and others are
allowed to return home on the same day.
All About SSB 7
DAY PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING On the second day, candidates are put

2 through Psychological tests. It includes :
Word Association Test (WAT) In this test, candidates are shown 60 words
one after the other and are expected to make a short sentence using the word
shown.
Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) In this test, candidates will be shown
12 pictures and he/she has to write a short story based on these pictures.
Situation Reaction Test (SRT) In this test, certain situations are described
and the candidates response for the situation will be judged.
Self Description (SD) In this test, candidates have to write about himself on
the given questionary.
Note Immediately after the psychological tests on the second day, the interviews
start. The batch is divided into groups and depending upon batch size, some
candidates may have interview on third and fourth day also. They are normally
conducted in the afternoon by the interviewing officer. You will be interviewed
only once and will be informed about it in advance. The atmosphere throughout
the interview is relaxed and informal. The questions are generally based on your
everyday experience.
DAY GROUP TESTING EXERCISES It begins with third day. Group Testing
3 Officer (GTO) conducts this task. Before proceeding towards the conducting of
task, GTO gives the general guidelines and modalities to conduct the task.
Tests that are conducted on this day are following :
Group Discussion (GD) Group Planning Exercise (GPE)
Progressive Group Task (PGT) Group Obstacle Race (GOR)
Lecturette Half Group Task (HGT)
DAY REMAINING GROUP TESTS These are conducted on fourth day.

4 It includes :
Command Task (CT)
Final Group Task (FGT)
Individual Obstacles (IO) In this task, candidates go over 10 obstacles

singularly in 3 minutes.
DAY CONFERENCE PROCEDURE Last day, Final Board Conference is held

5 and results are announced.
Conference Each candidate has to appear before the entire board in the
conference room. Candidates are called one by one and board asks few
general questions.
Result After the conference, results are announced by afternoon and
candidates who are not recommended are allowed to leave on the same day.
Note Successful candidates are asked to stay for medical examination which takes 4
to 5 days. Those who fail in the medicals, can appeal to the nearest military
hospital within 45 days.
Air Force Selection Board (AFSB)

SSB is known as AFSB (Air Force Selection Board) in case of Air Force. Thus, to
get into the Air Force, candidates have to clear AFSB.
AFSB is a 5 to 6 days process in which various tasks are held to judge candidate’s
personality, psychology and physical fitness during these days. The tests are
like Screening tests, Psychology tests, Group tasks, Interview and Conference.
There are total four AFSBs all over India,which are as follows :
1. AFSB Dehradun (Uttarakhand)
2. AFSB Mysuru (Karnataka)
3. AFSB Gandhinagar (Gujarat)
4. AFSB Varanasi (Uttar Pradesh)
Difference between AFSB and SSB Interview
There are certain differences that one must know about AFSB and SSB interview
procedure. These are :
Generally there is no lecturette in AFSB but in SSB lecturette is conducted
compulsorily.
In AFSB the PGTs, Command Tasks and HGTs are a bit different. It is due to
different supporting materials provided.
In AFSB, there are obstacles of ‘Rope Climbing’ and there is a tyre hanging
with a rope and you have to pass through that (The toughest one).
If you apply for Pilot entry whether in Air Force, Navy or Coast Guard, you
have to undergo a PABT (Pilot Aptitude Battery Test), but you can take it once
in a lifetime.
In AFSB documentation, screening and psychology tests are conducted on the
day of reporting while in SSB, documentation is done on the day of reporting
and screening process on the next day.
Selection Centres and Number of Boards of SSB
The following are the SSB centres and training centres :
1. Selection Centres East (SCE), Allahabad (Uttar Pradesh)

u 11SSB u 14SSB u 18SSB
2. Selection Centres Central (SCC), Bhopal (Madhya Pradesh)
3. Selection Centres South (SCS) Bengaluru (Karnataka)
u 17SSB u 24SSB
All About SSB 9
Training Centres/Institutes
Indian Military Academy (IMA), Dehradun (Uttarakhand) Permanent
Commission for male
Officers Training Academy (OTA), Chennai (Tamil Nadu) Short Service
Commission for both male and female
Officers Training Academy (OTA), Gaya (Bihar)-Permanent Commission for
TES and SCO male course
National Defence Academy (NDA), Khadakwasla, Pune (Maharashtra)
Permanent Commission
Naval Selection Board
The centres of Selection Board for NSB are as follows :
1. NSB Coimbatore (Tamil Nadu)
2. 12 SSB at SCS Bengaluru (Karnataka)
3. 33 SSB at SCC Bhopal (Madhya Pradesh)
Training Centres/Institutes
Indian Naval Academy (INA), Ezhimala (Kerala) Permanent/Short
Commission for both male and female
National Defence Academy (NDA), Khadakwasla
Air Force Academy (AFA), Hyderabad (AP) Permanent/Short Commission for

both male and female
2
Officer Like Qualities (OLQ)
The main aims and objectives of the SSB test are to test the Officer Like Qualities
in the candidate. For this he/she goes through various types of test. The selection
system in the SSB is planned in such a way that it finds out an individual, who
after training, can become an effective and well adjusted leader with potential to
function in both in peace and war.
There are different types of ‘Officer Like Qualities’ (OLQs). These can be further
categorised into four different factors. These are :
A. Planning and Organising
B. Social Adjustment
C. Social Effectiveness
D. Dynamism
A. Planning and Organising

1. Effective Intelligence
It is different from basic intelligence, which is related to abstract thinking and
assessed by the use of intelligence tests like verbal or non-verbal test whereas
effective intelligence is utilised in coping with practical challenges of varying
complexity. Effective intelligence has two aspects :
(i) Practical Intelligence This is related to the capacity of every individual to
evolve independent solutions of challenging problems and situations.
(ii) Resourcefulness This is related to the capacity of every individual to
optimum utilisation of available resources.
2. Organising Ability
It is the ability to arrange the resources in a planned and systematic way so as to
produce effective and maximum result. Here, management of resources means
both men and material and also time. This is necessary to obtain desired output
in a given situation.
Officer Like Qualities (OLQ) 11
3. Reasoning Ability
It is an ability to grasp the essentials of the given situation correctly and arrive at
conclusions by rational and logical thinking. Reasoning ability includes
receptivity, inquiring attitude and logical reasoning. Receptivity means to
understand and absorb new condition. For that candidate must have interest,
attention and grasping power. Inquiring attitudes means curiosity for
surroundings and logical reasoning means the ability to arrive at result through
the process of rationality without affecting from emotional factors.
4. Power of Expression
It is the ability to put across your ideas and thoughts adequately and correctly to
others. Power of expression should be lucid, precise and effective.
B. Social Adjustment
1. Social Adaptability
It is the ability of an individual to adapt his surrounding that means, his social
environment. It is necessary to adjust with one’s colleagues which includes his
superiors, equals and subordinates. Social adaptability includes social
intelligence, attitude towards others and facts.
2. Cooperation
It is the attitude and ability of an individual to participate completely in a group
and give his contribution for achieving desired result. It includes the collective
effort and team work.
To work in a team, your loyalty should be on the aim and objective of the group.
Individual aim has no value to cooperate in a team work.
3. Sense of Responsibility
It means individual willingly discharge his duty and obligation on his own. It
includes sense of duty and discipline.
Sense of duty is related to faithfully and firmly doing their assigned work.
Whereas discipline is related to sense of acting, strictly in accordance with rules
and regulations.
Sense of responsibility also means doing your best regardless of the situation or
condition. It means one cannot blame others for his responsibility.
C. Social Effectiveness
1. Initiative
It is the ability to originate meaningful action. It means ability to take first step in
a untested situation, with right direction and continue this action till the desired
goal is achieved.
2. Self-Confidence
It means the faith in one’s ability and move forward with positive attitude to meet
the challenges and utilise the opportunities that come in his way.
3. Timely Decision Taking Ability

It is the ability to implement the work at hand expeditiously, appropriately and
in a cost-effective manner. Feasibility and practicability are also important factors
to include in quickly arriving decision taking ability.
4. Motivational Ability
It means the ability to influence the group. This influence is the main cause of
cooperative and willing effort of a group towards achieving the desired result.
One must have the quality to lead by examples.
5. Liveliness
It is the ability of an individual to always maintain a cheerful atmosphere around
himself. To have liveliness, a person must be optimistic, vivacious, spirited and
smiling even under pressure conditions. One must accept every situation
cheerfully and spread positive vibrations among his group.
D. Dynamism
1. Determination
It is the ability to sustain an effort to achieve goals in spite of difficulties. It
includes physical and mental toughness and will power. It is the capacity to force
oneself along when under pressure and urgent situation.
2. Courage
It is the ability to overcome from one’s fear and take purposive risk to complete
his task. It includes spirit of adventure, an enterprising spirit and capacity to keep
oneself cool and compose in adverse situations.
3. Stamina
It is the ability to withstand protected physical and mental strain. It also includes
endurance which means to maintain one’s physical and mental strength over a
long period of time.
Physical stamina means running some distance and carrying the physical material
while performing the task without getting tired. Mental stamina means the ability
to remain cool and calm. It means facing and managing each situation cheerfully,
willingly and intelligently in a given time constrain.
SCREENING TEST...
SSB Screening test is the preliminary SSB Interview stage I screening
procedure conducted by the SSB’s. These tests are aimed to find out
the analysing ability of the candidate and to guage their inner mind
potential.
Need For Screening Test

Screening test is conducted to assess the various Officer Like
Qualities of a candidate. The elimination of a candidate begins from
this stage only. The board declares the result on the same day and
takes only those candidates who possess the required basic
minimum personality trait.
Types of Screening Test

There are two types of tests conducted by SSB
1. Officers Intelligence Rating Test (OIR) It consists verbal
reasoning and non-verbal reasoning test. As we know that
reasoning is the process of acquiring indirect knowledge
through direct knowledge. This test is an effective measure to
judge candidate’s level of intelligence. It consist of simple
linguistic, logical, analytical and mathematical questions to
test the basic commonsense.
2. Picture Perception and Description Test (PPDT) It is a
picture based test. The test judges a candidate on the basis of
his approach and his way of looking at various things. In this
test a candidate will have to write a story based on a picture
that will be shown.
Intelligence Test (Non-Verbal) 15
3
Intelligence Test
(Non-Verbal)
On day 1 candidates are given Intelligence Test (Verbal and Non-Verbal), then
there is a picture perception test. In non-verbal intelligence test, a series of
patterns and figures are provided. The candidate has to identify the relation
between figures and pick the correct alternative from the given choices.
You will usually find questions on the following :
Analogy Series
Classification Completion of incomplete pattern
Spotting out the embedded figure

Mirror and water image
Cube and Dice
Some sample tests are provided with answers for practice.
Analogy
In these type of questions, a pair of related figures is provided and a similar
relationship is to be established between two other figures, by selecting one of
them from a set of alternatives.
These type of questions can be better understood with the help of examples
given below :
Directions (Example Nos. 1-2) Figures (i) and (ii) are related in a particular
manner. Establish the same relationship between figures (iii) and (iv) by choosing a
figure from amongst the five alternatives, which should replace the question mark
in figure (iv).
Problem figures Answer figures
1.
(a) (b) (c) (d)


2.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 1. (a) In first pair of problem figures, one more arm/side is added to the first
figure to arrive at the second figure and the half-circle at the corner of the sides,
which were at the outside, comes in. Similarly, in second pair of problem figures,
one more side is added to the first figure and the half-circle at the corner of the
sides, which were at the inside, comes outside.
2. (c) First design of first pair of problem figures is rotated by 90° and then it is
placed on the original to get the second figure of the pair. Similar concept is used
in second pair to get the right answer.
Directions (Examples Nos. 3-4) In the following questions, select the figure
from the answer figures which comes next in the series.
3.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 3. (a) In the second figure, a figure is generated similar to the first figure inside
the circle.
4. (b) Half of the petals is added to the right side and figure is rotated by 45°
clockwise.
Series
In these type of questions, there are two sets of figures. One set is called ‘Problem
figures’ while the other as ‘Answer figures’. These problems are based upon the
continuation of figures. There are various types of problems on series. However,
the basic concept for each type is the same. There is a sequence of figures
depicting a change step-by-step. A candidate has to select a figure from the given
set of figures, which would continue the series.
given below :
Directions (Example Nos. 5-6) In each of the questions given below which one
from the four/five answer figures should come at the right of the problem figures to
complete the series logically.
5.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 5. (c) The main figure rotates 90°, 45°, 90°, 45° and 90° anit-clockwise in each
step. The shaded square become circle and circle repeat twice and square comes
after circle. The shaded portion in the main figure shift on the sides of line attached
to square and circle.
6. (a) One and two parts of the line diappear and appear alternately and the
disappearance of line is anti-clockwise.
Directions (Example Nos. 7-8) In each of the questions given below which one
from the four/five answer figures should come at the right of the problem figures to
complete the series logically.
7.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 7. (a) Designs in figure first, third and fifth are shaded from upper to lower.
Similarly, designs in second, fourth and answer figure are also shaded from upper
to lower.
8. (c) In the next figure of hexagon, two designs ‘’’ and ‘ ’ are moving one step in
clockwise direction. Also, two designs ‘ ’ and ‘∆’ are moving one step in
anti-clockwise direction and are alternately shaded.
Classification
In such problems, we are given a set of figures, such that all, except one have
similar characteristics. We are required to select the figure which differs from all
other figures in the given set. These type of questions can be better understood
with the help of examples given below :
Directions (Example Nos. 9-12) In the following questions trace out the
alternative figure which contains problem figure as its part.
9.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
11.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
12.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 9. (d) Except figure (d), all other figures have four black and three white
squares.
10. (c) Except figure (c), all other figures have common features of having a single
square either shaded or unshaded at the intersections of lines.
11. (d) Only in figure (d), the difference of lines of the figure and lines in it is two
whereas in others the difference is three.
12. (d) Except figure (d), all other figures are made up of six line segments while
figure (d) is made up of five line segments.
Completion of Incomplete Pattern

In such type of problems, a figure is given which has a definite pattern. But
nearly a quarter of that pattern is left blank. The candidate has to select that answer
figure which best fits into the blank so as to complete the pattern of the figure.
Directions (Example Nos. 13-16) In each of the following problems, select a
figure from the given four alternatives, which when placed in the blank space of
problem figure would complete the pattern.
13.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
14.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 13. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by
option (c), i.e.
14. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by option
(c), i.e.
15. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by option
(d), i.e.
16. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is give by option
(c), i.e.
Spotting Out Embedded Figure

A figure (X) is said to be embedded in a figure (A), if figure (A) contains figure
(X) as its part.
In such type of problems, a figure (X) is given, followed by four figures in such a
way that figure (X) is embedded in one of them. A candidate has to select such
figure in which figure (X) is embedded.
These type of questions can be better understood with the help of examples given
below :
Directions (Example Nos. 17-21) In each of the following problems, choose
the answer figure in which the problem figure is embedded.
17.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
19.
+ + + + +
(a) (b) (c) (d)
20.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
21.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ú 17. (a) On close observation, we find that the problem figure is embedded in
figure (a) as shown adjacent
18. (b) On close observation, we find that the problem figure is embedded in figure
(b) as shown adjacent
19. (d) On close observation, we find that the problem figure is embedded in figure
(d) as shown adjacent
20. (d) On close observation, we find that problem figure is embedded in figure (d)
as shown adjacent
21. (a) On close observation, we find that the problem figure is embedded in figure
(a) as shown adjacent
Mirror and Water Image

When a mirror is placed in front of an object then the left hand side (LHS) and
Right hand side (RHS) of the object interchange their places while top and
bottom remain same.
The water image of a figure or an object looks like the mirror image of the figure,
when the mirror is placed horizontally at the bottom of the figure. In the image
the left hand side (LHS) and Right hand side (RHS) remains unchanged but the
top and bottom of the figure gets interchanged.
Directions (Example Nos. 22-23) In each of the following questions, you are
given a combination of alphabets and/or numbers followed by four alternatives (a),
(b), (c) and (d). Choose the alternative which most closely resembles the mirror
image of the given combination.
Ex. 22 TRIUMPHS
(a) SHPMUIRT (b) SPMIURT
(c) STRIUMPH (d) S H P M U IRT
Sol. (d) If we put a mirror in front of the word, we will get the image like
TRIUMPHS S H P M U I RT
Ex. 23 73AP4OD8
(a) 7 3AP4O D8 (b) 8DO4PA37
(c) 73AP4OD8 (d) 8DO4 PA37
Sol. (b) If we put a mirror in front of the number, we will get the image like
73AP4OD8 8DO4PA37
Ex. 24 Choose the alternative which shows the correct water image of the word
given.
FROG
FROG
(a) (b) GORF
FROG FRO
(c) (d) G
Sol. (a) The water image of given word will be
FROG
FROG
Ex. 25 Choose the correct water image of the figure (A) from the given four
alternatives (a), (b), (c) and (d).
(A) (a) (b) (c) (d)
Sol. (b) The water image of figure (A) will be

Object
water
Water
image
Cube and Dice

Cube
In such type of problems, a large cube is painted and the candidates are required
to cut and count the blocks of selected sides of cube.
Ex. 26 A cube whose two adjacent faces are coloured is cut into 64 identical small
cubes. How many of these small cubes are not coloured at all?
(a) 60 (b) 48 (c) 24 (d) 36
Sol. (d) As shown in the figure, let the upper face and the Right Hand Side
(RHS) face of the cube be coloured. Then, it is evident from the figure that
the row of smaller cubes (formed by cutting the large cube into 64 parts)
which are indicated by dots, have none of their sides coloured.
Since, there are 9 such rows and each row consists of 4 cubes, so that there
are 9 × 4 = 36 cubes which are not coloured. Hence, the answer is (d).
Dice
In such type of problems we are given figures showing the same dice (in the form
of a cube or cuboid) in various positions. After observing these figures, we have
to find the number opposite to a given number on the dice.
Ex. 27 A dice is thrown three times and its different positions are given below.
Find the number on the face opposite the face showing 3.
2 3 4
1 3 1 5 2 3
(i) (ii) (iii)
(a) 6 (b) 5
(c) 4 (d) 1
Sol. (a) The number 3 occurs in all the given figures. It is clear that 1, 2, 4 and 5
lie adjacent to 3. Clearly, 6 lies opposite the face showing 3.
Ex. 28 Two different positions of a dice are given below. What will be the number
of dots on the face opposite the face having 2 dots?
(i) (ii)
(a) 6 (b) 3
(c) 1 (d) Cannot be determined
Sol. (b) The number 5 occurs in both figures (i) and (ii). Now, we shall assume
the dice in figure (i) to be rotated clockwise so, that the face with 5 dots
appears at the same position as in figure (ii) i.e. on the top (face V).
Then 3 dots will appear opposite the face having 2 dots.
Exercise 1
Directions (Q.Nos.1-8) In the following questions, select a figure from
amongst the answer figures which will continue the same series as established by
the problem figures.
1.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
2. X X X X S S C C S S C S S C
X X X X
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
3.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
5. C =
S
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
6.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
7.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
8. + I I
+ + + I + + I + +
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
9. A dice is rolled twice and the two positions are shown

in the figures below. What is the number of dots at the
bottom face when the dice is in position (i)?
(a) 1 (b) 5 (i) (ii)
10. Which number is on the face opposite 4, if the four different positions of a dice
are as shown in the figures given below.
4 2 1 2
6 5 5 1 5 6 4 3
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1

11. In the following question the two positions of a single dice are given. Find the
digit on the face which is opposite to the face having digit 2.
4 5
6 2
5 6
(i) (ii)
(a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 1

12. What will be the number at the bottom, if 5 is at the top; the two positions of the
dice as given below?
1 6
4 2 2 3
(i) (ii)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 6

Directions (Q.Nos. 13-15) Answer the following questions according to four
views of a cube.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
13. The symbol at the bottom of (iii) is

(a) (b) (c) (d)
14. The symbol opposite the face having the symbol ‘=’ is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15. The symbol opposite the face having the symbol ‘∆’ is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Directions (Q.Nos.16-20) The second figure in the first part of the problem
figure bears a certain relationship to the first figure. Similarly one of the figures in
answer figures bears the same relationship to the first figure in the second part. You
have to select the figure from the set of answer figures which would replace the sign
of questions marks (?).
16.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c ) (d) (e)
17.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c ) (d) (e)
18.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c ) (d) (e)
19.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c ) (d) (e)
20.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) c)

((3) (d) (e)
Directions (Q. Nos.21-25) In the following questions select the figure from the
choices which is not like the other figures.
21.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
22.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
23.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

24.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
25.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Directions (Q.Nos. 26-30) In the following questions you are given a figure
followed by four figures (a),(b),(c) and (d). Such that problem figure is embedded in
one of them. Trace out the alternative figure which contains problem figure as its
part.
26.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
27.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
28.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
29.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
30.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
Directions (Q.Nos. 31-36) In the following questions choose the correct

alternative which most closely resembles the mirror image of given combination.
31. M
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
32. M
K K K
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
33. M
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
34. M
B
B
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
35. M
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36. M
R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Directions (Q.Nos. 37-40) A cube colours red on one face, green on opposite
face, yellow on another face and blue on a face adjacent to the yellow face. The
other two faces are left uncolours. It is then cut into 125 smaller cubes of equal size.
37. How many cubes are uncoloured on all the faces?
(a) 64 (b) 48 (c) 36 (d) 27
38. How many cubes have at least two coloured faces?
(a) 23 (b) 21 (c) 19 (d) 16
39. How many cubes have at least one green face?
(a) 5 (b) 16 (c) 25 (d) 32
40. How many cubes are colourd red on one face and have the remaining faces
uncoloured?
(a) 16 (b) 12 (c) 20 (d) 8
Directions (Q.Nos. 41-45) In the following questions, select a figure from

amongst the four alternatives, which when placed in the blank space of figure (X)
would complete the pattern.
41.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

42.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
43.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
44.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
45.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
Directions (Q. Nos. 46-47) In each of the following questions, from amongst
the figures marked (a), (b), (c) and (d). Select the one which satisfies the same
conditions of placement of the dot as in figure (X).
46.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
47.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

48. Two positions of a dice are shown below, when there are two dots at the
bottom, the number of dots at the top will be
(i) (ii)
(a) 3 (b) 5
49. Two positions of a dice are shown below, when number 1 is on the top, what
number will be at the bottom?
6 6
1 4 4 5
(i) (ii)
(a) 2 (b) 3
50. Three positions of a dice are given. Based on them, find out which number is
found opposite the number 2 in the given cube.
6 5 4
1 4 3 6 1 2
(i) (ii) (iii)
(a) 6 (b) 5
(c) 3 (d) 1
Answers
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (e) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (e) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (c) 46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (a)
Exercise 2
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-10) In the following questions, select a figure from
amongst the answer figures which will continue the same series as established by
the problem figures.
1.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
2. ? ? = ? = ? = ? = ? = ? = = ?
= = ?
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
3.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4. +
+ + + +
+ + + +
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
5. = S
= S
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
6.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
7.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
8.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
9.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
10.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Directions (Q.Nos.11-15) In the following questions you are given a figure

followed by four figures, such that problem figure is embedded in one of them.
Trace out the alternative figure which contains problem figure as its part.
11.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
12.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
13.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
14.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
15.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
Directions (Q.Nos.16-25) In the following questions, select a figure from

amongst the four alternatives, which when placed in the blank space of figure (X)
would complete the pattern.
16.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
17.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)


18.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
19.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

20.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

21.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

22.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

23.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

24.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)
25.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

26. Two positions of a dice with 1 to 6 dots on its sides are shown below. If the dice
is resting on the side with three dots, what will be the number of dots on the
sides at the top?
(i) (ii)
(a) 1 or 5 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5
27. Two positions of a block are given below. When 2 dots are at top, what will be
number of dots at the bottom?
(i) (ii)
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6
28. Amongst the following figures, find the correct one, if it is known that the total
number of dots on opposite faces of the cube shown is always 7.
(a) (b) (c) i (d)
29. Show below are four different positions of the same dice. Find the number on
the face opposite the face showing 6.
3 4 5 6
4 5 2 5 6 3 1 3
(i) (ii) (iii)i (iv)

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 5
30. Three different positions of a dice are shown below. How many dots lie
opposite 2 dots?
(i) (ii) (iii)

(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 6
Directions (Q.Nos.31-35) In the following questions, select the figure from

amongst the given choices which is the water image of the problem figure.
Problem figure Answer figures
31.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

32.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

33. S S
S
S S
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

34.
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

35. WATER
AT R AT R T R
(a) M E (b) W TER (c) M E (d) MA E
A
i
Directions (Q.Nos.36-43) In the following questions, the second figure in the

first part of the problem figure bears a certain relationship to the first figure.
Similarly, one of the figures in answer figures bears the same relationship to the
first figure in the second part. You have to select the figure from the set of answer
figures which would replace the sign of questions mark (?).
36.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

37.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
38.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

39.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

40.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

41.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

42.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

43.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Directions (Q.Nos.44-50) In the following questions select the figure from

amongst given five figures, the choices which is not like the other figures.
44.
12 5 1 16 24
L E A P U
(a) (b) (c) i (d) (e)

45.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
46.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
47.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
48.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
49.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
50.
(a) (b) (c)

i (d) (e)
Answers
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (e) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (e) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (e) 50. (a)
Intelligence Test (Verbal) 37
4
Intelligence Test
(Verbal)
Verbal reasoning is the understanding and reasoning concept framed in words. It
most specifically refers to more complex thinking tasks, such as analysis,
synthesis and evaluation of text. It aims at evaluating ability to think logically and
constructively.
In verbal intelligence test a series of question is provided, candidate has to
understand the pattern and pick the correct answer. The number of questions are
generally 40-50 and time given to candidates to solve them, is 25-35 min. There
is no negative marking, so try to attempt as many questions as possible.
You will usually find questions on all of the following :
Spelling Test Sentence Completion
Analogy Verbal Deductions
Synonym and Antonym Direction Sense Test
Classification Series
Sitting Arrangement Blood Relations
Puzzle Logical Venn Diagram
Ranking
Some examples of each of the above category is provided as illustrations and

thereafter some sample tests are given for practice.
Spelling Test
In such type of questions four words are given, out of which one is incorrectly
spelt, you are required to find that word. Basically, these type of questions, test
your vocabulary.
These type of questions can be better understood with the help of example
given below :
1. Which of the following words is incorrectly spelt?
(a) Separate (b) Ordnance (c) Success (d) None of these
Ú 1. (b) Correct spelling – Ordinance
Sentence Completion
The questions are designed to test the comprehensive ability as well as the
knowledge of the meaning of words required to be filled in. The candidate is
asked to select the best of the alternatives given. These questions are relatively
straight forward but more than one of the words may complete the sentence so
you must read it carefully and choose the appropriate word.
given below :
2. As a result of ..... many unsuitable candidates were selected for the posts.
(a) tolerance (b) favouritism
(c) humility (d) weakness
Ú (b)
3. The pilot was ..... injured, he died within half an hour.
(a) seriously (b) fatally (c) fatefully (d) vitally
Ú (b)
4. Only when ..... failed, the police restored to.....
(a) efforts, pressure (b) arrests, imprisonment
(c) persuasions, force (d) power, punishment
Ú (c)
Synonym and Antonym

Questions based on synonym & antonym test your vocabulary. You are required
to know the meaning of the words given in order to select the words which have
either the same or opposite meaning.
given below :
5. Which of the given words would correctly replace the bold word in the
following sentence?
Man has to encounter many hardship in life.
(a) Solve (b) Face (c) Bea (d) Overcome
Ú (b)
6. Select the word that is most similar in meaning to the main word in capital
letters.
MENIAL
(a) Unskilled (b) Tall (c) Affluent (d) Sick
Ú (a)
7. Which of these words are opposite in meaning?
(1) Lose (2) Loser (3) Vanquish (4) Winner
(a) (1, 3) (b) (3, 4) (c) (2, 4) (d) (2, 3)
Ú (c) (2, 4)
Analogy
Analogy can be described as the logical similarity between two or more groups of
numbers, letters, words, objects and things. Analogy is asked in examination to
check the candidate’s intellectual skills. The candidate is required to carefully
identify the relationship between two or more things and find out the alternative
based on that relationship.
given below :
8. ‘Drama’ is related to ‘scene’, in the same way as ‘book’ is related to.....
(a) story (b) chapter (c) author (d) page
9. ‘Waves’ is related to ‘air’ in the same way as ‘ripples’ is related to....
(a) wind (b) water (c) storm (d) smoke
10. ‘Shirt’ is related to ‘button’, in the same way as ‘shoes’ is related to.....
(a) stitch (b) leg (c) socks (d) None of these
11. Cloth : Mill :: Newspaper:?
(a) Celitor (b) Reader (c) Paper (d) Press
12. GREAT : 25 :: Number : ?
(a) 36 (b) 38 (c) 27 (d) 24
Ú 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (d)
12. (a)
Verbal Deductions
These type of questions are designed to test candidate’s ability to understand and
manipulate the information given to solve a specific problem. Various types of
questions are asked from verbal deductions. Some of them are discussed here.
Coding-Decoding Coding is a method used to convey secret message from one
place to another especially in defence services. The codes are based on a
particular pattern, so that it can be easily decoded at the other end. These
questions are designed to test your mental ability to grasp the logic and decipher
the coded message.
given below :
13. In a certain code BASIC is written as DDULE. How is LEADER written in that
code?
(a) NGCFGT (b) NHCGGU (c) OFDFET (d) OHDGHU
Ú (b) As, B A S I C
+2 +3 +2 +3 +2
D D U L E
Similarly,
L E A D E R
+2 +3 +2 +3 +2 +3
N H C G G U
14. In a certain code PEN is written as NZO and BARK as CTSL. How can we
write PRANK in that coding system?
(a) NTSLO (b) NSTOL
(c) NZTOL (d) None of these
Ú (b) According to the question,
PENBARK
NZOCTSL
P R A N K
Therefore word,
N S T O L
15. If ROYAL is coded as 20-17-01-03-14, how will you code BOIL?

(a) 04-17-11-14 (b) 04-11-17-14
(c) 04-14-11-17 (d) None all these
Ú (a) According to the English alphabet,
18 15 25 01 12
R O Y A L
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2
20 17 01 03 14
Similarly, 02 15 09 12
B O I L
+2 +2 +2 +2
04 17 11 14
16. If EARTH is coded as 25634, then HEART is coded as

(a) 43563 (b) 44563
(c) 42563 (d) 41563
Ú (c)
E A R T H
2 5 6 3 4
Similarly,
H E A R T
4 2 5 6 3
17. If in a certain code, BAT = 23 and BALL = 27, then how will you code CAT?
(a) 24 (b) 23
(c) 27 (d) 30
Ú (a) The letters are coded by numerals denoting their positions in the English
alphabet.
i.e. A = 1, B = 2,...., Z = 26
BAT = B + A + T = 2 + 1 + 20 = 23
BALL = B + A + L + L = 2 + 1 + 12 + 12 = 27
Similarly, CAT = C + A + T = 3 + 1 + 20 = 24
18. In a language A is coded as 1, B is coded as 2,....., then BRIEF is coded as

(a) 228956 (b) 218956
(c) 248956 (d) 218855
Ú (b) BRIEF is coded as 218956.
19. If ‘Room’ is called as ‘Book’, ‘Book’ is called as ‘Bag’, ‘Bag’ is called as ‘Mat’.
Then, what is useful to carry books?
(a) Book (b) Bag
(c) Mat (d) None of these
Ú (c) Bag is useful to carry books. Here, bag is coded as mat. So, mat is useful to
carry books.
20. If ‘Blue’ is called ‘Green’, ‘Green’ is called ‘Black’, ‘Black’ is called ‘White’,
‘White’ is called ‘Yellow’, then what is the colour of milk?
(a) Yellow (b) White (c) Green (d) Black
Ú (a) The colour of milk is white. Here, white is called yellow. So, the colour of milk
is yellow.
21. In a certain code ‘467’ means ‘red colour chalk’; ‘685’ means ‘green colour
flower’ and ‘367’ means ‘white colour chalk’, then what is the code for ‘white’?
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 5 (d) 3
Ú (d) 467 – red colour chalk
685 – green colour flower
367 – white colour chalk
∴Code for white is 3.
22. In a certain code language ‘ja na da’ means ‘how are you’, ‘na pa qa’ means
‘they are good’ and ‘ja ha la’ means ‘what you want’. What does ‘da’ mean in
that code language?
(a) what (b) are (c) they (d) how
Ú (d)
Ja na da – how are you
na pa qa – they are good
ja ha la – what you want
∴da means how.
Direction Sense Test

In these type of questions, some instructions related to directions are given. A
candidate is required to follow the instructions and ascertain the final direction or
distance between two points. The test is meant to judge the candidate’s ability to
trace and follow the instructions correctly.
given below :
23. A girl walks 4 km East and turns left, then she walks 8 km and turns right and
walks 5 km and then turns right and walks 8 km. Find the shortest distance
travelled by her and her direction from the initial point?
(a) 9 km, East (b) 8 km, West
(c) 10 km, North (d) 7 km, South
Ú (a) The data can be represented as

5 km N
8 km 8 km W E
Starting
S
point 4 km 5 km (End point)
The shortest distance = 5 + 4 = 9 km

The direction from the starting point is East.
24. A clock is so placed that at 12 : 00 noon its minute hand points towards
North-East. In which direction does its hour hand point at 1:30 pm?
(a) East (b) West (c) North (c) South
Ú (a) 12 12
11 1 11 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 5 7 5
6 6
Fig I Fig II
At 12:00 noon its minute hand points towards North-East.
N NE
NW NE N E
W E NW SE
SW SE W S
S SW
Therefore, clearly the hour hand at 1 : 30 pm points towards the East.

25. Y is in the East of X which is in the North of Z. If P is in the South of Z, then in
which direction of Y, is P?
(a) East-West (b) South-West (c) North-West (d) None of these
Ú (b)
X Y N
NW NE
Z W E
SW SE
P S
P is in South-West of Y.
26. One morning after sunrise, Priya and Arjit were standing in a park while their
backs toward each other. Priya’s shadow fell exactly towards left hand side.
Which direction was Arjit facing?
(a) North (b) East (c) South (d) West
Ú (c) In the morning, the shadow falls on the west. Therefore, Arjit must be facing
South.
27. Bani walks a distance of 5 m towards South. Then she turns to the left and walks
3 m. After this she turns to the right and walks 5 m. Now in which direction is
she facing?
(a) West (b) East (c) South (d) North
Ú (c)
Initial Point
5m
3m
5m
Final Point
∴Bani is facing South.
28. From her house, Seema went 15 km to the North. Then she turned West
and covered 10 km. Then she turned South and covered 5 km. Finally
turning to the East, she covered 10 km. In which direction is she from her
house?
(a) West (b) South (c) East (d) North
Ú (d)
10 m
5m Final Point
10 m 15 m
Starting Point
∴Seema is in the North direction from her house.
Classification
Classification means to observe the differences and similarities among various
items such as numbers, letters, words etc based on certain properties. The
similarity is common to the group and is followed by every member or item of
the group. The one which does not follow the common property in the group is
the odd one.
given below :
29. Choose the one which is different from others.
(a) BYCX (b) FUHS
(c) KPMN (d) IQEU
Ú (d) In the above goup of letters
B Y C X F U H S
Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse
K P M N I R≠Q E V≠U
But
Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse
So, IQEU does not follow the group and it is odd one.
30. Three out of the following four pairs of numbers have the same relationship.
Find the odd one out.
(a) 4, 63 (b) 1, 0
(c) 2, 15 (d) 5, 124
Ú (c) The pattern is as follows
4 → 43 − 1 = 64 − 1 = 63
1 → 13 − 1 = 1 − 1 = 0
2 → 2 3 − 1 = 8 − 1 = 7 =/ 15
5 → 53 − 1 = 125 − 1 = 124
31. Which one of the following is the odd one out?
(a) Babar (b) Shershah
(c) Humayun (d) Akbar
Ú (b) Babar, Humayun and Akbar belonged to Mughal Empire, while Shershah
belonged to Suri dynasty.
32. Identify the pair which ‘does not’ exhibit the same relationship as the
capitalised pair :
ETYMOLOGY : WORDS
(a) Psychology : Mind (b) Anatomy : Body
(c) Philosophy : language (d) Archeology : Antiques
Ú (b) Etymology is the study of words, Psychology is the study of mind, Anatomy
is the study of body and Archeology is the study of antiques. But Philosophy is not
the study of languages.
Series
Series can be defined as a sequence or pattern of numbers, alphabets
or combination of these two. The term follows a certain pattern throughout the
series. The candidate is required to study the given series, identify the pattern
followed in the series and then complete the given series with the most suitable
alternative or find the wrong term in the series.
given below :
Directions (Ques. Nos 33-35) Find the missing term in the following series.
33. 48, 24, 72, 36, 108, ?
(a) 115 (b) 216 (c) 121 (d) 54
Ú (d)
×3 ×3
48 24 72 36 108 54
÷2 ÷2 ÷2
So, the missing term is 54.

34. ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, ……, MLNA
(a) OLPA (b) KLMA
(c) LLMA (d) KLLA
Ú (d) The series follows the following pattern

+2 +2 +2 +2
E G I K M
L L L L L
F
+2 H +2 J +2 L +2 N
A A A A A
So, KLLA is the missing term.

35. P256, N196, L144, J100,?
(a) H64 (b) I81 (c) G49 (d) L81
Ú (a) The pattern is as follows
–2 –2 –2 –2 H
P N L J
Position
values
–2 –2 –2 –2
(16)2 (14)2 (12)2 (10)2 (8)2
256 196 144 100 64
So, the next term will be H64.

36. Find out the wrong number in the given series
258, 130, 66, 34, 18, 8, 6
(a) 130 (b) 66 (c) 34 (d) 8
Ú (d)
10
258 130 66 34 18 8 6
÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1

Hence, number 8 is wrong and should be replaced by 10.
37. In the series given, some letters are missing. Select the correct alternative.
mc_m_a_ca_ca_c_mc
(a) acmmma (b) camcam (c) aaacmm (d) acmmca
Ú (a) The pattern is
mca/mca/mca/mca/mca/mc
⇒ acmmma
Sitting Arrangement
Sitting arrangement is defined as the arrangement of objects or persons based on
the given information. The arrangement of persons or objects may be linear,
circular, rectangular, square etc.
given below :
38. There are five houses, P, Q, R, S and T. P is right of Q and T is left of R and
right of P. Q is right of S. Which house is in the middle?
(a) P (b) Q (c) T (d) R
Ú (a) According to the question, the houses can be arranged as

S Q P T R
Clearly, the house P is in the middle of all the houses.
39. Four girls A, B, C and D are sitting around a circle facing the centre. B and C
are in front of each other, which of the following is definitely true?
(a) A and D are in front of each other (b) A is not between B and C
(c) D is to the left of C (d) A is to the left of C
Ú (a) There are two possible arrangements of the four girls around the circle, as
follows
A D
Right C B Left or Right C B Left
D A
I II
Clearly, A and D are in front of each other in both the arrangements.
Directions (Q. Nos. 40-44) Each of the following questions is based on the
information given below.
(i) L, M, N, P, Q, R and S are sitting in a circle and playing cards.
(ii) N, who is the neighbour of P, is not the neighbour of R.
(iii) Q is second to the left of R.
(iv) N is second to the left of S, who is the neighbour of M.
40. Which of the following is true?
(a) Q is the neighbour of S and L
(b) M is the neighbour of S and L
(c) R is to the right of P and M
(d) L is the neighbour of R and N
41. Which of the following pairs has the second person sitting second to the right of
the first person?
(a) NQ (b) QS
(c) NR (d) NS
42. Who is to the immediate right of S?
(a) M (b) R
(c) Q (d) L
43. What is the position of L?
(a) To the immediate right of R (b) Second to the left of M
(c) To the immediate right of Q (d) Only between M and R
44. Which of the following is not true?
(a) R is to the immediate right of L
(b) P is to the immediate right of R
(c) N is to the immediate right of P
(d) L is to the immediate right of R
Ú (d)
S
Q M
L
N
R
P
40. (a) 41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (c)

44. (d)
Blood Relations
Blood relations means any relation between two or more persons which is
acquired by them by the virtue of their birth. From this topic, questions are asked
which involve the analysis of the information showing the blood relations among
members of the family. The relationship can be divided into two main
categories— Maternal and Paternal. Relations on the mother’s side are called
maternal while the relations on the father’s side are called paternal.
given below :
45. A is B’s brother, C is A’s mother, D is C’s father, E is B’s son. How is D related
to A?
(a) Son (b) Grandson
(c) Grandfather (d) Great Grandfather
Ú (c)
D+
Father
C–
Grand Father
Mother
+
A B
Brother Son
+
E
Clearly, D is the grandfather of A.
46. Pointing towards Preeti, Arun said, “I am the only son of her mother’s son.”
How is Preeti related to Arun?
(a) Niece (b) Aunt (c) Cousin (d) Mother
Ú (b) Preeti’s mother’s son is the brother of Preeti and brother’s son is the
nephew. So, Preeti is the aunt of Arun.
47. Pointing to Parul, Ram said, “She is daughter of the only child of my father”.
How is Ram’s wife related to that girl?
(a) Aunt (b) Mother
(c) Cannot be determined (d) None of these
Ú (b) Only child of Ram’s father is Ram and hence Parul is the daughter of Ram.
So, Ram’s wife is the mother of Parul.
48. My mother’s sister’s husband’s only son’s sister is related to me as

(a) niece (b) sister
(c) cannot be determined (d) None of these
Ú (d) My mother’s sister is my aunt and her husband is my uncle. So, my aunt’s
only son’s sister is my cousin.
49. If ‘P$Q’ means ‘P is father of Q’, ‘P#Q’ means ‘P is mother of Q’, ‘P*Q’ means
‘P is sister of Q’, then now is D realted to N in N#A$B*D?
(a) Nephew
(b) Grandson
(c) Granddaughter
(d) Data inadequate
Ú (d) N#A&B*D
N –
Grandson
Mother or
+
A Grand daughter
Father
B– D
Sister
Hence, D is either grandson or grand daughter of N.
Puzzle
A puzzle is the raw information given in jumbled form for a sequence or an order
of things which need to be arranged systematically, so the sequence of things is
correctly depicted.
These types of questions can be better understood with the help of examples
given below :
Directions (Q. Nos. 50-51) Read the following information carefully to answer
these questions.
Madhu and Shobha are good in Dramatics and Computer Science. Anjali and
Madhu are good in Computer Science and Physics. Anjali, Poonam and Nisha
are good in Physics and History. Nisha and Anjali are good in Physics and
Mathematics. Poonam and Shobha are good in History and Dramatics.
50. Who is good in Physics, History and Mathematics but not in Computer
Science?
(a) Madhu (b) Poonam
(c) Nisha (d) Anjali
51. Who is good in Physics, History and Dramatics?
(a) Poonam (b) Shobha
(c) Madhu (d) Anjali
Ú Solutions (Q. Nos 50-51) From the given information, data is arranged as
follows
Computer
People Dramatics Mathematics Physics History
Science
Madhu 3 3 3
Sobha 3 3 3
Anjali 3 3 3 3
Poonam 3 3 3
Nisha 3 3 3
50. (c) 51. (a)

Directions (Q. Nos. 52-53) Read the following information carefully to answer
these questions.
There is a family of six members A, B, C, D, E and F. They are lawyer, doctor,
teacher, salesman, engineer and accountant not necessarily in that order.
There are two married couples in the family. D, the salesman, is married to the
lady teacher. The doctor is married to the lawyer. F, the accountant, is the son
of B and brother of E. C, the Lawyer, is the daughter-in-law of A. E is the
unmarried engineer. A is grandmother of F.
52. How is E related to F?
(a) Brother (b) Sister
(c) Cousin (d) Cannot be determined
53. What is the profession of B?
(a) Teacher (b) Doctor
(c) Lawyer (d) Cannot be determined
Ú Solutions (Q. Nos 52-53) Following information is arranged as follows
+ Couple –
D A (Lady teacher)
(Salesman)
Son
+– Couple +
C B(Doctor)
(Lawyer)
Son
+ Brother
F E (Engineer)
(Accountant)
52. (d) 53. (b)
Logical Venn Diagram

In this topic, we deal with questions which aim at analysing a candidate’s ability to
relate a certain given group of items/things and represent it diagrammatically.
Figures representing the groups of items/things in the form of enclosed regions are
called Venn diagrams. To represent these diagrams, we use different geometrical
figures such as circles, squares, rectangles, triangles etc.
given below :
54. Which figure represents Rhombus, Quadrilaterals, Polygons?
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Ú (a)
Polygons
r i l at er a
ad
Qu
Rhom- ls All rhombus are quadrilaterals.

bus All quadrilaterals are polygons.
Ranking
Ranking means arranging a set of objects/persons from the top and the bottom or
from the right and the left, as per the given relation between them. It deals with
the problems related to the arrangement of the persons/objects in
ascending/descending order based on different parameters like height, weight,
age, salary etc and determine the position of person/object in a row/queue.
given below :
55. A class of girls stands in a single line. One girl is 19th in order from both the
ends. How many girls are there in the class?
(a) 27 (b) 37
(c) 38 (d) 39
Ú (b) Clearly, the girls at the 19th position is exactly in the middle of both the ends.
∴ Total number of girls = (18 + 1 + 18) = 37
56. Vishal is elder than Aakash but younger than Subhi, Yaksh is younger than
Deepak but elder than Aakash. If Subhi is younger than Deepak, then who is
the eldest.
(a) Aakash (b) Vishal
(c) Subhi (d) Deepak
Ú (d) According to the question,
Subhi > Vishal > Aakash, Deepak > Yaksh > Aakash, Deepak > Subhi
On arranging the above data, we get
Deepak > Subhi > Vishal > Yaksh > Aakash. Clearly, Deepak is the eldest.
Exercise 1
Directions (Q.Nos. 1-8) Select the related letters/word number from the given
alternatives.
1. Country : President : : State : ?
(a) Governor (b) Minister
(c) Member of Parliament (d) Legislator
2. Physician : Treatment : : Judge : ?
(a) Punishment (b) Judgement (c) Lawyer (d) Court
3. Flow : River : : Stagnant : ?
(a) Rain (b) Stream (c) Pool (d) Canal
4. PASS : QBTT : : FAIL : ?
(a) GJBM (b) GBJM (c) MBJG (d) MJBG
5. LKG : pok : : ? : hgf
(a) DCLE (b) DBC (c) DCD (d) DCB
6. L/O : 12/15 : : J/K : ?
(a) 9/12 (b) 10/11 (c) 11/10 (d) 12/9
7. 8 : 28 : : 27 : ?
(a) 28 (b) 65 (c) 85 (d) 62
8. 225 : 15 : : 196 : ?
(a) 14 (b) 12 (c) 13 (d) None of these
Directions (Q.Nos. 9-14) Select the one which is different from the other four
responses.
9. (a) Flute (b) Guitar (c) Sitar (d) Violin
10. (a) Walk (b) Think (c) Run (d) Jump
11. (a) Dog (b) Horse (c) Goat (d) Fox
12. (a) 49 (b) 56 (c) 42 (d) 36
13. (a) AO (b) EI (c) AB (d) OU
14. (a) EHL (b) BEH (c) CFI (d) DGJ
15. A lady introduces a man as the son of the brother of her mother. How is the
man related to the woman?
(a) Son (b) Cousin (c) Grandson (d) Nephew
Directions (Q.Nos. 16-18) Study the following information carefully and
answer the given questions
Seven friends P, Q, R, S, T, U and V teach different-different subject like
Mathematics, Physics, Botany, English, History, Psychology and French (not
necessarily in the same order). Each friend also like different-different colours
namely Pink, Green, Blue, Red, Yellow, White and Orange (not necessarily in
the same order). T teaches Botany and likes Green colour. Q teaches History
and does not like Orange, Pink and Yellow colour. Who likes Red colour teach
Physics. P teaches French and likes Blue colour. R teaches Mathematics and V
teaches Psychology. U does not like Red and Yellow colour. Mathematics
teachers does not like Yellow and Orange colour.
16. Which of the following colours does V like?
(a) Pink (b) White (c) Orange (d) Yellow
17. Which of the following teaches English subject?
(a) U (b) A
(c) R (d) cannot be determined
18. Which of the following like White colour?
(a) R (b) S (c) U (d) Q
19. If the day before yesterday was Monday, when will Thursday be?
(a) Tomorrow (b) Monday
(c) Day after tomorrow (d) Two days after tomorrow
20. How many times do the hands of a clock coincide in a day?
(a) 24 (b) 11 (c) 12 (d) 22
21. Arrange the given words in ascending order.
(1) Centi (2) Hecto (3) Kilo (4) Deci
(5) Deca
Codes
(a) 1, 4, 5, 2, 3 (b) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4 (c) 5, 2, 1, 4, 3 (d) 2, 5, 3, 1, 4
22. If + stands for ´, - for ¸, ´ for - and ¸ for +, then find the value of
26 + 74 - 4 ´ 3 ¸2.
(a) 220 (b) 480 (c) 493 (d) 329
23. Arjun told Rachit, “Yesterday I defeated the only brother of the daughter of my
grandmother.” Whom did Arjun defeat?
(a) Brother (b) Father (c) Cousin (d) Sister
24. In a code language, ‘123’ means ‘hot dark coffee’, ‘356’ means ‘very hot day’
and ‘589’ means ‘day and night’. Which digit stands for ‘very’?
(a) 8 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 2
25. How many meaningful English words can be made with the letters ARMG
using each letter only once in each word?
(a) None (b) One (c) Two (d) Three
26. Which letter in the word CYBERNETICS occupies the same position as it does
in the English alphabet?
(a) C (b) E (c) T (d) I
27. If in a code language, PAINT is written as 74128 and EXCEL is written as
93596, then how will ACCEPT be written in that language?
(a) 544798 (b) 455978 (c) 554978 (d) 733961
28. Choose the set of number from the four alternative sets, that is similar to the
given set
Given set : (3, 18, 36)
(a) (2, 10, 15) (b) (6, 42, 46) (c) (4, 24, 48) (d) (12, 74, 92)
29. Among A, B, C, D and E each having a different height, E is taller than C and D
and shorter than A and B. Who Among them is the tallest?
(a) A (b) B (c) A or B (d) C
30. In a row of 29 boys, Arun is at 17th position from the left and while
Prem is 17th from the right end. How many boys are there between Arun and
Prem?
(a) 6 (b) 3
31. If ‘P + Q’ means ‘P is the father of ‘Q’, ‘P ´ Q’ means ‘P is the brother of Q’,
‘P - Q’ means ‘P is the mother of Q’. Then, which of the following is definitely
true about C - A + B?
(a) B is the son of A (b) B is the father of A
(c) C is the mother of B (d) A is the son of C
32. The letters of the name of a fruit are S, R, A, E, P, G. If the letters are rearranged
correctly, what is the last letter of the word formed?
(a) E (b) S (c) P (d) A
33. Which one set of letters when sequentially placed at the gaps in the given letter
series shall complete it?
ab_ b_cc_ a_bb
(a) bcaa (b) abcc (c) baab (d) acbc
34. Choose the word nearest in meaning to underlined part.
There seems to be perpetual war going on between the rich and the poor.
(a) always (b) never ending (c) intermittent (d) regular
35. Select the most suitable alternative to fill in the blank in the sentence to make it
meaningful.
He stood ......... as a rock and faced the challenge.
(a) quite (b) firm (c) solid (d) confident
Directions (Q.Nos. 36-40) Find the missing letters/numbers in the series.
36. 6, 11, 21, 36, 56, ?
(a) 42 (b) 52 (c) 91 (d) 81
37. 1, ?, 27, 64, 125
(a) 9 (b)14 (c) 8 (d) 4
38. 10, 22, 8, 24, 6, ?
(a) 26 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 14
39. 5, 6, ?, 57, 244
(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 18 (d) 19
40. 1CV, 5FU, 9IT, ?, 17OR

(a) 15LS (b) 14MT (c) 15MS (d) 13LS
41. Find the wrong term 8, 13, 21, 32, 47, 63, 83.
(a) 13 (b) 21 (c) 47 (d) 32
42. When you see a blind man trying to cross the road, you
(a) go and help him (b) ask someone to help him
(c) wait till he crosses the road (d) ignore and move on
43. A chocolate always has .......
(a) cocoa (b) wrapper (c) nuts (d) milk
44. Cobra is related to Snake in the same way as Leopard is related to .....?
(a) Tiger (b) Cat (c) Lion (d) Zebra
45. If O = 16, FOR = 42, then what is FRONT equal to?
(a) 62 (b) 65 (c) 78 (d) 74
46. In a certain code language, FAVOUR is written as EBUPTS. How is
DANGER written in the code?
(a) CBOHFS (b) EBFHDS
(c) EBDFHS (d) CBMHDS
47. Which of the following orders denotes the currency of a country?
(a) 18-16-5-5-21 (b) 5-18-16-21-5
(c) 18-21-16-5-5 (d) 21-18-16-5-5
48. If ‘South-East’ is called ‘East’, ‘North-West’ is called ‘West’, ‘South-West’ is
called ‘South’ and so on, what will ‘North’ be called?
(a) North-East (b) South
(c) North-West (d) East
49. One of the numbers of the following series is wrong, find the wrong term.
9, 10, 13, 18, 26, 34, 45
(a) 13 (b) 45 (c) 26 (d) 18
50. A girl is facing East. She turn 100° in the clockwise direction and then 145° in
the anti-clockwise direction. Which direction is girl facing now?
(a) North-East (b) South-West
(c) North (d) East
Answers
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (a)
Exercise 2
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-5) Study the following information and answer the
questions given below.
Codes
(i) P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are sitting in a circle facing at the centre and playing cards.
(ii) T is neighbour of P and S.
(iii) V is not between U and R.
(iv) U is to the immediate right of P.
1. Which of the following pairs has the second person sitting to the immediate
right of the first?
(a) PQ (b) RQ (c) TP (d) SV
2. Which of the following does not have the pair of persons sitting adjacent to
each other?
(a) QP (b) RQ (c) ST (d) VS
3. What is the position of U?
(a) Third to the left of R (b) Second to the right of R
(c) To the immediate left of Q (d) None of these
4. Who are the neighbours of Q?
(a) P and U (b) R and U
(c) R and T (d) P and S
5. Which of the following persons are sitting adjacent to each other from left to
right in order as shown?
(a) QVR (b) UQR
(c) RSV (d) TSR
Directions (Q.Nos. 6-10) Select the one which is different from the other
responses.
6. While travelling in a train, you observe some college students pulling the alarm
chain simply to get down at their desired point. You would
(a) let them pull the chain but check them from detraining
(b) inform the guard of the train as soon as it stops
(c) keep quiet and do nothing
(d) with the help of some passengers, stop them from doing so
7. Your boss has given you some urgent assignment at the end hour. What would
you do?
(a) Tell him that you would do it next day
(b) Request one of your colleagues to help you
(c) Try to finish the job as per its requirement
(d) Request him to shift assignment to another employee as you can not complete
the project in haste
8. In public dealing jobs, one must be

(a) a good listener (b) quick at decision making
(c) polite and humble (d) punctual
9. You have mild fever, you feel that
(a) health is more important than work
(b) it is not necessary to attend office
(c) it is necessary to join work just to complete the urgent work
(d) None of the above
10. Your subordinate accidentally spills soft drinks on you in a party. You
(a) spoil his dress too (b) snub him
(c) laugh it off (d) say it’s ‘ok’
11. Choose the odd numeral pair/group.
(a) 2 : 4 (b) 4 : 8 (c) 6 : 12 (d) 8 : 32
12. If ‘Clock’ is called ‘TV’, ‘TV’ is called ‘Cell phone’, ‘Cell phone’ is called
‘Oven’, ‘Oven’ is called ‘Choper’, ‘Choper’ is called ‘Grinder’, in what will a
lady bake?
(a) Cell phone (b) Choper
(c) Oven (d) Grinder
13. Pointing to a photograph, a woman says, “This man’s son’s sister is my mother-
in-law”. How is the woman’s husband related to the man in the photograph?
(a) Son (b) Grandson (c) Son-in-law (d) Nephew
14. Preeti is taller than Sarika but not taller than Prerna. Prerna and Tanya are of
the same height. Preeti is shorter than Aaradhya. Amongst all the girls, who is
the shortest?
(a) Aaradhya (b) Prerna and Tanya
(c) Sarika (d) Cannot be determined
15. The position of how many digits will remain same after the digits within the
number 4719586 are arranged in ascending order?
16. How many such pairs of letters are there in the word ELEPHANT each of
which has as many letters between them as there are in English alphabet?
17. If Q means ‘add to’, J means ‘multiply by’, T means ‘subtract from’ and K
means ‘divide by’, then 30 K 2 Q 3 J 6 T 5 = ?
(a) 18 (b) 35 (c) 28 (d) 103
18. In a certain code language, ‘493’ means ‘friendship big challenge’, ‘961’ means
‘struggle big exam’ and ‘178’ means ‘exam confidential subject’. Then, what
does ‘confidential’ stand for?
(a) 7 or 8 (b) 7 or 9 (c) 8 (d) 8 or 1
19. ‘Parliament’ is related to ‘Great Britain’, in the same way as ‘Congress’ is related to
(a) Japan (b) India (c) USA (d) Netherlands
20. ‘Pardon’ is related to ‘Penalty’, in the same way ‘Definitely’ is related to

(a) Actually (b) Urgently (c) Positively (d) Probably
21. In a certain code, CONSIDER is written as RMNBSFEJ. How is CHLORINE
written in that code?
(a) NKGBEOJS (b) NKHBFOJS (c) NKGBFNJS (d) NKGBFOJS
22. Vijay started walking towards South. After walking 15 m, he turned to the left
and walked 15 m. He again turned to his left and walked 15 m. How far is he
from his original position and in which direction?
(a) 30 m, East (b) 15 m, East
(c) 15 m, South (d) 15 m, North
23. If ‘+’ means ‘÷’, ‘÷’ means ‘×’, ‘×’ means ‘−’ and ‘−’ means ‘+’, then
24 + 6 × 2 ÷ 3 − 4 = ?
(a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 7
24. Seema travels a distance of 5 km from a place ‘A’ towards North, turns left and
walks 3 km, again turns right and walks 2 km, finally turns right and walks 3 km
to reach the place B. What is the distance between A and B?
(a) 13 km (b) 7 km (c) 3 km (d) 10 km
25. BEST is written as VYMN, then DTCP may be written as
(a) XMWJ (b) XNWL (c) XNWJ (d) WNVJ
26. Select the word that is opposite in meaning to the main word.
AGONY
(a) Bliss (b) Pleasure (c) Laughter (d) Ecstasy
27. Select the most suitable alternative to fill in the blank in the sentence to make it
meaningful.
When the morning ............ the murder was discovered.
(a) occured (b) came (c) arrived (d) happened
28. B is to the South-West of A, C is to the East of B and South-East of A and D is to
the North of C in line with B and A. In which direction of A is D located?
(a) North (b) East (c) North-East (d) South-East
29. ‘Sailor’ is related to ‘Ship’, in the same way as ‘Lawyer’ is related to
(a) Legal (b) Law (c) Court (d) Ruling
30. Find out the one that does not belong to the group.
(a) ZYW (b) SQN (c) GEB (d) JHE
31. ‘Shoes’ is related to ‘Leather’, in the same way as ‘Rubber is related to
(a) Plastic (b) Latex (c) Polythene (d) Footwear
32. In a code language CIRCLE is coded as XRIXOV, how would you code
SQUARE in the same language?
(a) HJFZIV (b) HJFZIX (c) HJFZVI (d) HJFZLX
33. Ramesh is taller than Arjun, who is not as tall as Karan. Sanjay is taller than
Archit but shorter than Arjun. Who among them is the tallest?
(a) Ramesh (b) Arjun
(c) Archit (d) Cannot be determined
34. A person starts towards South direction. Which of the following orders of
directions will lead him to East direction?
(a) Right, right, right (b) Left, left, left (c) Left, right, right (d) Right, left, right
35. How many sets of two letters have as many letters between them as they have
in the alphabetical order in the word ‘Prudent’?
(a) None (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
Directions (Q.Nos. 36-38) Answer the following questions based on the

symbol/letter/number sequence given below.
5%UDF32!98SO0&Q1G@ ≠76BXY
36. How many letters are there in the above arrangement which are immediately
preceded by a number and immediately followed by a symbol?
(a) Nil (b) One (c) Two (d) Three
37. How many symbols in the sequence are either immediately preceded by a
letter belonging to the second half of the English alphabet or are immediately
followed by a number greater than 5?
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) None
38. U! is related to Y @, in the same way as D% is related to
(a) X7 (b) B@ (c) 58 (d) DG
39. A man walks 30 m towards South. Then, turning to his right, he walks
30 m. Then, turning to his left, he walks 20 m. Again, he turns to his left and
walks 30 m. How far is he from his initial position?
(a) 50 m (b) 30 m (c) 60 m (d) 40 m
40. If the letters in the word UNDERTAKING are arranged in the alphabetical
order, which one will be in the middle in order after the rearrangement?
(a) G (b) K (c) I (d) N
41. If the day after tomorrow is Saturday, what day was two days before yesterday?
(a) Saturday (b) Tuesday (c) Monday (d) Sunday
42. If wrongly accused of something, you would
(a) try to convince others, but without any hope of doing so
(b) try your best to convince others
(c) not even try, as it would be of no use
(d) be able to convince others of your innocence easily
43. Milk always contains
(a) sugar (b) fats (c) calcium (d) water
44. A man always has
(a) teeth (b) eyes (c) hands (d) heart
45. In a certain code, STOVE is written as FNBLK, then how will VOTES be
written in the same code?
(a) LBKFN (b) LBNKF
(c) LKNBF (d) LNKBF
Directions (Q. Nos. 46-50) In each of these questions, three words are related
in some way. The relationship among the words in the question can be represented
by one of the five diagrams (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) given below. Mark your answer
accordingly.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
46. Teacher, College, Student

47. Professor, Researcher, Scientist
48. Parrots, Birds, Mice
49. Apple, Golden apples, Fruits,
50. English, Hindi, Greek
Answers
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (d)
5
Picture Perception
and Discussion Test
(PP & DT)
Picture Perception and Discussion Test (PP&DT) is a projection test at SSB which
is a part of the screening test. Let us keenly know and understand ins and outs of
the procedure involved in PP&DT.
Objective of PP & DT
Picture Preception and Discussion Test (PP&DT) is conducted to see a picture,
understand it and describe it. These tests are geared to know more about the
personality of the candidate in various shades. This is conducted to know the
candidate’s imagination power and description ability in a limited time.
Meaning of PP & DT
As the name itself suggests, PP&DT is about writing a story on the basis of the
picture shown to the candidate. He has to narrate it within the given time and
discuss with his group members to form a common story.
Way of Conducting PP & DT

The following points are given to understand about the procedure of Picture
Perception :
1. In PP & DT, for the purpose of perception, the candidates will be shown a
hazy (blurred) picture. The picture is deliberately blurred.
2. The picture is displayed for only 30 seconds through a video
projector and a screen.
3. The picture may consist of more than one character, so in the given time of
30 seconds, the candidates should find how many characters are there and
what is their age, sex and mood.
4. In the next step the screen goes off and the assessor gives the candidates
1 minute to jot down the details of the picture in a sheet provided for the
purpose.
Picture Perception and Discussion Test (PP & DT) 61
5. All the details related to sex, gender, age, mood etc of the characters in the
picture have to be marked inside the box printed on the sheet provided for
the purpose.
The type is given below
Central Character A boy
Age 22
Mood positive (+)
What led to the situation (Past)
What is going on in the situation (Present)
What will be the end of situation (Future)
6. In the next step, the candidate gets 4 minutes to write a story using
the details jotted down and keeping the picture in the mind. The story
should be written on the sheet provided for the same purpose.
Tips for Writing Story

Following points should be kept in mind while writing a story :
u It is important to make a practical and rational story instead of being too imaginative.
u Make a rough outline of the story before writing.
u Imagine positively and make story on a positive message. The story must have a
positive direction with a positive message.
u There should be a central character. This central character must do something to help
somebody else, which will make this character the hero of the story.
u Never write a pre-conceived story. Some candidates memorise a few stories and then
try to somehow make them fit into the shown pictures.
u Practice writing stories by keeping blurred pictures in front of you and at the same
time manage the time properly.
Example Picture 1
1. Central Character A boy

2. Number of characters Three
3. Age and Sex 25 years to 30 years / all are male
4. Mood Positive
5. What has happened Enemies have started firing at the soldiers of
neighbouring country
6. What is happening Soldiers of neighbouring country are firing
back at the enemies
7. Future action The positive mood of the soldiers shows they
are at the winning point
8. Final outcome Productive, courageous and challenging
The Story
Amit as a boy, always dreamt of becoming a soldier in the Indian Army.
Accordingly, he made all the efforts to become a soldier and was successful in his
efforts. Now, he is serving as a soldier in Indian Army and is recruited in border
security.
While on the duty, one day he saw few soldiers from enemy country entering
inside the border and approaching towards his troop. Suddenly, he alerted his
comrades who got onto their feet. Thus, there was a firing between both the
sides. Finally, Amit was successful in capturing the enemy soldiers with the help
of other soldiers. Amit made a sign of victory.
Example Picture 2
1. Central Character 2 boys

2. Number of characters More than 2 (Mainly 2)
3. Age and Sex 22 years to 25 years, male and female
4. Mood Positive
5. What has happened Julie, Peter and their friends went on trekking
and while returning home they lost their way
6. What is happening Both are searching the way out of the woods
7. Future action They found a way out of darkness leading to the
main road
8. Final outcome They are successful in trekking and coming
home back safely
The Story
Julie and Peter are good friends from their school days and had habits of going
on trekking to the nearby forest and mountains. On one day when they were
returning home after trekking they lost their way to home. They tried numerous
ways but could not find the way.
After moving around for several hours, they got tired and sat on a high land.
Suddenly they saw a light coming from the valley road but through that way
journey was very dangerous and slippery. After thinking about for a few minutes
they decided to go ahead. On their way Julie slipped but Peter hold her at right
moment. Finally, they reached the place from where the light was coming. It was
a car which was there because of the punctured tyre. The car owner repaired the
tyre with the help of Peter and he happily took them to their homes, Due to their
courage and “never die attitude” they reached home safely.
Example Picture 3
1. Central Character 2 girls, 2 boys

2. Number of characters Many (Mainly 4)
3. Age and Sex 25 to 30, 2 females and 2 males
4. Mood Positive
5. What has happened Four friends on a weekend planned a picnic
and they are dancing
6. What is happening It is raining, friends are enjoying the day
7. Future action They had to return soon so that they don’t
get drenched
8. Final outcome Come back home safely
The Story
Rosy, Smitha, Raj and Jacob went on a picnic on a weekend. The picnic was
planned but on that day the atmosphere got cloudy. Still it was enjoyable. Rosy
carried an umbrella with her. They visited a nearby lake, sat there for 2 to 3
hours enjoying the lake view, clicking snaps and having snacks and juice in
between.
It started drizzling and all four of them started to pack up things and moved
towards the bus stop. On the way Raj started to dance by lifting his legs and
hands, but unfortunately he slipped and fell down, getting his ankle fractured.
Jacob with the help of Rosy and Smitha rushed Raj to hospital where the doctor
said that he would get well within a week. Thus, after a week Jacob got well and
thanked his friends for their cooperation.
Example Picture 4

2. Number of characters Mainly 3
3. Age and Sex 25-30 years and 55 to 60 years male
4. Mood Negative
5. What has happened Ravi Shankar along with his friend Mishra has
filed a case against their sons
6. What is happening Ravi Shankar is revealing his problem to the
young magistrate Siddarth
7. Future action He should come out with a solution for insecurity
8. Final outcome Successful in setting solution through district
court
The Story
Siddarth had a dream of becoming district magistrate which he made reality. He
was successful in his professional life and personal too. One day he received a
grievance by an old aged person Ravi Shankar who filed a case that he was
ignored by his son and daughter-in-law who were not taking care of him. He told
the magistrate that he wanted his son to vacate the house if he could not take care
of him, moreover the house was in the name of Ravi Shankar. The same was the
case with his friend Jatin Mishra. Siddarth was so humane and humble that he
wanted to give a permanent solution to their problems. First and foremost he
wrote to the district administration to bring up an old age home in the city.
Secondly, he asked the sons to summon in the court and said it was unlawful for
them to neglect their parents and ordered that if they do not take care of their
parents they should vacate the house as it is legal. As a result Ravi Shankar and
Jatin Mishra got the due care in their life. Siddarth was successful in his effort.
Example Picture 5

2. Number of characters More than 2
3. Age and Sex All are male age 40-50 years and 25 years
4. Mood Negative
5. What has happened Mr Ganguly, retired Air Chief Marshal died
and Sujit has visited
6. What is happening All friends of ACM are mourning the death
7. Future action To come out of the sorrow of the death
8. Final outcome Sujit is successful in his attempt
The Story
Sujit Verma had lost his father in the Civil War of India and China. But he was
always guided by his father’s friend Mr Ganguly who was retired Air Chief
Marshal and he always inspired Sujit to become an Air Chief Marshal. Thus Sujit
was selected by his efforts to work as a Flight Lieutenant.
He was so honest and hard working that he got the promotion of highest rank
that is Air Chief Marshal. He wanted to give this good news to Mr Ganguly who
would be happy to listen this news, but he got a bad news that Mr Ganguly
expired due to heart attack the same morning.
Sujit visited the mourning house and did the last rites to Mr Ganguly and decided
to work for the nation throughout his life; it made him to forget slowly the death
of Mr Ganguly and Sujit successfully served the nation in the memories of Mr
Ganguly.
Discussion on the Picture

After picture shown and writing of the story, the next step involved is discussion
of picture. This part is most important as it involves two crucial levels of tests.
I. Individual narration
II. Group discussion
I. Individual Narration
After the writing of the story is finished, the candidates will be divided into a
group of 10-14 members. They are made to sit in a semi circular way. An
assessor is also present. Here, the candidate gets a chance to revise the story
before narration starts individually.
The narration takes place in the following way :

1. Inside the discussion room the PP & DT sheets are given back to look into
the story. When the discussion begins, each candidate is required to narrate
his story individually one by one.
2. Assessor gives sufficient information regarding whether the candidate is
required to tell the details seen in the picture or he has to straight away
narrate the story. So, it is very essential to listen carefully to the information.
3. Candidate with the least chest number starts narrating his/her story; once
his narration is finished, the next candidate starts narration. This continues
till last candidate.
4. Once the narration starts, the assessor will not interrupt the candidates. On
the other hand, candidates are also not allowed to talk to assessors.
5. The language allowed to narrate the story is English and if the candidate
gets stuck in between, he can use Hindi, but it is very crucial to switch back
to English as soon as possible.
6. The candidate should finish the story within ‘40-60’ seconds. So, it is
advisable to keep the story very short as well as logical. As soon as the
last candidate finishes his individual narration of the story, the ‘Discussion’
starts.
II. Group Discussion
Group discussion starts immediately after the last GTO IO Psyc
candidate finishes his individual narration. At the C1 C9
discussion, candidates are made to sit as shown in the C2 C8

figure where there is a GTO, IO and also a psychologist
C3 C7
present i.e.
C4 C6
C1 - Chest Number1 C5
GTO - Group Testing Officer

Psyc - Psychologist
IO - Interviewing Officer
Group discussion takes place in the following way :
1. Group discussion begins among the group members.
2. The assessor do not interrupt while discussion is going on.
3. In the group of 6 to 7 candidates, all of them start speaking at the same time
trying to convince each other.
4. It is the motto of the group discussion to make a common story out of the
picture that was shown.
5. If the group becomes inconclusive, the assessor further divides the group
into two and further discussion is allowed.
6. The group gets 5 to 10 minutes to discuss and one candidate is selected
from the group members to narrate a common story. After which the
discussion ends and candidates await for the results.
Mistakes Normally Done

Generally, candidates do not observe the picture minutely and omit many
things from picture. This should be avoided and one should include even
captions if any. One may add anything in the scene to support one’s story.
Due to pressure and nervousness some candidates fail to even write a
single word. To avoid this, candidates must practice the art of writing
descriptive essay. Take any topic and start writing. Then you will find, no
difficulty in writing short but meaningful stories.
Due to lack of confidence and poor power of expression, some candidates

narrate their story but are not able to take part in discussion. To get
recommended for stage II, you must take part in the discussion. To overcome
that fear, you have to practice with a friend or in front of a mirror.
To narrate their story some candidates cross the stipulated time. Normally,
you should finish the narration within 60 to 90 seconds.
Some candidates try to monopolise the discussion to gain some extra point
but this is not going to help you. So, avoid dominating the discussion.
Screening Result
The result of the screening test gets declared on the very same day after a few
hours. Candidates who pass the test are allowed to stay back at the centre for
further test while the rest of the candidates are dropped at the station on the very
same day.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for Screening Test

Do’s
u Write a story with a positive outlook and also make sure that it has a positive ending.
u During narration, always be calm and composed. Always listen carefully to the person
who talks, and look at the speaker only.
u When you are talking, talk in a very clear tone and express points in a straigth forward
manner.
u Maintain a good body language and a proper posture throughout your group
discussion.
u The points which a candidate may have missed out while writing a story, must be
added at the time of narration.
Don’ts
u Don’t look at the assessors while narrating the story, or during the discussion.
u Do not try to dominate the discussion by speaking more.
u Do not argue with the other group members.
u Do not be fussy about a single point Remember go with the group always because
coopration is an important thing.
6
Personal Information
Questionnaire (PIQ)
Personal Information Questionnaire (PIQ) is the document of questionnaire. It is

filled up by the candidates who qualify the Screening Test (Phase 1). Three forms
are provided for the candidates and all of them must be filled.
Importance of PIQ
It is a crucial document that derives the information about the candidate. It
becomes the basis on which personal interview questions in SSB interview are
asked. Maximum questions are usually asked by interviewing officer. The officer
may ask both direct and indirect questions based on the PIQ form filled by the
candidate.
Tips to Fill PIQ Form

u Know your personal details and avoid mistakes in basic information.
u Write true statements that prove about yourself; inaccurate information shows lack of
self-knowledge.
u Any information given by you should not mismatch with what you are saying in the
interview and what you have furnished in the PIQ form.
u Write legible so, that your information is clearly understood by the reader.
u Write clearly about your hobbies. Make sure you know about what you have written in
the form.
u Avoid scratching and over writing.
u Avoid matching with others’ PIQ forms.
u Write correct number of total attempts you have done so far.
Personal Information Questionnaire (PIQ) 71
[er.DeeF&.heer.Deej. ØeMveeJeueer
ieesheveerÙe mebKÙee 107 A (meb<eesefOele)
DIPR Questionnaire
Confidential No. 107 A (Revised)
Dated
................... (Signature of Candidate)

The Basis of Interview 73
7
The Basis of
Interview
Interview is an effective evaluation and in-depth study of a candidate which is not
possible in the examination system. Interview is a conversation with a purpose
and is a direct method of enquiry that enables the interviewer to assess the
personality of the interviewee by posing general and technical questions that
allow the interviewee to show his behaviour in a given situation.
Interview is a face-to-face interpersonal role in which the interviewer asks the
selected set of questions to the candidate in order to assess the ability and
suitability of the candidates for the job.
Generally, interviews will happen between Day 2 to Day 4 of your stay in SSB
and interview is taken by the President of Board, the Vice-President or similar
rank officers.
You will be informed well in advance about interview and the place where it will
be held. In case, your interview is on Day 3 or Day 4 immediately after the GTO
testing, you may be asked to come in sports dress itself, but in case you have
time, you can change to formal dress for interview.
Objectives of Interview
The basic objective of the interview is to get an insight of the candidate’s
personality by friendly conversation and to assess the degree to which he
possesses the officer like qualities. The candidate will be interviewed by the
President or the Vice-President who will have before him a Personal Information
Questionnaire (PIQ) form, which the candidate has filled on the first day.
He will ask questions on matters of general interest. The objective of the
interview is to assess the personal suitability of the candidate for a career in
armed forces by a competent unbiased observer.
The test is intended to judge the mental calibre of a candidate. This is an
assessment of intellectual qualities, social traits and his interest in current affairs.
The technique of the interview is not a strict cross-examination but of a natural,
though directed and purposive conversation which is intended to reveal the
mental qualities of the candidate.
The interview test is not intended to be a test either of the specialised or general
knowledge of the candidates. Candidates are expected to have taken an
intelligent interest not only in their special subjects of academic study, but also in
the events which are happening around them both within and outside their own
state or country as well as in modern currents of thought and in new discoveries
which should rouse the curiosity of well educated youth.
Interview is a conversation with purpose. It will involve only two persons i.e.
Interviewing Officer and you.
Through this technique, the following aspects are to be assessed :
Mental alertness
Power of Assimilation
Planning and organisation
Effective intelligence, reasoning, organising, expression
Social adjustment
Adaptability, cooperation, responsibility
Social effectiveness
Initiative, self-confidence, decision-making power, influence to the team,

cheerful nature, resourcefulness
Courage, enthusiasm, stamina, determination
Preparation of Interview
You must be fully prepared about following aspects before going to interview :
You must remember your PIQ form and be ready to answer the same.
Prepare some General knowledge questions which are related to current

affairs.
Prepare questions about your hobby and extra-curricular activity.
Knowledge about your place of residence and place of work, in case you are
working.
Knowledge about your friends, family, school, college, any recent incident
related with your hobby, extra-curricular activity that you mentioned in PIQ
form.
Remember your education, achievements, work and try to arrange it in
chronological order.
Physical Appearance and Dress

The looks, appearance and dress of the candidate indicates his personality. So, be
aware of these things also.
Your dress should be neat, clean and well ironed.
Your shoes should be clean and well polished.
Avoid wearing new dress for interview. Your dress should be simple and sober
and according to the season of the place.
Don’t carry your mobile, wallet, wrist watch. Tuck in shirt and make sure your
look should be as that of a gentleman. Use washed socks.
Do carry pen and blank sheet in your pocket.
If your interview is conducted during the GTO tasks then you have to go there
in the same PT dress. But make sure, your shoes laces are properly tied, socks
are pulled up, shirt tucked in and no button is loose and open.
Your hair should be properly combed.
Use of colognes and perfumes should be avoided.
While Waiting and Entry into the Room

While going for the interview, make sure you are wearing chest number and it
is properly tied.
When you will be notified about your turn of interview, go to waiting room
and wait for your turn.
While waiting for your interview, don’t talk with people waiting there and
don’t talk to persons who are coming after completing their interviews.
Do not feel nervous while entering the room and be confident.
Before entering the room, take permission.
Take an entry in the interview room with your head held high.
As you will enter interview room, interviewee will welcome you with a good
smile and sometimes with a handshake. So, give him very good response.
Do not offer handshake from your side.
Don’t sit without taking permission and even don’t stand in front of the chair.
Try to stand near to the chair. After getting permission, thank him with good
gestures.
Body Language During Interview

Non-verbal language is an important part of any interview. Often decisions about
the candidates are made in seconds, sometimes before the candidates even have
a chance to speak. Since, body language is such an important part of
communication. It’s important to be aware of it during a job interview. Positive
body language can put people at ease and make them feel comfortable around
you.
Clarity of thought and explanations
The thought and answers coming from the candidate should be clear.
Not give Yes/No type of replies.
Explain your answer with positive points.
Here are a few points that you should keep in mind about your body languages
and gestures during an interview :
Try to keep your hands out of your pockets at all times during the interview.
Do not fidget with your hands, it makes you look nervous and unsure of
yourself.
Beware of over using hand gestures. It can be highly distracting and take away
from what you are saying. Watch your interviewer. If he or she is using hand
gestures, you may as well.
During an interview, avoid folding your arms because it can be interpreted as a
defensive move. Fold your hands loosely on your lap or place your arms on
the arm rests, if your chair has them.
Don’t shake your legs and don’t do any moves which will give bad impression
of your image to him.
Eyes are the mirror of the personality so it’s very important to make eye
contact. However make sure, it is natural eye contact and not staring.
You should try to look at your interviewer’s nose. It will help you to make eye
contact.
Do not look at the ceiling or floor to compose your thoughts, it makes you
look insincere or unprepared.
A smile while maintaining eye contact is sometimes the difference between a
positive body language message and staring.
Never look down, this might indicate that you don’t believe what you are
saying and give connotations of submissiveness.
Sitting Posture
You should have a proper sitting posture during the interview.
When standing or sitting, do so with a straight back and squared shoulders.
Slouching will give the impression of a negative attitude.
When sitting, put both feet on the floor and lean slightly forward. Leaning
back in your chair will give the impression you are comfortable and may be
appropriate towards the middle or end of the interview.
Interview Questions
The interests question will vary depending on the individual’s interests, some of
which are sports, games, music, art, literature and many more.
There will also be questions that will check your knowledge in your area of
interest and also related to your academic background. There will also be
questions which check your leadership and organisational capability, current
affairs, general knowledge questions and a few practical questions.
Interview Questions Purposes
(What candidate is asked) (The Interviewer wants to know)
1. Educational To judge intelligence level
2. Family background Environment where the candidate has grown
3. Co-curricula activity Organising and initiation skill
4. Friends circle Social and Entrovertness
5. Activity planning Planning and Dynamism
6. Reasons for joing defence Motivation for defence forces
7. Describing personality in terms of strength and Natural projection of what one is – no masking
weakness
General Questions
Tell me something about yourself?
What is the meaning of your name?
Which is your native place?
Tell me something about your home town.
What are the population/ language/ important features/ tourist places of your
place?
What is your current occupation?
What are your strengths and weaknesses?
What things do you like about your native place?
Why do you want to join the force?
What if you don’t get recommended?
What motivates you to do your best on the job?

Tell me about your ability to work under pressure.

Tell me a situation when you had to work in a team environment. How was
your performance?
Tell me an example of an important goal you set and how you achieved it.
Educational Qualification
Which school and college did you attend from primary to graduate level?
What is your favourite area of study/subject?
Which teacher do you like very much and why?
Tell me about your specific achievements during your study.
Did you choose your area of study or group of study by yourself or did you do
that by compulsion?
How much did you score in your tenth, twelfth, college?
What is the reason behind your poor grades?
Family and Friends

What is your mother/father’s educational qualification?
What is the job of your mother/father?
What is the monthly income of your family?
How many brothers and sisters do you have? What is their qualification? What
are they doing presently?
How much pocket money did you get when you were in college and how did
you utilise it?
What activities do you do on your holidays?
How do you decide your friends?
How many friends do you have?
How have you helped your friend in their time of need?
Among your friends, to whom do you share your personal things?
Present Occupation
Presently, what are you doing?
Why are you interested in working for this company?
What position do you serve in your company?
What is the nature of your work?
How much is the turnover/sales of your company?
What are the future prospects of yours?
Describe the biggest challenge you have had in your job and how you handled it?
What are your two accomplishments at your present job?
Why do you want to leave your current job?
Hobbies/Interests/Sports and Extra-Curricular Activities

What is your favourite hobby and why?
How long do you have this as a hobby?
Describe about the things that you have learned from your hobby.
Give details of your extra-curricular activities.
Why did you not continue this activity?
What is your favourite outdoor/indoor game?
What level have you played to?
What role do you play while playing?
What is the size of the ground, number of players, equipment and terminology
of the game?
Who/what are your favourite team/players?
What is your best memory of the game?
What are the duties of a captain?
Do‘s and Don‘ts for Interview

Do’s
u Your voice should be very clear and audible when you explain your thoughts.
u Tell the interviewer, things that are not mentioned, for instance your special qualities,
goals, ambitions, source of motivation, unique traits etc.
u Maintain a positive, confident attitude throughout the interview and avoid making
excuses or blaming others.
u Be honest when you are asked about weaknesses or past failures.
u Always focus on positive elements such as what you learned from a past failure, or
what steps you are taking to improve yourself.
u Answer all the questions with a smile on your face and answer truthfully.
u Always try to explain things in a very simple and very elegant way, the interviewer will
surely be impressed.
u Show your enthusiasm by keeping an interesting expression.
u Try to keep your answers brief and to the point, but don’t just give ‘yes’ and ‘no’
responses.
Don’ts
u If you don’t know an answer, think for a while if you can and if not, then politely reply
“Sir, I am sorry, I don’t know the answer”.
u If you didn’t hear the question properly, then politely say pardon me sir and ask to
repeat the question again.
u Don’t use heavy words and long sentences while answering.
u Do not expose your disappointment or failure via any means and don’t lose your
ground even to a tough questions.
u Be yourself. Don’t try to present a false image of yourself.

u While answering the self-descriptive questions, do not just produce what is written in
the PIQ form.
u After finishing interview, don’t forget to thank the officer.
Approach for General Interview Questions

Q Tell me about yourself.
A How to Approach Generally, this is the first and most frequent question
asked by the interviewer. You should not start to tell all matter or things
about yourself. Your interviewer is not looking for a 5 minute dissertation
here. Instead, give to the point answer with a sentence or two that sets the
stage for further discussion and sets you apart from the other candidates.
Give them your ‘synopsis’ about you. You have to tell him what’s your USP
(Unique Selling Proposition). Tell him your biggest strength and major
benefit that armed forces will derive from this strength.
i “Sir, I am a project Engineer in Tata Motors. I am part of the project team that developed
‘Nano model’ within record time and minimum price”.
Q What is your greatest weakness?

A How to Approach There are many ways, you can answer this question.
The smart way is to mention skills that are not very important for the job or
you can mention the traits you have improved on or simply mention how
you turn a negative into a positive.
For doing that you have to analyse the key qualities first which are required
for the position and then come up with an honest shortcoming which is not
essential for the position. Another way is to discuss traits or qualities you have
developed or improved upon during your previous job, so in that way you
are showing the interviewer that you can make improvement when necessary.
i
“I like to make sure that my work is perfect, so I tend to spend a little time checking it.
However, I always try to make a balance by setting up a system to ensure everything is
done correctly the first time”.
Q What is your greatest strength?

A How to Approach The best way to answer this question is to start with the
attributes that will qualify you for the job. You have to describe the skills
and experience that directly correlate with the demand of the armed force.
i
“I am good at organising things. When I am working on a project, I do not just organise the
man and materials properly, but I prefer optimum utilisation of the resources within
stipulated time”.
Q Tell me about your previous job.

A How to Approach When you’re asked about your previous job, don’t be
too negative because you should not make the interviewer think that you’ll
speak negative about the previous job or the company when you’re ready to
move on, in case you get this job. Instead, it makes sense to talk about
yourself and what you’re looking for in a new role.
i I enjoyed the people working in the organisation. It is a friendly and fun atmosphere and
I actually enjoy going into work each morning . I feel leading them is great as well. They
know all of their employees on a first name basis and try to make those personal
connections. I also enjoyed the fact that the office tried to do community outreach with
local organisations.
Q Why do you want to leave your present job/Why do you want to

join the armed forces?
A How to Approach This is one of the questions that is frequently asked in
an interview. Regardless of the fact why you left, don’t speak bad about
your previous job or organisation.
Instead, be direct and focussed on your interview and answer on the future,
especially if you are leaving under the best of circumstances. Prepare
answer to this type of interview question, well in advance. Practice your
responses so that you sound positive and clear, about circumstances and
your goals for the future.
i The most important reason for leaving is that I felt I was not challenged enough at the job.
For a new employee in the working world, the organisation offers a great opportunity for a
good entry level position. However, after working there for so many years, I felt that I was not
able to reach my full potential because of the lack of challenge and there was no space for
advancement in the organisation.
I did enjoy working there and developed skills, still I feel my skill set can be better utilised in
Armed forces where my capabilities are recognised and there is an opportunity for growth.
Q Describe a difficult work situation and how did you overcome it?
A How to Approach The interviewer asks this question because he wants to
know that how you behaved in the past and what will you do in the future.
So, always give your answer with concrete example of a difficult situation
that you actually faced. Keep your answers positive and be specific.
i
In my previous job, when the product development stalled, I coordinated the team and
reorganised the resources and managed to give the schedule back on track. We were able
to successfully troubleshoot the issues and solve the problem within a stipulated time.
MODEL INTERVIEW 1
Candidate enters in the room where the interviewer is already sitting;
interviewer offers him a seat to sit and then interview starts.
Q How was your stay at the SSB?
A It was very interesting, enjoyable, I made new friends. Overall, it’s a
memorable experience.
Q Tell me about yourself.
A I’m a young achiever who is a captain of his team that won the Inter
University Football Championship for the first time. And I will be very
pleased to do the same with army.
Q Which is your native place?
A Lucknow.
Q Tell me something about Lucknow.
A It is an historical and cultural city. Now it is administrative, commercial and
educational centre of Uttar Pradesh.
Q What is your educational qualification?
A Sir, this year I have passed BA honours in Geography.
Q How was your performance?
A I passed with second class marks.
Q What was the reason behind your low score?
A I was actively involved with football team of my college and much of my
time was spent on playing and training. So, I was not able to concentrate
much on studies.
Q Why do you want to join the armed forces?
A Sir, I want to join the armed forces because it offers me the unique chance
of holding a job that combines in itself a good status and a good future
prospect, active life and service of the country.
Q How playing football is going to help you in the armed forces?
A It made me become more disciplined and organised person. It’s a team
game, so it helps me to develop team spirit in me and it also improved my
fitness level. I think these qualities must be required to become an Army
Officer.
Q What’s the most difficult part of being a captain?

A I think every captain finds it challenging to motivate the team when it’s in a
loose patch. But that’s probably the strongest test of a captain. I feel this is
one area where I excel.
Q Why India is not doing well in football?
A Sir, there are many factors but most important are lack of finance, poor
infrastructure, bleak future, lack of modern techniques, favouritism and
nepotism and lastly and most important the lack of national spirit.
Q Tell me about your family background?
A My father is a Bank Manager in SBI and my mother is a housewife.
Q How many brothers and sisters do you have? And what are they
doing?
A Sir I have a brother and a sister. Sister works as a teacher in a government
school and brother is preparing for a medical career.
Q What do you feel are your greatest strengths?
A My greatest strength is that I have a lot of initiative. I always look for a
better way to do things at work. e.g., one time during a tournament, I gave
chance to some new players and they performed really well.
Q What do you feel are your weaknesses?
A I am very hard on myself. I am always expecting myself to do a little bit
more. However, I guess this works out well for me over the year.Or I have
never been very comfortable with public speaking which at times a
hindrance in the work. But, since I become captain of my team I’ve given
lots of presentations to my team which enabled me to overcome my
life-long fear. I still don’t love it, but no one else can tell.
Q What are your long range goals?
A I am looking for a position in an institution where I can stay and grow with
and I feel in the armed forces as an Officer, would give me this opportunity.
Q How would you describe yourself?
A I am a fun loving person who really enjoy meeting and working with a lot of
different people.
Q Do you prefer to work independently or on a team?
A I am equally comfortable working as a member of a team and
independently. In college, I enjoyed playing football and performing with
the marching band. Each required a different kind of team play, but the
overall goal of learning to be a member of a group was invaluable.
Q What is your greatest failure and what did you learn from it?
A When I was in the last year of college, I didn’t take my studies very
seriously and assumed that, I will be able to get good marks just like in
previous years. My low marks in the final year showed me otherwise. I’d
even jeopardised my scholarship status.
I learned that no matter what I’m doing, I should strive to do it to the best
of my ability. Otherwise, it’s not worth doing at all.
Q What motivates you?

A I have always been motivated by the tough challenge. This motivates me to
do my best.
Q How would your friends describe you?
A My friends would probably say that I am very persistent. I have never been
afraid of keep on going until I get what I want. When I was in the first year
of my college, my friends say you will never going to make in the college’s
football team, but I worked hard and not only got selected in the team but
by the time of final year, I became captain of the team. A lot of people
might have given up after the first rejection, but it’s just not in my nature. If
I know something is possible, I have to keep trying until I get it.
Q Apart from playing football, what are the other hobbies or interest
that you have?
A Sir, I like to read good books.
Q What good books have you read lately?
A ‘India after Gandhi’ by Ramchandra Guha.
Q What’s the theme of this book?
A It is a commentary on political, socio-economic history of India after
Mahatma Gandhi’s death.
Q How do you feel about the work environment in the armed force?
A I greatly admire it as an institution that hires and promotes on merit alone.
That’s the best type of work environment you can hope to find.
Q Why aren’t you focusing on earning more money at this stage of
your career
A Making money is very important to me, but throughout my life, it’s been
more important to me is doing that work I really like to do.
Q Suppose you do not get selected. What will be your further course
of action?
A Sir, I have done very well in the test and very hopeful for my success but if I
am not selected then I will try for another attempt next year with more
preparation.
Thank you Mr Rahul wish you all the best.
Thank you sir, good bye.
After the conversation ends, candidate leaves the room with the permission of
the Interviewer and thanks him.
MODEL INTERVIEW 2
The candidate name is Sameer. He belongs to Agra, Uttar Pradesh. He has
dressed himself in Black trousers, dark blue shirt and a matching tie. When
his turn comes up for interview he gives a gentle tap on the door for formal
permission to enter the room. When he is allowed to enter, he proceeds towards
the board members.
Sameer May I come in, Sir?
Interviewing Yes, Please come in
Officer (IO)
Sameer Good afternoon, Sir
IO Good afternoon, Mr. Sameer. Please take your seat.
Sameer Thank you, Sir
IO What is the meaning of your name?
Sameer Sir, the name Sameer is derived from the Sanskrit word meaning gust of
wind or gentle breeze.
IO Tell the other names related to same meaning of your name?
Sameer Sir, I know few of them like Samir Nasei, French footballer, Samer Hasan, a
Telugu actor and Sameer Dattani, an Indian film actor.
IO Where are you from Sameer?
Sameer Sir, I am from Agra, Uttar Pradesh
IO What is the historical significance of your city?
Sameer Sir, Agra city is recognized well with the Mughal Empire. Its historical
linkages are associated with the Mahabharata period.
IO Tell me about your educational Qualification?
Sameer Sir, I hold a Bachelor’s Degree in Chemistry from Ramjas college, Delhi.
IO Did you go for any other examination other than this?
Sameer Yes, Sir. I have appeared in Indian Administrative Service
IO Why did you switch over to Indian Armed forces if you gave IAS Exam?
Sameer Sir, bacause I feel joining Indian Armed Forces is not a job, but it is also a
way to serve my country in a better way.
IO I find from your Bio-Data that you like to read Books. So, tell me what all
books have you read?
Sameer Sir, I have read One Night at the call centre, The Three mistake of my life,
Five point someone all three by Chetan Bhagat and now, I have just started
with ‘The monk who sold his Ferrari’ by Robin Sharma.
IO What was the name of the girl character in Five point someone?
Sameer Sir, the name of the character was Neha.
IO Tell me one good quality and one bad quality about Neha.
Sameer The good quality about the character was the friendly nature of Neha and
the bad quality was her irresponsibility.
IO Ok, Sameer what do you mean by Global warming?
Sameer Sir, Global warming is the rise in the temperature of the earth due to the
rise in the concentration the Greenhouse gases.
IO What is greenhouse effect?
Sameer Sir, it is the effect which is caused when the increased concentration of the
greenhouse gases traps the harmful infra red radiations emitted by earth
after reflection.
IO Why does the radiations get trapped inside the atmosphere?
Sameer The greenhouse gases trap them and don’t allow them to leave the
atmosphere.
IO Then how do the radiations enter the atmosphere?
Sameer (confused) sorry sir
IO Never mind (officer changed the subject). What motivates you?
Sameer Sir, I have always been motivated by the challenges which always motivate
me to do my best.
IO What are the qualities of an army officer or what are the qualities that are
required in a person to join the Armed Forces?
Sameer Sir, first of all courage is required because Army requires a lot of courage.
Apart from this the qualities required includes leadership, team-spirit,
cooperation, discipline, self-confidence.
IO Ok, Sameer tell me why should we select you?
Sameer Sir, when I decided to be in the force, I read about the scope and
responsibilities of an officer in the force. And I believe that I possess the
aptitude needed to serve in this prestigious career.
IO Ok Sameer, thank you so much, good day and all the best (The officer
extends his hand).
Sameer (Shaking the hand) Thank you sir. (He gets up and with a slight bow, he
smiles and says good bye. He walks out with the permission of IO)
MODEL INTERVIEW 3
The Candidate name is Manish Agrawal. He belongs to Chennai, Tamil
Nadu. He has dressed himself in Black trousers, navy blue coloured T shirt.
When his turn comes, he gently tap on the door for formal permission to enter
the room. He enters the room and proceeds towards the board members.
Manish May I come in Sir? (knocking the door and asking softly)
Chairperson Yes, Please come in
(CP)
Manish Good morning, Sir
CP A very good morning Mr. Manish. Please have a seat
Manish Thank you sir
CP (Looking at Bio data) you are a graduate from Mumbai University. What is
so special about your city, Mumbai?
Manish Sir, Mumbai is known as the financial capital of India. In this city thousands
of people related to Bollywood live and earn their living.
CP Ok, where does your father work?
Manish Sir, my father is a businessman and owns a textile mill.
CP So, you don’t want to continue with his business?
Manish Sir, I do help him sometimes. But I want to do something different.
CP So, I see you have been very active. You have won many awards. What is
this Bal Shree Award?
Manish Sir, this is a national award given by the President of India to children
between ages 12-14, for creativity.
CP What is Sarva Shiksha Abhiyaan?
Manish Sir, it is a scheme started in 2011, aimed at universalization of primary
education. It has now been supported by the Right to Education Act which
makes education a fundamental right.
CP What do you think are the problems in school education system in India?
Manish Sir, in India, teaching needs to be perceived as a respectable profession so
that we are able to recruit the best people. There recruitment should be
more scientific. Other problems are infrastructure and funds.
CP (changing the topic) can you recall any famous saying the Gandhi and how
is it relevant today?
Manish Gandhiji said that ‘an eye for an eye makes the whole world blind’. It is
espically relevant today in the context of the nuclear arms race. If all the
countries develop nuclear arms and in case these get used, it would lead to
destruction of the whole world.
CP Excellent. What is Gandhiji’s trusteeship principle?
Manish Gandhiji said that the rich are the trustees of the wealth of the society and
should use it for the betterment of the whole society.
CP Ok coming back to your father’s business, what are the problems of textile
industry in India?
Manish Sir, in India the average size of a textile unit is smaller than those in China
and Bangladesh. Thus economies of scale are not that effective in Indian
units, translating into a cost disadvantage.
CP Today, corruption has become the root cause of all the problems. What you
have to say on that?
Manish Sir, I believe that corruption can be reduced if we all start following the
legalities. But it cannot be totally eliminated.
CP Can you name any country which is free of corruption?
Manish (after a pause) No, Sir I can not recall.
CP Why do you want to be a part of Indian Armed forces?
Manish Sir, I want to join the Indian Armed Force due to keen desire to serve the
nation.
CP That’s all Mr. Manish. Thank you very much. You may leave.
Manish Thank you very much Sir (put the chair back and left)
PSYCHOLOGICAL
TESTING SERIES...
Psychological Test is conducted on Day-2 of the SSB Interviews.

It is the second stage of the tests.
Meaning and Need of Psychological Test

Psychological test is the use of formal procedures
employing reliable and valid instruments to measure
intellectual, cognitive, emotional and behavioural
functioning. Psychological testing is employed to identify
intelligence, personality style, interpersonal processes and
adaptive skills. The test is conducted by a skilled
professional usually a psychologist. He evaluates the
candidate’s personality and capability and decides whether
the candidate is suitable for the service. The responses to
the tests reveal the different attitude and personality traits
of the candidate.
Personality and its Importance in

SSB Interviews
Personality is said to be the characteristic patterns of
thoughts, feelings and behaviours of an individual in a
given situation and time, which make him unique. In
psychological tests employed by SSB, the candidate is
shown a stimuli and is asked to respond, during this
process, candidate’s behavioural patterns, emotional
intelligence and attitudes emerge out without obscurity.
For this purpose, following psychological tests are conducted
namely
1. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT)
2. Word Association Test (WAT)
3. Situation Reaction Test (SRT)
4. Self Description Test (SDT)
Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) 91
8
Thematic Apperception
Test (TAT)
Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) is conducted on the Day-2 of the second
stage of the tests. It is conducted to bring out the real personality of the
candidates, which is revealed by the candidate’s interpretation of stories through
which the positive and negative qualities of the candidate have been emerged.
Meaning of TAT
The Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) is a visually instructional narrative
method where the participant is shown a series of pictures that have a vague
resemblance to real-world objects. Then, he is asked to narrate a story linking all
the images and using them as input to the narrative. This method is used to
calculate a person’s ability at interpretation and construction of reality.
Way of Conducting TAT

The TAT involves the picture projection and story writing depends on the
picture shown. Totally 12 (11 + 1) pictures are shown, where ‘11’ pictures are with
a theme and characters from which the candidates make a story and the ‘12th’ or
last one is a blank picture, where the candidate should imagine a story. The
picture consists of one or more than one person. The blank picture is usually
shown in the last.
Method Adopted for TAT

The pictures are displayed for 30 seconds and the candidate is given 4 minutes to
write a story about the picture seen. It is continued for all the 12 pictures.
Importance of TAT
The pictures, stimulate the thought processes of the candidate and his ability to
weave around a story. It is a method of exploring matter from a person’s
sub-conscious mind by stimulating his fantasy and interpreting it. The candidate
is encouraged to come out with ideas and inner hidden or latent material, which
will not be available to us normally.
Guidance to Attempt TAT

Following tips are very useful as well as crucial to attempt TAT successfully :
Practising the story writing keeping in front some picture is advisable for
the candidates who have cleared the screening test.
In the test room, when the picture is shown, it is very essential to observe the
picture attentively and make out the objects and characters shown. Also, keep
in mind that the picture is displayed for only 30 seconds.
It is good to be calm, positive for looking at the picture and perceive the
theme to write a story.
It should be kept in the mind that the picture centres around a person usually a
hero or a heroine through which the action of the story is shown and your
story is reflected through the description of the hero and a story.
If you are not able to finish the story within the given 4 minutes, then pass on
to the next picture shown, so that you do not miss the subsequent picture.
When it comes to the last blank picture, it is advisable to write the story based
on the theme of the immediately preceding picture to make the story more
natural and real.
How to Make a Desirable Story

To imagine and perceive adequately in TAT, one needs to understand the situation
first. Situation itself depicts whether it requires reactionary concept or visionary
one. The question is not only limited to write the story, but also to react on a story.
When a picture is shown, the candidate must analyse the following aspects :
It is important to understand the background (Rural, Urban, Plain, Mountain
etc), the current location and the current action going on in picture.
The next step is the identification of hero which should be clearer. He should
be identified with age, sex and name.
Based on the analysis, the candidate decides the central idea of the story.
Lastly the story to be written should have these important things like
identification of the task, management of crisis and outcome or result.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for TAT

Do’s
u Write the story in the past tense.
u Make sure to write a positive, constructive and mature story.
u Handwriting should be neat and clean without any overwriting.
Don’ts
u Do not unnecessarily perceive a problem when it is not shown in the picture.
u Avoid giving morals or advice at the end of the story.
u Don’t waste time by describing what is happening in the picture.
u Do not write a wishful story.
Thematic Apperception Test
Picture 1
The Story
Suresh was a mechanical engineer. He went to his grandmother’s village to enjoy
his summer vacation. There he found that condition of the road was not good. It
was a mud road with so many pitfalls. Also he saw villagers were struggling with
their load on that road.
So, he gathered his childhood friends to find the solution as Suresh wanted to
have a permanent solution. For this he went to meet block development officer
and made a written request to build a new road. With his effort the permission
was granted and a new metalled road was laid. Village people thanked Suresh.
He returned to his work with satisfaction.
Stimulus Reaction of the Picture

The stimulus shows that a group of persons are working on a road. A person in
the picture looks confident. His facial impression shows that he is satisfied and
has a sense of achievement. He can thus be considered as the hero of the story.
Picture 2
The Story
Rohan Singh was an ambitious businessman, at the same time he was also a good
chess player. He had received so many medals and awards for his achievements,
but for the reason of managing his business, he had to leave his game in his mid
life. But, he taught the game to his son Rahul so well that he became perfect in
playing chess with almost no chance to lose any game. Rahul, one fine day was
recognised as the international chess player at a very young age. By seeing this
development of his son, Rohan always feel happy.

The picture shows a man and a boy, in front of them there is a chess board with
pawns and related pieces. The man looks like teaching the movement of pawns.
The story that would be made is about how a man fulfilled his dream to become
a successful chess player through his son.
Picture 3
The Story
Shailesh was recruited to a village with other soldiers, near the country’s border
where the terrorists often attacked. Few villagers have been killed, few men and
women were hiding in their houses. Shailesh and his other troop men were
successful in suppressing the terrorist, finally, there was a sigh of relief in the
village. Near a house on the entrance, while Shailesh was searching for the
belongings of terrorists, he saw a boy of 8 to 10 years old sitting alone. On
enquiry, he came to know that the boy lost his parents in terrorist attack and has
no relatives. Shailesh was moved by the plight of the boy. He took the boy to the
war destitutes asylum and made the arrangements for the boy’s life. Shailesh was
satisfied with his work.

The picture shows a boy sitting in a critical condition. His physical appearances
show that the boy is lonely, moreover there are no people around the boy. So, it
can be said that the boy has become alone due to some tragic incidents. This
tragedy should be overcome by a positive initiative.
Picture 4
The Story
Mithun was coming back after watching a movie. On the way near to his house,
he saw a group of boys troubling a girl. The girl was scared of the boys and was
walking fast to escape from them. Suddenly one boy pulled the girl’s hand.
Mithun rushed to the scene and advised the boy not to trouble the girl but the
boys seemed drunk and was not listening to Mithun. Mithun gave a fist to one
the boys. Seeing this some other people also gathered. They pulled boys from the
spot and took them to the police station along with the girl. There the boys were
put inside bars after listening the complaint from the girl. The girl thanked
Mithun for the timely help. Mithun felt good about his deed.

The picture shows four characters where a girl is teased by boys and there is
another boy in support of the girl and opposing the first boy. Thus, the story can
be constructed as an incident of eve-teasing.
Picture 5
The Story
Malini was working with an NGO for the upliftment of rural women. It was her
duty to make them economically empowered. In a remote village that belonged
to a district with good transport system she saw women engaged in weaving
basket and other articles using bamboo sticks. But these articles were circulated
to nearby villages only and the weavers, mainly women, did not get good return.
Malini contacted the district administration and made the arrangements for the
bamboo articles to get a good market inside the city. This got a good response
and women felt happy and empowered. Now not only they work in their own
place but also can earn well. They do not forget to praise Malini.

The picture shows a woman weaving baskets. Behind her, few already made
baskets are lying. The background resembles as the village house. With the
efforts of Malini, the woman get the proper sales channel. Thus, the story is about
women empowerment.
Picture 6
The Story
Sunder was in the Indian Army and got a transfer to the border of country’s
North-East part. His friend Nikhil worked in Archaelogical Survey of India and
was busy with excavation in different places. Sunder in his newly transferred
place, one day came across a place where it looked like almost untouched by
human beings and there also seemed a historical monument. He was surprised
and wanted his friend Nikhil to come and investigate about the place.
Sunder wrote to Nikhil to come and meet him soon. Thus, on the arrival date he
went to the railway station before his friend arrived. Sunder and Nikhil both went
to that historical place. Nikhil went to the place and made arrangements for the
excavation. The place belonged to a ruined civilisation. Nikhil got recognition for
his work. Nikhil was thankful to Sunder.

The picture consists of a train, railway platform and a person. A person is shown
eagerly waiting for another person. The story would have been an outcome of
meeting of the friends.
Picture 7
The Story
Raveesh, Mahesh and Sumit were Army officers posted in Dantewada district.
On a normal day, they all were going to report to the office. Suddenly a bomb
exploded and injured Mahesh. He fell down and became unconscious. At that
moment both Raveesh and Sumit decided to take Mahesh to the camp area
safely. They brought Mahesh to the camp and provided medical help needed for
him. After a short span of time, Mahesh gained consciousness and he thanked his
friends for timely saving his life.

The picture shows 3 persons in uniform probably assumed to be army persons.
One person is injured and the other two are helping him to take him into camp.
Picture 8
The Story
Mrunal was a social worker. After finishing his education, he visited his native
village and found youth wasting their time and they were uneducated also. He
met village head and made him aware of the importance of education. Through
his help, Mrunal successfully convinced the importance of education to the
village boys. He collected necessary materials and started teaching them reading,
writing and basic arithmetic.
After few months of continuous effort, youth of the village became literate.
Inspired by this other people also started to learn with the young boys and girls.
As a result, the whole village became literate. Mrunal applied the same effort in
other villages and got success in making children go to school and get the free
education provided by the government. Mrunal became a successful man in
social work.

The picture shows a man teaching youth. The scenario is informal and it is taking
place in a village. The central character Mrunal has an impressive personality
having an aim of educating those who have missed the opportunity. The central
character is successful in doing so.
Picture 9
The Story
Suhag, after the completion of his graduation, went to his native village. There he
saw a beautiful lake and observed that villagers, one after another, coming to the
lake and polluting the water by doing so many activities like washing clothes,
taking bath etc. He decided to make the lake free from pollution. He started to
teach on the banks of the lake about the dangers of spoiling the water and results
of drinking the polluted water. Suhag’s explanation came true. People
approached him, he took them to the village Sarpanch and convinced him to
request the government authorities to provide drinking water facilities to the
village. Finally, government made arrangements and people received safe
drinking water facilities. They thanked Suhag who was also satisfied with his
work.

The picture shows the persons on the bank of a lake and doing activities. People
are involved in the activities of washing, bathing and thus polluting the water.
Suhag successfully prevented the water pollution of the lake.
Picture 10
The Story
Raksha successfully completed her graduation and started to think what she
should do next. She had a childhood dream of becoming an IPS Officer. She
started gathering information about how to crack the UPSC examination.
Accordingly, she started studying 10 months before the exams.
She worked hard to understand the difficult topics; she took the membership of a
good library, borrowed good books, made her own notes apart from collecting
available materials and with complete preparation she attempted the exams and
was also successful in all the three rounds. When the final result was announced
Raksha’s name was mentioned under ranker’s list. Thus, Raksha’s childhood
dream of becoming an IPS Officer came true. She was victorious.

The picture shows a girl sitting on a chair in front of the study table. The age of
the girl is 20 to 22 years. The study table has reading materials like pens, register,
notebooks etc on it. So, in the story it is shown that Raksha is studying hard to
become an IPS Officer and becoming successful.
Picture 11
The Story
After finishing the teacher training and passing in the entrance exams conducted
for teachers’ recruitment, Ananth got a recruitment in a school near about his
city. There he observed a lot of ground was unused by the school. He decided to
use the ground for some purpose. With the help of the students, he cleaned the
ground and made it suitable for growing vegetables. Beside the path, he
constructed a tank to store water and asked the boys to fill the tank with water
and girls to sow the seeds. Children were also happy to work in their free time.
After few days, the unused ground was gleaming with flowers and vegetables.
The vegetables were used in preparing mid-day meals for the school children.
This work of Ananth was appreciated by everybody. Ananth continued teaching
successfully as well as gardening with the children.

The picture shows a man aged between 22-25 years is working on the ground
with the school children both girls and boys. He can be considered a teacher and
there is a clean ground, a tank filled with water by the boys and behind there is a
building suggesting a school. Thus, Ananth’s story as a successful teacher is suitable.
Picture 12
Blank Picture
Note Blank slide is the last slide which is shown after 11 slides. A candidate is required
to write a story on his own based on the theme of the immediately preceding
picture.
Suggested Story for a Blank Picture

Smitha had a great interest in learning guitar. After her Board exams, her parents
showed their preference in science subject for graduation, but Smitha chose
music and took guitar and kept on practising it side by side. As she went against
her parents, she decided to make them happy by showing her skills in music and
playing guitar. She practised round the clock, by the time she finished her
graduation, she became a good musician. She invited her parents to attend the
college function in which she gave the best performance and got great
acclaimation by the audience. Her parents were happy and contented. Smitha
was successful in proving herself.
Or
Inspite of poor economic conditions of his family, Akash managed to complete his
graduation with a distinction. Soon after his graduation, he was placed in a reputed
private organisation with a handsome salary. Though his family and friends were
happy for his achievements yet he was not contented with his job. He wanted to
achieve something big in his life that could be helpful to a large number of people.
So, he started preparing for Civil Services Aptitute Test (CSAT) along with his job.
He also joined a coaching centre for study material and guidance. He toiled days
and nights for 2 years with an aim to crack the examination. And after this, he gave
his maiden attempt. Eventually, after few months, the results were announced. To
his surprise, his name appeared among the toppers. Thus, he turned his dream into
a reality and set the example for the younger generation.
Sample Pictures for TAT

A few sample pictures for TAT are given below. Practice them to perform better
in the TAT.
Word Association Test (WAT) 109
9
Word Association
Test (WAT)
Word Association Test (WAT) is another projective method conducted by SSB. It
is a psychological test to reveal one’s personality.
Meaning of WAT
WAT is a projective technique in which the individual is presented with a list of
words one at a time and asked to respond with the first idea/thought that comes
to his mind. This test is also known as idea writing test.
It is a test of personality and mental function in which the candidate is required
to respond to the words shown. These words can be used in any form, i.e. the
word ‘awoke’ can be used as awaken and awakening.
Reason for Conducting WAT

The Word Association Test is a common method within psychology which has
been used to reveal the personal world of an individual. The test reveals the
candidate’s verbal memories, thought processes, emotional states and
personalities.
Through this process, psychologists examine the nature and probabilities of the
response words and sometimes the amount of time it takes to respond. This test
was devised by a famous psychologist to reveal the person’s reality and
autonomy of unconscious complexes.
Way of Conducting WAT

1. In WAT, candidates are shown a total of 60 words.
2. All the 60 words are shown one after the other.
3. Each word is shown to the candidates for 15 seconds.
4. During this 15 seconds the candidate has to read and understand the word,
think about an idea or a meaningful sentence and write it down.
5. The meaningful sentence to the word should be written in a booklet
provided for the purpose by SSB.
6. Out of 60 words at least 45 has to be attempted.
How to Write Positive and Negative Sentences in WAT?

Word Association Test is one of the psychological techniques in which an
individual’s behaviour is tested through his subconscious mind.
Positive Word Sentence
Write sentence starting with the original word followed by the word showing the
role in positive sense, and finally followed by other words doing something positive.
Love Love softens human relationship.
Negative Word Sentence
There will be negative words in the exam. They are to check your thinking
capabilities on seeing negative words. When your reaction to a negative word is
positive, it will be easy for you to make a sentence from a word. Form a positive
idea from a negative word.
Defeat A winner defeat his weakness.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for WAT

Do’s
u WAT is conducted to know your creative thinking and imaginative ability, try to make
your own sentences.
u Let your sentences be more positive and constructive in approach with practicality.
u While assessing the test, it is keenly observed whether the meaningful sentences are
constructed or not, so make logical, meaningful and grammatically correct sentence.
u Practice constructing sentences related to social, economic and political and cultural
field of the country.
u Learn short and brief quotes and proverbs which can be related to some WAT words.
u You may change the grammatical form of the word while using it in a sentence. For
example, ‘beauty’ may be used as ‘beautiful’ in a sentence.
u Your responses should be natural and crisp.
Don’ts
u Do not write borrowed or memorised sentences instead make real sentences. This can
be done only by having a good vocabulary in memory.
u Do not be under the impression that making sentences related to army and navy will
fetch credit instead they show that your responses are not natural and spontaneous.
u Don’t write sentences which reflects self-acceptance and where you are advocating or
recommending others.
u Don’t start the sentences with ‘I’ because this approach may reflect a self oriented/ self
personality.
u Don’t write offending or immoral responses even if you actually think they are correct.
u Avoid starting sentences with negative words like ‘Do not’, ‘Wrong’, ‘Impossible’,
‘Unhappy’ etc.
Some example sets of WAT have been given in the following pages. The candidates are
required to first understand the word given and then learn it.
Exercise Set 1
1. Fear Fear encourages you to be bold enough the next time
you face something scary.
2. Money Money should be saved and used carefully.
3. Worry When you are worried, basically you have a thought for
the future.
4. Effort My effort should not go in vain.
5. Purpose The allegations made on her were done purposely.
6. Intention It was their intention to reform.
7. Traffic Sanjay was stuck in a heavy traffic.
8. Afraid Brave persons are never afraid of the situations.
9. Compel We should not be compelled by worse situations.
10. Courage Anil fought his illness with great courage.
11. Determination Some people succeed because of sheer grit and determination.
12. Discussion In discussion positive points should be highlighted.
13. Daring Mountaineers are daring by nature.
14. Damage Earthquake caused serious damage.
15. Eager Raju was eager to see his results.
16. Earn We have to work to earn money.
17. Easy Work hard to get good marks easily.
18. Echo It echoed while he shouted.
19. Effect Long–term effects are seen in the following rules.
20. Elaborate History is an elaborate subject.
21. Elder My elder brother is a historian.
22. Fabulous We have a fabulous history.
23. Facility New medical facility is available in the camp.
24. Friends My friends are honest.
25. Faithful Be faithful to parents.
26. Honesty Honesty is the best virtue.
27. Honour Honesty should be honoured.
28. Ignore Honest persons should not be ignored.
29. Inspection Inspection is necessary for the improvement of official
works.
30. Impossible Nothing is impossible if it is planned well.
31. Jump Do not jump the traffic signal.
32. Lack Lack of opportunities brings the persons of a strong

character.
33. Modern Having modern outlook for development is good.
34. Meeting Frequently meeting friends is good.
35. Obedience Being obedient to seniors helps us.
36. Orders Senior’s orders should not be ignored.
37. Poor Helping poor is a social necessity.
38. Pilot Pilot should have good concentration.
39. Patriotism Patriotism should not lead to bad consequences.
40. Primary Primary evidences are necessary to any case.
41. Performance Good performance in drama was appreciated.
42. Pity Disabled need quality more than pity.
43. Quick To be quick is the essence of life.
44. Quiet Quiet and calm mind improves health.
45. Quotes Good quotes help personality development.
46. Question Bad practices should be questioned.
47. Regular Regularity is the essence of life.
48. Rules Rules should not be broken.
49. Rights Rights are the part of the duty.
50. Ragging Ragging is a bad practice among college students.
51. Rust Water inside the engine rusted it.
52. Sincere Be sincere to the elders and children.
53. Sacrifice Be ready to sacrifice life for the nation.
54. Trust Trust yourself.
55. Try Try again and again to get succeed.
56. Unity Unity must be protected.
57. Urge Urge makes the person to achieve goal.
58. Value We must project the good values.
59. Venomous Snake is venomous.
60. Welcome Always welcome the healthy habits.
Exercise Set 2
1. Agree Good people agree with good attitudes.
2. Beautiful Peacock has beautiful feathers.
3. Careful Be careful while crossing the road.
4. Confuse Some policies confuse the people.
5. Carry Carry smile on your face.
6. Cheat Do not cheat anybody.
7. Defeat Brave soldiers do not accept defeat easily.
8. Complete Completing a given task is important.
9. Crowd Crowd of men is walking in the garden.
10. Dream My dream comes true if I become an IAS officer.
11. Drown Drowning boy was helped by the officer.
12. Drainage Cities should have a well built drainage.
13. Avoid One should avoid repeating the mistakes.
14. Opposition Take your opposition by surprise.
15. Holy The Ganga is a holy river.
16. Accessible Pure drinking water should be accessible to all.
17. Together Together with friends I watched a movie.
18. Mob Mob joined together on the accident spot.
19. Break Continuous efforts help to break records.
20. Extra An extra cup of coffee destroys health.
21. Waste Water should be avoided going waste.
22. Great India has a great cultural heritage.
23. Opinion Good opinions are always appreciated.
24. Affection We should be affectionate towards the children.
25. Confident Be confident about the work you do.
26. Build India has to build diplomatic relations with neighbouring
countries.
27. Organise Organised working is important to finish any project.
28. Guns Advanced guns are used by soldiers.
29. Sincere Sincere people are admired every where.
30. Charming He has a charming personality.
31. Execute Project should be executed as to the plan.
32. Reason Asking reasons is a sign of curiosity.
33. Visit Every year he visits his village.
34. Camp An army camp stays on the borders.

35. Favourable India has favourable ties with USA.
36. Operation Operation Blue Star happened in 1983.
37. Recover One who can recover from a loss, can do miracles.
38. Disturb Brave persons do not get disturbed.
39. Unfavourable Don’t panic when things are unfavourable but stay cool,
calm & composed.
40. Group Group of soldiers is moving.
41. Sea Pirates are the sea robbers.
42. Pirate Pirates are dangerous.
43. Explanation Explanation should be heard clearly.
44. Rude Do not be rude to senior’s words.
45. Heavy Heavy machine guns are used in the wars.
46. Rare Rare birds and animals should be protected.
47. Gratitude Gratitude is the greatest human quality.
48. Justice Justice should be given equally to all.
49. Equality Equality is the essence of law.
50. Loyal Be loyal to the nation.
51. Serve Serving nation is serving God.
52. Integrity Integrity should not get shackled.
53. Polite Request seniors politely.
54. Knowledge Having good knowledge in every field is necessary.
55. Anxious Soldiers anxiously waited for captain’s order.
56. Team One of our team members is suffering from fever.
57. Citizens Good citizens should also be responsible.
58. Forceful Forceful study does not go in vain.
59. Strict The strict discipline of army makes them strong.
60. Obstacles Obstacles are natural in life.
Exercise Set 3
1. Ache Tooth ache is severe among all the other aches.
2. Battle A battle may be of ideas, truth or ethnicity.
3. Bath Birds are taking bath in a small pond.
4. Village Sarpanch is the head of a village.
5. Flood Funds are released for the destitutes of flood.
6. Global Human rights issue is global in nature.
7. Conflict Conflict shows you were not able to establish peace.
8. Ban National Green Tribunal has banned burning tyres in public
places.
9. Vehicle DRDO develops unmanned arial vehicles for Indian Army.
10. Wild Wildlife Crime Control Bureau has been established for illegal
trade of wild life.
11. Drug Indian Government has banned the use of diclofenac drug.
12. Critical The information on critically endangered species is available on
IUCN red list.
13. Rural Rural India lacks good infrastructure.
14. Low Some banks lend low interest loans to the farmers.
15. Credit Long-term credit is necessary for agriculture.
16. Trip Home Minister made a trip to Saudi Arabia related to
trade between countries.
17. Gap Communication gap between countries leads to bitter conditions.
18. Tea Assam is the largest producer of tea in India.
19. Curb New methods are discovered to curb greenhouse gases.
20. Cooperate India and China have less cooperative partnership.
21. Hike Indian Government hiked the custom duties on gold and silver.
22. War Recently there was a civil war in Syria.
23. Normal China and Japan do not have normal bilateral developments.
24. Challenge India easily overcomes any business challenges.
25. Serving My brother is a serving colonel in the Indian army.
26. Bane Population explosion is a bane to Indian economy.
27. Rapid India and Pakistan are rapidly increasing their trade with China.
28. Remove Pakistan and India have pledged to remove non-tariff barriers
on trade.
29. Relation US’s strict visa norms may hurt India-US relations.
30. Favour India has given most favoured nation status to Pakistan.
31. Since Since independence, India is providing good opportunities to

socially backward people.
32. Peace There is no alternative for peace.
33. Region Grouping people from a particular region in an army regiment
is unconstitutional.
34. Success Brahmos missile was successfully test fired.
35. Trapped A mouse trapped in a net tries at its best to come out of it.
36. Action Serious actions should be taken against those who violate laws.
37. Target Pakistan targets Indian posts.
38. Clash Soldiers easily get injured in violent clashes.
39. Hold Indian and Chinese armies hold border meeting usually in
Ladakh.
40. Skill Problem solving is a skill.
41. Strength India and Russia recently strengthened their nuclear weapon
deal.
42. Hope There are unlikely hopes to end the ongoing crisis in Nepal.
43. Moon The first human to step on the moon was Neil Armstrong.
44. Passage Some people are against the passage of Telangana bill.
45. Zero India has zero tolerance to terrorism.
46. Specified Ethiopian PM Zenavi passed away due to some unspecified
illness.
47. Sanitation Sikkim is the first state to achieve 100% sanitation.
48. Exercise Milan is the multi naval exercise in which India is also one.
49. Neighbour Myanmar is India’s neighbouring country.
50. Rights Fundamental Rights if violated can be challenged in the court.
51. Space ISRO sent Chandrayaan-1 to space.
52. Shy Indian girls are shy by nature.
53. Genuine Depletion of ozone layer is a genuine problem.
54. Drive Drive and determination lead to success.
55. Adventure Sky diving and pass sailing is a good adventure sport.
56. Traitor There are traitors in the council.
57. Guilty Dhananjay was found guilty in raping Hetal Parekh.
58. Impossible Nothing is impossible.
59. Society Population explosion is a curse to the society.
60. Scene Jammu and Kashmir has a scenic beauty.
Exercise Set 4
1. Agency He works in a newspaper agency.
2. Appoint The boss is to appoint a new secretary.
3. Security Army takes care of the security of nation.
4. Industry Defence procurement procedure 2013 wants to boost Indian
defence industry.
5. Limit At present Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) limit in defence is 29%.
6. Company The Indian Air Force has commissioned 126 Rafael fighter jets
from a French company.
7. Development Development is the prerequisite for any country to move forward.
8. Coach New rail coach factory is established in Kolar Karnataka.
9. Own India Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO) is a government
owned company.
10. Food Mega food parks will be set-up in the 12th Five Year Plan.
11. Special A Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) will be created to set-up the
Mega Food Park.
12. Produce Chittoor already an Agro-export processing zone, is leading
producer of mangoes.
13. Top Goa used to be India’s top iron-ore exporter.
14. Liberty Article 21 of Indian Constitution is related to life and liberty.
15. Biomass Biomass is the satellite that can weigh the forests of the Earth.
16. Release Judiciary should release the innocent people.
17. Head The Central Consumer Protection Council (CCPC) is headed by
K V Thomas.
18. Launch India launched its satellite to space recently.
19. Medal Manjeet Singh bagged a silver medal for India.
20. Play There is a time to work and time to play.
21. Department AYUSH is one of the four departments of health ministry.
22. Under Department of Pharmaceuticals falls under chemical and fertilizer
ministry.
23. Mission National Rural Health Mission will be converted into a National
Health Mission (NHM).
24. Large India is the largest consumer and producer of chickpeas in the
world.
25. Sale The Tamil Nadu Government in the month of May, 2013 put a
sale of tobacco products.
26. Observe The World Health Organisation (WHO) observes the World “No
Tobacco Day” on 31st May.
27. Across India accounts to 86% oral cancer figure across the world.
28. Regulate All the drugs are regulated under Drug and Cosmetics Act, 1940.
29. Policy Change in policy must lead towards betterment.

30. Prepare We must remain prepared for the challenges of life.
31. Insist China insists that Taiwan is a part of its territory.
32. Spot Every spot in this world is won by labour.
33. Project The TELEQS-1 would be Singapore’s first commercial project on
ISRO’s PSLV.
34. Victims Law must be liberal for the victims.
35. Discovered Vasco-de Gama discovered India.
36. Festival Chinese celebrate their week long new year as the spring festival.
37. Security Security of nation lies in the hands of army.
38. Market Bangalore is one of the biggest markets for books in India.
39. Distance Ranjit Bhatia, an Olympian long distance runner died.
40. Team Team work pays well.
41. Ocean Russia is planning huge oil and gas developments in the Arctic
Ocean off its Northern coast.
42. Piece The Taimyr Peninsula is the most Northerly piece of land in the
world.
43. Endemic Polio remains endemic in Afghanistan, Pakistan and Northern
Nigeria.
44. Wipe Polio has been almost wiped out around the world.
45. Civil Civil life should be disciplined as the military life.
46. Friendship True friendship does not require any boundation.
47. Decline Scientists believe that polar bears are in decline in some areas due
to climate change.
48. Close Almost all vultures live inside the Arctic circle or in seas close by.
49. Migrate People migrate in search of opportunities.
50. Kill Kill the idleness, laziness and retardation in you and see the new
you.
51. Find Research shows that tiger sharks swim across deep channels and
find shallow banks rich in food.
52. Dedicate The Garuda Vasudha a Dhruv category built by HAL is dedicated
to the nation.
53. Fly The army not just runs, it flies!
54. Shoot With the shoot command, firing starts.
55. Announce The PM announced bullet proof jackets to our soldiers.
56. Index The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) 2014 was released.
57. Highest The country with the highest Environmental Performance Index
(EPI) is Switzerland.
58. Inform We must inform our parents whenever we go out.
59. Health We must look after our health.
60. Pioneer Swaminathan was the pioneer of green revolution.
Exercise Set 5
1. Receive Har Gobind Khurana received the 1968 Nobel Prize in physiology
or medicine.
2. Brave Soldiers are brave by default.
3. Present The present government has will power to move ahead.
4. Fast India is growing fast on economic aspect.
5. Among Indian army is among one of the bravest armies.
6. Charge A charged-up person wins all the battles.
7. Double Victory doubles the celebration of my birthday.
8. Over USA handed over the three stolen 10th century Indian artefacts to
Indian consulate in New York.
9. Pay The Forbes, declared that Angelina Jolie was the highest paid
actress of Hollywood.
10. Carry Farmers carry the burden of nation on their shoulders.
11. Scheme The Centrally Sponsored Scheme ‘Project Tiger’ was launched in
April, 1973.
12. Exchange The MCX is country’s first listed commodity exchange that
facilitates online trading.
13. Line Poverty gap is the amount of cash required for a household to lift it
above the poverty line.
14. Control State run banks in the country control about 2/3rd of the aggregate
assets.
15. Base Citi Bank is the largest foreign bank operating in India in terms of
asset base.
16. Identify China has announced that it is creating an Air Defence
Identification Zone.
17. Decide The country has decided to change economic ways.
18. Believe Senkaku Islands are believed to have abundance of natural
resources.
19. Pact India and Austria on 5th February, 2013 inked a social security
pact at Vienna.
20. Manufacture Sukhoi-30 is manufactured at Hindustan Aeronautics Limited’s
Nashik factory.
21. Bound Brahmos Aerospace is bound to deliver the supersonic cruise
missile.
22. Include India and Vietnam signed eight agreements, including one for oil
and gas exploration in the seas off Vietnam.
23. Direct The RBI has directed Public Sector Banks (PSBs) to give loans to
women Self-Help Groups (SHGs).
24. Common A common man cares most for his living.

25. Found The ancient Martian volcano has large amounts of a mineral found
in granite called feldspar.
26. Climate Scientists are eager to know why the climate of mars changed from
warm and wet to cold and dry today.
27. Abuse Poverty is a kind of financial abuse.
28. Extend Army extends its help during emergency services.
29. Study According to world bank study at present, nearly 2.5 billion people
worldwide lack access to toilets.
30. Adequate The government has made adequate arrangements for education of
children.
31. Capable Education makes us capable of doing all the things.
32. Face When one faces the chagllenge, one learns the best.
33. Least Forex market is the largest and yet the least regulated market in the
financial world.
34. Deliver The US aircraft manufacturer has delivered the second P-8I Aircraft
to Indian Navy.
35. Confer Lord Swaraj Paul was conferred with the ‘International Indian of
the Decade’ Award.
36. Require The nation requires men with strong characters.
37. Field According to the US space agency NASA, the Sun’s magnetic field
will reverse its polarity.
38. Measure Courage is the measure of personality.
39. Profit Increased GDP leads to increased profit.
40. Crop Bangladesh has become first South Asian country to cultivate the
genetically modified crop.
41. Legal One should make money through honest and legal ways.
42. Ambition India’s ambitious Mars Mission Orbiter Mangalyaan lifted off into
space from Sriharikota spaceport.
43. Code Uniform civil code is the need of the hour.
44. Tactical Planners need tactical approach to problems.
45. Density Population density reflects lower style of living.
46. Tunnel Metro runs through tunnel also.
47. Land We must make the land safe for everyone.
48. Prior The government has directed NABARD to give priority to states
with food deficits.
49. Level A foreign secretary level talk was going on between India &
Pakistan.
50. Win Legendary Irish poet and winner of Nobel Prize in literature,
Seamus Heaney (74) passed away.
51. Test Difficult situations are the test of temperament.

52. Survey Survey gives interesting results to everyone.
53. Involve People involve themselves in celebrations.
54. Complete Our soldiers ensure complete security.
55. Continue Good deeds must be continued on the earth.
56. Share Joy should always be shared with the poor.
57. Unveil Japan has unveiled its biggest warship since, World War II called
Izumo.
58. Grow PETA, People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals, supports
attempts to grow meat in labs.
59. Allow Ireland adopted the law to allow abortion under limited
circumstances.
60. Evolve There must evolve a culture to help the ones in need.
Practice Set 1
Below are the 60 words, candidates are required to make a sentence by using
these words.
1. Able 2. Ambitious
3. Decide 4. Poetry
5. Reason 6. Score
7. Read 8. Opportunity
9. Due 10. Important
11. Inaugurate 12. Built
13. Merit 14. Aeroplane
15. Lively 16. Barrier
17. Dispute 18. Disgrace
19. Fool 20. Friendship
21. Rogue 22. Cunning
23. Behaviour 24. Give
25. Meet 26. Up-to-date
27. Laugh 28. Receive
29. Party 30. Rich
31. Aggressive 32. Protect
33. Obedience 34. Inferior
35. Sympathy 36. Speak
37. Popular 38. Reward
39. Disciple 40. Champion
41. Satisfy 42. Blessings
43. Save 44. Player
45. Contribution 46. Angry
47. Change 48. Healthy
49. Coward 50. Necessity
51. Adventurous 52. Disease
53. Excitement 54. Destroy
55. Down 56. Determine
57. Fighting 58. Complete
59. Confidence 60. Hijacking
Practice Set 2
Below are the 60 words, candidates are required to make a sentence by using
these words.
1. Ambition 2. Thief
3. Console 4. Mend
5. Vedic 6. Company
7. Model 8. Remember
9. Confidence 10. Praise
11. Loss 12. Must
13. Consult 14. Task
15. Punish 16. Hide
17. Enforce 18. Support
19. Welfare 20. Hint
21. Noise 22. Play
23. Convince 24. Rich
25. Baby 26. Puzzle
27. Goal 28. Satire
29. Lonely 30. Drink
31. Luck 32. Funny
33. Excuse 34. Score
35. Contribute 36. Study
37. Laugh 38. Bring
39. Doubt 40. Happy
41. Example 42. Fear
43. Better 44. Contribution
45. Courage 46. Dislike
47. Boarder 48. Govern
49. Uniform 50. Ropes
51. Trigger 52. Interview
53. Child 54. Play ground
55. Rouge 56. Prevent
57. Protection 58. Action
59. Deteriorate 60. Fussy
10
Situation Reaction
Test (SRT)
Situation Reaction Test (SRT) is conducted on Day-2, Stage-2 of SSB interviews.
It is the third test in the series of ‘Psychological tests’. It is important to know the
fact that SRT is conducted immediately after the WAT. There is a gap of 10
minutes only between these two tests.
Meaning of SRT
In this test, certain situations are described where the candidate is asked to
respond to the situation explained. Situations that are explained or described to
the candidates are usually related with day to day real-life situations. The
unknown situations are not usually asked to respond.
Example
You are in a hurry to attend an interview while walking to reach the place
you see an injured person on the road. You will....
Reaction Take an auto to go to hospital and admit injured person in the
hospital, inform his family and will take that auto to reach the interview on
time.
Complete Action You admitted the injured person and then attended the
interview.
Need of Conducting SRT

The way the response comes from a candidate shows his common sense, time
sense, reasoning ability, maturity and empathy. The major quality assessed is the
decision-making capability in the given situation; good decision-making is an
important trait and attribute to a perfect personality.
Way of Conducting SRT

1. SRT consists of 60 situations total of 30 minutes are alloted to solve the 60
situations, i.e. around 30 seconds are available for every situation.
2. All the 60 day to day situations/activities are printed in a booklet which are
distributed to the candidates before the test commences.
Situation Reaction Test (SRT) 125
3. The candidates are asked to write his reaction by completing the sentences,
as how they would feel, think and act in these situations.
4. The responses are supposed to be written in a separate answersheet
provided by the SSB for the same purpose.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for SRT

Do’s
u Practising lot and with a focus is the foremost essence of this test.
u When you see the situation on the paper. Write whatever comes to mind, but which
makes sense.
u Giving a positive and meaningful reaction is very important.
u Though uncommon situations are presented, try to make a meaningful
conclusion/reaction because it reveals you are capable of handling any situation.
u If you find that a situation is repeated in another form then give the reaction differently
but see it is not contradictory to the previous reaction.
Don’ts
u Do not make irresponsible reaction, in other words do not merely react to the situation.
Let your reaction be filled with responsibility.
u Do not make the sentence incomplete at the same time the sentence preferably should
be short to manage time.
u Do not make a long explanation because it is time consuming, remember you have
only 30 seconds per situation.
In the consecutive pages, some of the Situations and their probable Reasons have been given.
The students are required to analyse these situations carefully and then go to their reasons;
candidate can make their own reasons also as per the situation given.
Model Situations and their Answers

Few model situations with their possible answers are given below. Candidate
should read them carefully and try to give suitable answers for these situations.
Journey by Train
1. During a train journey, he found the compartment catching fire and people
were trying to jump out. He ........
* Advised, the people not to jump out until train stops, pulled the alarm
chain etc.
2. A fellow passenger has fallen from a running train. He .......
* He pulls the chain to stop the train and helps the fellow to rescue from
injuries.
3. You are at a railway station with your old parents, suddenly it is announced
that a burning train full of explosives is coming towards platform. You .......
* You will take your parents away, also help others who are not able to
move away from the platform.
4. A fellow passenger in the train objects to his smoking being an offence in
public place. He ........
* He accepts that it is an offence and says that he will not continue.
Natural Calamity
1. Being the eldest of the family, he found his family was uprooted due to
cyclone. He .......
*He tried to rehabilitate the family by arranging necessary things.
2. While he returned, he saw the river was over flooded, but he had to go
home urgently. He .......
* He had to take an alternative means like a steamer and would reach
home.
Picnic
1. He found a few members were going to backout from joining picnic. He.....
* He persuaded them to join picnic.
2. In a picnic towards the late hours of the evening he was served with cold
food. He ........
* He accepted the cold food.
Education
1. S You are going to deposit exam fee which has 3 days still for last date, your
friend has no money to pay fees he is poor.
R You will pay his fees as your parents can afford it.
2. S You are studying and tomorrow you have exam, your friend comes and forces
you to go with him to watch movie newly released. The hero is your favourite.
R You will convince your friend that he has to control temptation and assure him
after exam both will watch movie.
3. S Your friend wants to go for higher education, but has no money. You also are
not able to help him financially.
R You have an idea of working part time, so that he can earn money and study
rest of the time.
4. S Your father wants you to become an engineer but you have a dream to
become a doctor.
R You will persue studies to become a doctor and by getting good name satisfy
your father.
5. S You are studying for the exam which is on tomorrow, lights go off and there is
no chance of getting back again.
R You will lit the candles and study well to get through the exams.
Medical Situation
1. S You are taking your father to hospital at the same time there is an accident
where a boy got minor injuries.
R You will take the boy to the hospital along with your father and get him treated
then leave the boy to the home.
2. S Your friend is going under depression day-by-day for the cause of
unemployment.
R You will put courage in him and advice not to lose hopes and will help him to
get a job.
Example Set 1
60 situations with suitable responses are given below as examples.
S= Situation, R= Reaction
1. S You are climbing a mountain with your friends, suddenly a friend loses the
grip on the rope and falls down. You ……
R You will get back to search him, rescue him and support to climb the
mountain.
2. S You have to attend the marriage of a friend’s sister in another district
tomorrow, suddenly, a friend comes to stay with you to finish his work
tomorrow. You ……
R You will treat your friend well and explain your situation and ask him to stay
comfortably at your place and finish the work.
3. S Tomorrow you have last exam and you are seriously preparing, some relatives
come home. You ……
R You will without stopping your preparation, politely ask excuse from relatives
for not joining them and do the same after exam.
4. S You and your best friend participated in a competition. You gave your best,
but your friend got first place and you lost. You ……
R You will congratulate your friend and accept the plus points of him that made
him win.
5. S You are going to school to give the exam then you see a car in which a girl is
trying to escape out of the hold of some men. You ……
R You will note down the car number and call on the police number and explain
the scene you see and give the car number. Then go to school for exam.
6. S While coming back from a late night show, you saw two men trying to molest a
girl. You ……
R You would immediately call police and try to stop the men from molesting the
girl. Thus, by that time police arrived.
7. S Your two best friends are quarrelling over a religious matter. You ……
R You will convince them by saying all men are equal and pacify their
differences.
8. S You are an electrician, there is a short circuit at night in the village next to your
village, you will get a call to get it repaired. You ……
R You will reach the village and repair the circuit.
9. S You observed your friend getting involved in bad habbits like smoking.
You ……
R You would strongly advice him that bad habbits are dangerous to health and
would try to bring him out of the bad habbit.
10. S Your friend is quiet argumentative and rude with his parents and you have
come across his behaviour. You ……
R You will convince your friend about respecting elders and being rude is bad
and make him learn politeness.
11. S You and your other two friends went to a picnic on your cycles. One of your
friend’s cycle tyre got punctured. You ……
R You would take the luggage of him and transfer it to another friend, ask your
friend to sit on your cycle and held the punctured cycle and on the way got the
tyre repaired.
12. S You and your friend are jogging in a park, your friend suddenly gets slipped
and falls down and unable to get up on his own.
R You will give your friend a helping hand and take him to a nearby doctor for
further treatment.
13. S His colleague wanted to borrow some money when he himself needed it most.
He ……
R Arranged money for his relatives from other sources.
14. S When his close relations refused to help him financially. He ……
R He borrowed money from his friends and thanked them.
15. S He found that his father differs on what he should do. He ……
R Persuaded his father giving the merits/demerits of his action and convinced his
fater.
16. S While travelling by train he noticed that he forgot to carry his railway tacket.
He ……
R Got the fresh ticket from the TTE in the train by giving money.
17. S While he was studying in school his father died leaving behind his brother and
sister. He ……
R Completed his studies and took responsibilities for his siblings.
18. S While carrying out his duties in Nagaland he lost his route and he had no
supply of food available for 48 hours. He ……
R Found the route using route map/compass.
19. S While going by a boat, he found that boat had developed a leak or hole when
water started coming. He ……
R He plugged the leak with cloth, threw the water by bucket and continue
rowing.
20. S Your village head has received a threatening call from dacoits demanding
ransome.
R You will inform the police first and encourage the villagers to support police
fighting against dacoits.
21. S You are in a bus and realise that someone has left his/her wallet.
R You will find contact number from the things available in the wallet and hand
it over to the owner.
22. S While travelling in a train, you observe some college students pulling the
alarm chain simply to get down at their desired point.
R You will take the help of co-passengers and stop the boys from doing so.
23. S You are a team leader and next day you have a match one of the player is ill
and absent.
R You will take another player who is best and asking him to cooperate by
practising today to win in tomorrow’s match.
24. S You are in love with a girl and promised her to marry but your parents are
against to it.
R You will convince your parents and marry the girl of your choice.
25. S He is a busy person but when he is free.
R He will like to read books, newspapers, play games and do social work.
26. S He did not understand the mathematical problem, solved by his teacher today.
R He took the help of his father and found the easy method to solve the problem
and shared it with teacher.
27. S While he returned, the river was in full sport, but he had to go home urgently.
R He would take an alternative means like a boat and would reach home.
28. S His father got transferred to far off place, he was not happy.
R He had to leave behind his close friends.
29. S All of a sudden in the midnight, he saw outside that fire was set to a house
opposite to yours.
R First and foremost he called the fire station and then awakened the others to
take their help to put off the fire.
30. S He was new in the college and seniors started to rag him.
R He would politely ask them not to do so and tell if it continued, he would
complain to the college authorities.
31. S He does not drink alcohol, his friends insist him to do so.
R He will politely refuse to drink and convince them not to force him.
32. S His captain was injured before an important match. He was asked to lead the
team.
R He took the responsibility of leading the team and played the match successfully.
33. S His sister’s marriage date is getting near. Someone on whom he was depended
for money, denied to give money due to his personal problem.
R He applied for the personal loan in bank and performed the marriage and
asked his friend to never mind the situation.
34. S The war front is imminent. His troop men started to feel uneasy due to food
poisoning.
R He along with others, who did not suffer with food poisoning led the war front.
35. S He saw a snake entering into someone’s house.

R He took a stick and started to beat it and alarmed the people inside the house.
36. S He saw four school children in uniform outside the building during school
hours.
R He took them to the headmistress and explained the situation.
37. S While on the road to reach home he saw the public water tap was leaking.
R He tried to stop the leakage and also complained the municipality.
38. S He was returning from the work in the night and saw the street light was off as
there was no bulb.
R He informed the municipality regarding the emergency of street light and got
it repaired.
39. S After some years when he went back to his village, he saw that there was no
school and children had to travel more than 3 kilometres for a school.
R He wrote to the Education Ministry, explaining the need of the school in your
village and was successful in getting a school being constructed.
40. S He saw a person searching for a address of someone on the road, but the
person looked suspicious.
R He took the help of someone to help the person find the address.
41. S When he opened the box he saw broken pieces were packed he has purchased
in the shop.
R He immediately went along with the pack to the shopkeeper and returned the
box.
42. S Tomorrow you have exams and got fever today.
R You will take medicine, get relaxed and when feel comfortable, refer
important points.
43. S His batchmate in army training is feeling homesick but not able to take leaves.
R He with other fellows helps him to come out of the homesickness.
44. S In terror attacks, few soldiers were badly injured.
R He as a soldier did first aid to the injured soldiers and filled courage and
appreciated their bravery and then took to army hospital.
45. S Your brother is falsely accused of ragging.
R As your brother is innocent, you will fight until he is proved innocent.
46. S He had an argument with his friend, the previous day. But found later his point
was right.
R He went to his friend and said sorry first and accepted that he was right.
47. S Your joke was unintentional and your friend was angry for that.
R You would convince that your joke was not meant to hurt him.
48. S While returning from the market, two persons snatched your purse and ran
away.
R You would call the police immediately and shouted for the help and followed
the thieves.
49. S You are working under two captains who blame each other.
R You will keep quiet and do not share their differences instead try to build
friendship.
50. S An aeroplane crashed near your army camp.
R You would take the help of your battalion and helped the people who were
injured.
51. S In an angry mood, your best friend slapped you.
R You would not say any word instead, gave him sometime to calm down.
52. S The food supplied to your camp premises, is of poor quality.
R You would complain the concerned authority and asked for the improvement.
53. S Your captain assigns a job in which you are not interested.
R Still you will complete the work with same zeal.
54. S You are on the way to examination hall and suddenly realise you have
forgotten hall ticket.
R You will ask the permission from principal, to set duplicate hall ticket.
55. S You and your friends are boarding the train but train moves and friend stays
back on the platform.
R You will pull the chain to stop the train and pay the fine for doing so.
56. S You are forced to vote for the candidate of not your choice.
R You will vote only for the candidate of your choice.
57. S You are offered a handsome bribe to move the file in the office to the head.
R You will not accept the bribe instead work as per the rules.
58. S While you are driving, you hit an old person, but you are not guilty as you are
not wrong.
R You will take the old man to the hospital and get him treated.
59. S Heavy rains spoiled the crops in your village.
R You would request the government to distribute food grains on subsidised
rates.
60. S You went to a mall, suddenly there was a gun firing by terrorist.
R You would lie down as if you were dead and called the police hiding yourself.
Example Set 2
60 situations with suitable responses are given below as examples.
S = Situation, R = Reaction
1. S He was crossing the river in a small boat, suddenly the boat developed a small
hole.
R He would continue in the boat till it went completely dangerous, and then he
would jump down from the boat and started swimming to reach the bank.
2. S The subject he is studying, is boring but next week he has exams.
R He will change the method of studying, he will read and understand the boring
subject when he will be in a happy mood.
3. S He wanted to become a social worker, but his parents forced him to join
medicine.
R He successfully completed medicine and then he continued his social work.
4. S He saw there is a quarrel between his parents about his future.
R He maturely said, he would be deciding his future constructively thus, they
should not quarrel on the matter.
5. S A man has fallen from the overcrowded boat. You are in the another boat.
R You will take the man in your boat as there is much space and help him to
reach the bank.
6. S The discussion on an important topic reached to a tensed point.
R He would say that they should take the opinion of experts and now stopped
the argument.
7. S While he was coming out of his office to attend a meeting with minister, he saw
an old man waiting for him.
R He asked the old man to brief out the reason, he came there and asked his PA
to take care of him.
8. S His friend could not return the money which he took last month.
R He asked him to give back when he got more money to return.
9. S He spent all his time in helping his friend who was severely injured, now
exams have come and he is unprepared.
R He would prepare as much as possible and gave the exams confidently.
10. S He was returning in his car from a late night show and saw a girl was asking for
a lift.
R He gave lift to the girl and dropped her to home safely and also met her parents.
11. S While travelling in the bus, he saw that a few bad guys were teasing a girl who
was helpless.
R He motivated others in the bus and was successful in putting those guys out of
the bus and informed the police.
12. S He recently got promotion but over load of work too.

R He asked the seniors to give him an assistant as he was getting less time to
complete all the task.
13. S His parents were poor and could not give him higher education.
R He worked part time and earned to manage his studies.
14. S The railway coach in which he was travelling, caught fire, it was night.
R He awakened and pulled the emergency chain to stop the train and shouted to
awake other people.
15. S He was senior and his friends were ragging juniors.
R He advised them not to do so and complained the principal about this.
16. S In the NCC camp, his batchmates declared a strike for the rude behaviour of
Havildar.
R He convinced the batchmates to withdraw the strike and made realise the
Havildar to be polite.
17. S He was taking medicine for his grandfather in hospital, suddenly a man fainted
near him.
R He with the help of others, took the man to the hospital.
18. S While he brings some medicine to home, he just checks the expiry date and
shockingly it has expired.
R He goes back to the chemist and changes the medicine and warns him about
complaining if he keeps such medicine.
19. S He observed his sister was not getting good marks in tests.
R He helped her to understand the difficult subjects and thus, she scored good
marks.
20. S One of his colleague always harassed his female junior, she asked him to help.
R He advised his colleague not to do so and explained the girl that she might
complain to the police.
21. S Drought conditions continued to prevail in his village.
R He urged the head of the village to write to government to help to villagers.
22. S He finds that his best friend is misusing his silence and cracking awkward jokes
on him.
R He makes him realise that his behaviour should have some limits.
23. S While you are coming out of the park, you see a person trying to break the
glass of a car.
R You will shout at him so that others gather and catch him.
24. S His friend has not invited him to the marriage party deliberately.
R He still sends his best wishes through his other friends.
25. S You are a guest in a dinner and you are not served properly.
R You will serve yourself with showing that they are not serving you and say in
the last that the food tastes good.
26. S It was midnight, he suddenly woke up by the sound of gun shot.
R He would firstly try to know from where the sound had come and then would
awake others.
27. S He is in traffic jam behind his car the ambulance is making alarm.
R He with the help of others, will create the space for ambulance to move ahead.
28. S He came to his house in village very late and was just asleep, some people
knocked his door for help as the snake had bitten the boy.
R He immediately drove his vehicle to help the boy and saved his life.
29. S His commanding officer asked him to give him 4 blankets for his residence.
He ……
R He gave 4 blankets to the poor loan waiver.
30. S His parents want him to marry a wealthy and less educated girl, but he has
already found a suitable educated girl for himself.
R He marries the same girl, convincing his parents by telling them he would be
happy if he marries with an educated girl.
31. S Your officer passes some urgent orders which seems wrong to you.
R You will discuss the negative impact of the orders and convince him about the
consequences that might occur.
32. S He makes a silly mistake and his friend points it out.
R He accepts his mistake and tries to correct it with the help of same friend.
33. S While on night duty his colleague painted. He ……
R He called the guard commander and provided the first aid.
34. S He wanted to borrow money for his sister’s marriage. The relative who assured
him, declined to lend him at the time of marriage.
R He applied for the personal loan in the bank and did not comment anything on
the relative instead, invited him for the marriage.
35. S He hears his neighbour screaming ‘thief-thief ’ at midnight.
R He calls the police, at the same time rushes to the neighbour to help him.
36. S He was to prepare for military promotion cadre exam but other friends wanted
him to attend a private party. He ……
R He humbly expressed him inability to attend to his friends and prepared for
the military promotion cadre exam.
37. S You are going on a tracking trip and allowed to carry 5 items with you.
R You will carry some items and ask others who have less items to share your
items.
38. S He was going on a bicycle in thick jungle. It was already dark and his
destination was 10 km away. His cycle got punctured.
R He went by walk till got a place to rest and rested there till the next move early
morning.
39. S You are going to buy medicines for your father, suddenly a bike hits you in a
dark empty street.
R You will scream for the help and take help to get well first and then take
medicine.
40. S He went to buy a ticket to travel by rail. On getting the ticket, he found that his
purse was missing.
R He would immediately raise his voice for this and would try to catch the
culprit.
41. S Your friend needs urgent money from you for his father’s operation and you
find a purse full of money along with the ID of owner.
R You will return the purse to the owner and help the friend by other means.
42. S While watching a movie, he saw fire at a corner.
R He would scream to alert the people and rushed toward the fire extinguishers.
43. S He reached home from office and saw his house on fire.
R He would call the fire station and asked the other people to help to extinguish
fire.
44. S He was going to Delhi for an interview but realised after 1 hour that he has
boarded with a wrong train.
R He would get down to the next station and boarded the other train available
from that station, if no train was there, took other means.
45. S His friend was fighting with an old couple at the station.
R He would ask the reason and asked not to do so and helped in a possible way.
46. S While he was going up in a lift, the electric power supply failed.
R He would shout so that someone outside could hear and also pressed
emergency button available there inside.
47. S He was appointed to supervise evening games in the college, but he was
staying far away.
R He gave the reason that he was unable to travel in the night and took the day
job.
48. S He was a very hardworking employee but still a junior guy with less
experience and achievements got the promotion.
R He would apply for the promotion by showing the records of his work and
seniority.
49. S He proposed to invite a political leader to preside over the Annual Day
celebration, but others were against it.
R He tried to convince them that by inviting him, we could keep a request for the
betterment of the organisation.
50. S He lost his purse at railway station far from home town.
R He would complain the police and asked them to help in any way to go back
home.
51. S He was appointed Langar Commander. The dal had often been having stones
which was complained by the dining members.
R He took all the care to clean up the dal before cooking and assured the
members that it would be done so immediately.
52. S He had undergone a major surgical operation but there was no one to look
after.
R He explained the doctor his situation and asked to appoint a nurse.
53. S You fall ill before your exams.
R You will take medicines get relaxed and give exams by studying as much as
possible.
54. S His parents were insisting on his early marriage but he wanted to take up a job
first.
R He convinced them that after getting a job immediately he would get married.
55. S Your father is seriously ill but your leave is not approved.
R You will again approach the authority by quoting the emergency situation.
56. S He realised that his seniors were giving step-motherly treatment to him.
R He, without being bothered with it, worked as sincerely as earlier
57. S Hearing an unusual sound at night, he woke up and found a thief jumping out
of his window.
R He alerted the people of the house to call the police and tried to catch the thief.
58. S His exams are near and he has to cover a large syllabus but his friend, who is
weak in studies, comes to him for help.
R He will definitely help him and put in extra hours of studies in the night to
cope up. Thus both of them do well.
59. S His parents are not in a position to bear the expenditure but he still wants to
continue studies.
R He will take up a part time job and will support his studies on his own. This
way, he will complete his higher studies and will get a good job too.
60. S His father wants him to join his profession (property dealing) but he is
interested in joining defence service.
R He will pursue his dream and convince his father about his choice. finally, his
father is convinced and he joins the defence services.
Practice Set 1
Below some situations are given and you have to fill your reactions.
1. You are charged with the allegations of corruption but you are innocent.
You.......
2. A strange person comes to you and tells he has lost his purse and he is new
to the city and needs some money. You.......
3. You are moving in your car on the road, you observe that two boys on a
bike snatch a lady’s gold chain and ride away. You.......
4. You are playing cricket and you are batting and your ball strikes and breaks
the window pane of a nearby house. You........
5. Some men in the office harassed his father. He.......
6. You are watching a horror movie and the door is knocked heavily at night.
You.......
7. You are going to sign a contract, suddenly you get news that the property
you are buying is already sold. You.......
8. You are called for interview from your dream company. But same day you
have your final exam. You.......
9. You saw the rickshaw puller’s rickshaw was damaged by a car which you
had drove rashly. You.......
10. You are passing by a river and you know swimming. Suddenly you hear the
cry of a drowning boy. You.......
11. You are at unknown city and lost your purse, you need money. As a
stranger you.......
12. A strange person comes to you and tells he has lost his purse and he is new
to the city and needs some money. You.......
13. While burning crackers, child gets severe burns on the hand. You.......
14. You saw two boys of your school on the street acting as dumb and deaf to
collect money. You.......
15. You wanted to get a passport, the broker with whom you registered was a
fake. You.......
16. You are on the way to your exam centre, suddenly your bicycle gets
punctured. You.......
17. The doctor in your area seemed to be a quack. You.......
18. You are a Dean and Health Minister is visiting, but there is a strike over a
death of medical negligence. You.......
19. There is a tragic communal clash in your village and no authority is
helping. You.......
20. Some people in your village are polluting the nearby lake. You.......
21. Your friend wanted to literate his village people. You.......
22. You are in a bus. The bus reaches your stop but still you have not
purchased the ticket because of heavy rush. you.......
23. You are the captain of a crew and your boat is attacked by pirates. You.......
24. Your village has no drinking water facility and women travel miles to fetch
water. You.......
25. The area you got transferred has no good roads and street lights. You.......
26. The head of your village, lends money to the farmers but on high rate of
interest. You.......
27. At night, at the railway station you entered in an empty train. You found
that a person was molesting a woman. You.......
28. A child marriage has been secretly arranged in your village, you are the
Panchayat member. You.......
29. The cyber cafe in your area is spoiling young people by allowing access to
dirty films. You.......
30. His friend was copying from book in examination hall and the invigilator
was supporting. He.......
31. His friend always supports his family and looks after all the members well
but no family member cares for him. He.......
32. On your tour to a snow bound area you saw a man being buried under
snow. You.......
33. While he boarded a train at the station, he found a suitcase beneath his seat.
He.......
34. Now-a-days your subordinates have become incooperative. You.......
35. You are charged with the allegations of corruption but you are innocent.
You.......
36. He and his friend’s argument always ends in quarrel. He.......
37. You were travelling in train and your stop came at night. But you slept and
when you got up, you had left your station. You.......
38. Street lights of your area have gone out due to last night’s down pour.
He.......
39. You are confident in cracking IAS, but your father wants you to join army.
You.......
40. You are not able to concentrate on the job due to workload. You.......
41. You are taking coffee with girl friend in a resturant suddenly sound chokes.
You........
42. He is going to the head office, on the way a truck load of apples has fallen
down. He.......
43. He was enjoying evening walk on the beach, he observed a girl was pulled
away by strong waves. He.......
44. He was skiing and lost hold on feet and fell down into a ditch. He.......
45. His younger brother wants your marriage to be celebrated grandly and
expensively. He.......
46. Due to a heavy rush, you dashed a girl on the railway platform she fell on
the track and train was approaching on the same track. You.......
47. While you were walking on the road, you found a purse which had `50 and
some Id and bills. You.......
48. After a great effort, you get a private job but the salary is less. You.......
49. You are asked to join the army soon as war is imminent but grandmother is
on death bed. You.......
50. Your boss is ill tampered and scolds you unnecessarily. You........
51. You are going home from duty in the night but a drunkard is troubling you.
You.......
52. Your senior asked you to accompany him to a friend home for dinner, but
you were ignored by them. You.......
53. You are in weather department and get the news that the forthcoming rains
may cause floods. You........
54. He was supposed to carry heavy cash from bank to office but afraid of theft.
He.......
55. He stayed at his uncle after his parents died, now some differences arrived.
He.......
56. His senior always invited him to dinner but forced to drink alcohol. He.......
57. You are a lawyer and your friend wants to divorce her husband. You.......
58. You contested in college election but could not win. You........
59. The scholarship which you were getting, stopped. You.......
60. You saw the shopkeeper not weighing the things correctly. You.......
Practice Set 2
Below some situations are given and you have to fill your reactions.
1. He saw an old lady struggling hard to carry the bags to her destination.
He.......
2. He was travelling to his village and just before reaching the railway station,
he found that his suitcase was lost. He.......
3. He had exams the next day and the road to his college was flooded with
continuous rain for last 3 days. You.......
4. He and his friend were going on a scooter when they met with an accident.
Both of them got hurt but his friend was severely injured and on calling for
help no one turned up. He.......
5. He was forced to join the clerical job but he was really not interested.
He.......
6. Due to Tsunami that occurred, his family lost all their possession and
needed a fresh start. As the eldest son he.......
7. He was watching a play in the theatre. He saw a snake in front of his legs.
He.......
8. In his train coach, few gunmen forced passengers to give their belongings.
He.......
9. He was incharge of wireless board in a sailing ship which lost its
communication with the coast. He.......
10. During a mountain climbing, he was left alone in the mountains. He.......
11. In free period you wanted to study but your friends were disturbing you.
You.......
12. In your village, two leading parties got in conflict during Panchayat
election. You.......
13. Two of his seniors always give him conflicting orders. He.......
14. He was going to college to give an exam and all of a sudden, the curfew
was imposed in that area. He.......
15. It was night when he wanted to get down at his station suddenly a man
snatched his suitcase. He.......
16. He saw a cyclist fell down after losing grip. He........
17. He saw while travelling by a train, a person snatching chain from lady
through the window. He.......
18. During the exams, he saw his teacher helping some student to write
answers. He........
19. He was not satisfied by salary for his job. He.......
20. He was all set for IAS Preliminary but unfortunately, there was a death of a
close relative at home. He.......
21. He was taking his sister to hospital, some guys started to tease his sister.
He.......
22. His father was in navy and was abducted by pirates and demanding
ransom. He.......
23. He was trying long jump on school sports day and injured his palm. In few
days, he had to write exam. He.......
24. He was good in studies and knew that he did well in his exams. He suffered
fear of results. He.......
25. He was on his way to office to catch a bus, suddenly a car passed by and
threw a person out of the running car. He.......
26. He was asked to organise welcome party for new army battalion. He.......
27. He had essay competition tomorrow, outside there was a lot of noise due to
cricket match. He.......
28. He was driving the bike without helmet and the traffic police caught him.
He.......
29. You jumped the signal and was caught by police. He.......
30. His brother was playing outdoor and got seriously injured, nobody was
there at home. He.......
31. He is studying for tomorrow’s exam, his bathroom tap is leaking and is a
constant source of irritating noise. He.......
32. He heard rumours that enemy was likely to attack the country. As a serving
soldier, you........
33. Curfew has been imposed, an old person comes out of the house, you are
an army person recruited on the spot. You.......
34. He is a wildlife photographer while clicking a photo of an elephant, it gets
angry and attacks him. He.......
35. While in your friend’s party, you saw your friend’s saree catching fire from
the candle on the table behind her, you have differences with the same girl.
You.......
36. He observed his room-mate in the hostel is smoking inside the room.
He.......
37. His senior officer was ill treated in front of others. He.......
38. He was reading a book under a tree in the park, he noticed a snake sleeping
beside him on the dry leaves. He.......
39. The guest you invited is taking more time and all the audience are going
out of the hall. You.......
40. You have received an urgent order from your commander but you are
feeling uneasiness. You.......
41. He was canvassing for a particular candidate in election. He was offered
good cash by another party. He.......
42. You went to buy some vegetables but a clash started in the market. You.......
43. Your senior told you to accompany him to some function but you had an
appointment with dentist. You.......
44. Due to heavy traffic jam you could not reach the airport on time. You.......
45. You had gone hunting with your friends in the deep forest, you lost the
way. You.......
46. You are a private security and are asked to give security to a famous
person. You.......
47. You are travelling in the bus and driver suddenly gets fits and loses control
over steering. You.......
48. He observed one of his subordinate always wearing shabbily. He.......
49. Some people in your office are always indulged in gossips. You.......
50. One of your classmates is jealous at your studies and spreads rumours
about you. You.......
51. You are driving your car on the road when you hit against a fruit vendor’s
cart. You.......
52. While you were walking fast you dashed a school child who fell down.
You.......
53. You are an officer posted at the border and suddenly shelling happens from
the other side. You........
54. You are playing in your friend’s house and observe some heavy smoke
coming out of the kitchen. You.......
55. Whenever you go to meet your friend, his mother assigns you the odd jobs.
You.......
56. You are going home after college and a purse falls down from the man’s
pocket who is in front of you. You.......
57. A drunkard is asking you some address, he has no control on his body .
You.......
58. He likes to help destitute, but has no good amount of money. He.......
59. Your boss is getting transferred on promotion, you do not like as he always
troubled you. You........
60. You are walking down the road one fine afternoon and a man steals a lady’s
hand bag and in the process stabs the lady. You.......
11
Self-Description
Test (SDT)
Self Description Test (SDT) is the last activity of psychology test conducted on
Day-2 and Stage II of SSB interviews. It is one among the four psychological tests
others than TAT, WAT and SRT. Candidate is asked to write five separate
paragraphs on each context about the opinion of his parents/guardian, friends,
teachers/superiors.
Meaning of SDT
As the name itself describes, SDT is describing what is ‘I’ i.e. self and anything
related to self like what kind of a person you are, what you would like to become
describing parents, friends and teachers. In SSB, following are the points that are
to be written by the candidates in the distributed forms...
What your parents think of you?
What your friends think of you?
What your teachers think of you?
What do you think of yourself ?
What sort of a person you want to become in life?
Rule for SDT

In Self Description Test, candidates are given 15 minutes and are asked to write 5
different paragraphs regarding the above said points.
Candidates may take it easy and write everything that comes to mind, but
it should be kept in mind that it is one of the psychological tests for which you
have got an opportunity to project your qualities. Here, the description should be
honest, but not too self critical. It is advised that you give a balanced view of your
personality.
Self-Description Test (SDT) 145
Need of Conducting SDT

The SDT, is conducted to know the crucial and considerable details collected and
assessed by the psychologist to assess the character traits of the candidate. On the
other hand, in the self description, the candidate reveals his previous life details
which show the maturity of a candidate’s personality. It also shows that if the
candidate is capable of assessing himself he can surely assess others.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for SDT

Do’s
u Be attentive to what psychologist instructs.
u Your description should be an emphasis on such points that reveal real traits of your
personality.
u It is natural that all human beings have good and bad parts of personality so write
good as well as bad points of your personality.
u Maintain a good writing speed also legible hand writing.
u Be honest and real, while giving your self description. Never try to bluff about any of
your qualities as the psychologist will easily find it out. Remember that psychologist is
an experienced person he will easily find out the character traits even if you try to
conceal.
Don’ts
u You should be alert about your self description. Do not contradict with any of the
information given to the board.
u Never try to memorise any self description from anywhere and produce it before the
board. It will only reduce your chances of selection as the self description will have no
connection with your personality traits.
u Do not write strong negative points about you. There is much difference between
weaknesses and negative qualities. Be positive.
u Do not write in bullets always write description in a paragraph.
Importance of the Test

The importance of self-appraisal cannot be over emphasized. The psychologist
will confirm his observations about the candidate. The best way to describe the
candidate is to be truthful and faithful to himself. So he should not overestimate
or under estimate his personality. It helps in finding out insight and motivation of
a candidate. Trainability of the candidate is also based on this test.
SAMPLE OF SDT...
Observe the comments made about you by your parents, friends, teachers or you
may directly ask them. Note these points on a paper and try to make a sample of
description.
Opinion of Parents
My parents believe that I am a bright child with good skills. They believe that I
am capable of doing well in my academics as they feel that I am an active and
intelligent child.
I know that their belief is true on me as I am dependable and can independently
handle the difficult tasks and see that the task is well finished. They also feel that I
am a friendly human being.
Opinion of Teachers
My teachers think that I am a bright, honest and sincere student. They also think
that I can efficiently organise events and handle and participate in team activities;
they always give me responsibility whenever they felt that it can be handled by
me alone. They also advise me that, I must have a balance between my studies
and outdoor activities.
Friends
My friends like me for being helpful and honest. They think that I am friendly
and can help them any time and thus, discuss with me all their joys and sorrows.
They believe in me and feel that I am trustworthy. They like me for my
commitment in any given task. They feel that I am simple and cool for which
they love me and like to spend more time with me.
Your Self Image/Opinion/Strength and Weakness
I think that I am a nice person though have negligible weaknesses, have good
amount of likeable good qualities. I am sincere and responsible. I am not a good
student, but sure I am dynamic person, capable of handling the difficult situation
easily and finish the tasks well. I respect elders and follow their advice and never
hurt them. I like to have a simple and uncomplicated life. I like to live joyously
enjoying every moment of life.
Aim in Life/What I Would Like to be
I would like to be a successful person through hard work and good efforts. I want
to join Indian army as I can handle outdoor activities capably and also good in
handling team and manage that group of people. I would like to become the top
officer of the army where everybody respects the sincerity and commitment.
GTO TASK...
Group testing helds on the 3rd and 4th day of SSB Interviews. Group
Testing Officer (GTO) tests the candidates in various different ways.
GTO observes the candidates performing in a group, he gradually
signals them out and tests them individually and then again asks them
to perform in the group. In group testing series, there are total 9 tasks
which can be classified in three phases.
Introductory Series
It includes four tasks :
1. Group Discussion (GD)
2. Group Planning Exercise (GPE)
3. Progressive Group Task (PGT)
4. Group Obstacle Race (GOR)
All these tasks have three distinct stages; First stage is to explore and try
to manage each other’s abilities. Second stage is of competition stage
where candidates try to impose their supremacy on others and try to
get the attention of the group. Third stage is of the cooperation when the
group gets a chance to show the potential of team work.
Confirmatory Series
It includes four tasks :
1. Half Group Task (HGT) 2. Lecturette
3. Individual Obstacles 4. Command Task
In these tasks, individuals are given the opportunities to show their
abilities in a group exercise and also in individual task. In this series,
GTO clears the doubt of candidates by focusing more intensely and
closely on every candidate.
Final Series
In the last group test, final group task is held. GTO wants to sure about
every individual candidate. So, once again he checks the abilities of the
candidates in a group. Thus, candidates have to perform well in every
series of the group task. Because GTO wants to be sure about every
candidate’s ability. If you perform well in primary series or basic series
that does not mean, to relax in the final series you have to always
perform your best.
Group Discussion (GD) 149
12
Group
Discussion (GD)
Group Discussion in SSB interview comes in group tests, 3rd day. GD is first test
of the GTO series. In this test, two topics of common interest : social issues and
current events are discussed. It is an informal discussion and not a debate. Each
topic is allotted for 20 minutes for each candidate. No definite conclusion is
required to be deduced.
Objectives of GD
The Group Discussion is conducted to know the candidate’s knowledge of
current affairs, history and social awareness as well as his/her grouping skills like
group coordination, listening power, concentration, communication, speaking
skills, body language, patience etc. Core of the GTO is knowledge and
communication skills which can be achieved by practising well.
Following qualities are seen by GTO :
Candidate’s awareness on the current topics that are covered by the newspapers.
Candidate’s ability to logically organise the knowledge he has, regarding
current events.
The way candidate interacts with others i.e. how impressively he can talk and
influence others in the group.
It is seen that whether the candidate is having confidence to face the group by
bouncing back with better points, if he is countered by others.
Importance of GD
Verbal and intellectual communication is the key factor to selection. Expression
is an important requirement, whether administered, visually, orally, written or
practically. So, through group discussion, candidates get a chance to show their
communication skills. In the armed forces, effective communication skill is very
important as you have to live in the company of equals, superiors or
subordinates, you do not live in isolation. You have to show teamwork, sense of
responsibility, cooperation every time so, it is very important to test the
individual behaviour on these scale.
Way of Conducting GD
GTO Task: Group Discussion
2nd GD
G G
after 15 Mins.
T 1st GD T
GTO changes
O O
position
The GD is conducted in two rounds. The candidates are made to sit in a circle
according to their chest numbers. Generally, the GTO asks the candidates to
introduce themselves before the GD begins, this happens specially in AFSB’s, he
asks you to cover your name, family occupation, your hobbies/interests, your
marks upto graduation, so be prepared for such an introduction.
Highlights of the GD are :
In the first round, the GTO gives two topics to the group.
Group has to choose one topic of their choice and report to the GTO.
Then GTO reads out loudly so that everyone in the group becomes aware and
clear about the topic of discussion.
Then 20 minutes is given to preparation.
Thus, in the first round, the topic of current event covered by newspaper is
given.
In the second round, the GTO give the topic of social importance, again 20
minutes is given for preparation.
When the first discussion ends, the group has to carry out a discussion of about
the same duration. There is no choice in second round, but select the topic
given by GTO.
Do’s and Don’t for GD

Do’s
u Prepare for the topics from newspapers; have the habit of reading newspapers.
u Be aware about the current events and equally about social topics.
u Initiate the discussion, if you could not start first, atleast join the discussion as early as
possible.
u Be humble when you are asserting your point and feel it is valid and also do not get
discouraged by the opposite view that gets for your point.
u Be gracious to accept if your point is proved not valid, but ready with better point.
u Avoid generalising the views and keep logical and real reasons for your argument.
u Just be calm and think like you are discussing something with your friends.
Don’ts
u Never in any chance join hands with one candidate and start backing up each other, a
real leader considers everybody equal hence give everybody a fair chance. Give chance
to others also who are not able to talk much.
u Maintain good posture while sitting and also have good body language.
u Communication skills like pausing, eye contact etc must be well maintained.
u Do not be argumentative or exited and get up from the chair. The GTO explicitly
mentions that you do not have to conclude the discussion, hence do not over rule his
wish by trying to conclude the discussion.
u Do not look at the GTO, speak confidently and maintain an audible and nice voice level,
not too loud.
Sample GD 1
Topic : Demonetisation (Is it the Correct Step for Eradication of
Black Money, Corruption and Fake Currency?)
Total no. of members in the Group : 8
(The members are identified by the numbers on their chests.)
Scene at the Start of GD

As soon as the examiner retires to the background after apprising the participants
the rules of the GD and declaring the topic of the GD, there is silence for
sometime; then the candidates start talking and murmuring among themselves.
Some speak to their neighbours and others indulge in talking with those sitting
across the table. The noise becomes louder, leading to utter confusion.
At this stage, No. 7, who was so far been sitting silently, as if collecting his
thoughts, raises his voice over the din so that he could be heard clearly by all the
participants.
The GD in Progress
No. 7 Friends, kindly pardon me for the interruption and please listen to me attentively
for a few minutes, as I am going to make an important submission that you all
will find interesting and beneficial for all of us. This will help to conduct the GD
smoothly, for which all are gathered here.
● (Candidates who were busy in talking and murmuring are taken by surprise. They
start listening to No. 7. There was silence again and No. 7 got the opportunity to
speak further.)
No. 7 Thank you very much for responding to my appeal. As you all know, the
examiner has allotted us only 30 minutes to complete the GD and we have
already consumed 5 precious minutes so far. So, unless we begin the discussion
immediately, we may run short of time and won’t be able to complete the task
within the prescribed time limit. The topic is a current one and everyone will like
to say quite a bit on the topic. All of us should get equal opportunity to present
our ideas or express our valuable views on the subject. Hence it is important that
we must begin the exercise straight away without wasting any more time.
● (No. 7 takes the initiative and directs the group to the goal in a convincing manner.
He also grasps the opportunity to speak and commands the group with least
friction.)
No. 6 No. 7 is right to point out the necessity of starting the GD, but don’t worry, we
have plenty of time. The time limit prescribed is 30 minutes and it is never
adhered to. If we are not able to complete the GD within 30 minutes, we will be
allotted more time and nobody will stop us in between. Don’t make such haste
and don’t be worried at all.
● (Supports the initiative taken by No. 7, but unwarrantedly believes in delaying
things for no substantial reason.)
No. 3 Hey, No. 6, don’t try to misguide us. We are here to discuss a burning topic and
whatever time limit is prescribed will not be changed.
● (Use of offensive language shows lack of the quality of taking others along.)
No. 6 No. 3, are you a representative of the employer or are you a judge? Your mental
abilities also are not more than that of a child.
No. 4 Nos. 3 and 6, keep shut! You are wasting our time in irrelevant fighting. I shall
not allow you to disturb the whole GD. You can settle your personal scores after
this GD or if you are more enthusiastic, you may withdraw immediately.
● (Using offensive and despotic language is a minus point of your personality.)
No.7 Friends, friends, please. It is not necessary to fight, as we have to complete this
GD within 30 minutes and 6 minutes have already been wasted. So, I request
you all to start the GD without any delay. We have limited time to complete the
GD, so it will be good if we start clockwise and let No. 1 speak first. In this
manner we all can get a chance to present our views on the topic.
● (The initiative of No. 7 to solve problems amicably and carrying out the task in the
desired direction shows his keenness to achieve the target in spite of hurdles that
come in the way.)
No. 7 Yes, No. 1, please start the discussion.
No. 1 In my opinion, demonetisation is not the only correct step for eradication of
black money, corruption and fake currency. Other steps should also be taken for
this. Demonetisation is only one step which will help the economy. Indians are
smart enough to counter it soon if the government does not take other follow up
actions simultaneously. That’s all. Thank you very much for hearing me
peacefully.
● (Although he has some idea about the topic, he is too vague, as he does not give
details of ‘other follow up actions’. Thus, he shows no originality of ideas.)
No. 2 I agree with No. 1 to the extent that demonetisation is one of the steps to
eradicate black money, but eradicating corruption and removing fake currency
will involve more actions to be taken. As No. 1 has not spelled out what he
means by ‘other follow up actions’, his words are meaningless. He should have
given specific details of what actions government must take.
● (Shows nature of finding faults, a negative trait of personality. He also is not

giving details of ‘more actions’, which displays lack of detailed knowledge about
the topic of the GD.)
No. 3 Instead of talking to the point, No. 2 has involved himself in telling us that the
government action is not sufficient. I request you all not to indulge in irrelevant
details and keep to the point.
● (Shows nature of finding faults, a negative trait of personality.)
No. 2 No. 3, you are not to comment upon my views. I have got the right to speak
whatever I wish.
● (Quarrelsome and easily offended.)
No. 7 Please.... please, No. 2 and No. 3, don’t use aggressive language please. We are
being judged by the examiner. Nothing is personal here. I request everyone not
to comment upon the views expressed by other participants. Take your time and
be positive, so that the GD can be completed smoothly and within the
prescribed time limit. I think No. 3, now you should start with your views,
please.
● (He never loses grip over the group, taking everyone together. Shows concern for
achieving the target and with co-ordination of all members. He reflects leadership
qualities and team spirit.)
No. 3 Thank you No. 7. I actually want to tell you that the Central Government has
taken a number of steps to curb black money earlier than the demonetisation
move. It has introduced the Income Declaration Scheme (IDS) which opened
on 1st June, 2016, giving a chance to black money holders to come clean by
declaring the assets by 30th September, 2016 and paying tax and penalty of 45
per cent on it.
Earlier to this, in 2015, the government passed a law to declare undisclosed
foreign income and assets. This was done to bring back black money stashed in
foreign countries and tax havens. The scheme ended on 30th September, 2015.
Thank you.
● (Has good knowledge of events, but has covered only one aspect of the topic. He
lost some marks for finding fault with others.)
No. 4 I agree with No. 3 that the government has taken actions earlier also to curb
black money, both within the country and that lying outside. However, he has
failed to explain the reason why the government was then forced to take the step
of demonetisation, which is causing a lot of hardship to the honest citizens of
the country.
Probably he does not know that both the schemes were only partially successful,
due to which more than three-quarters of the black money was not unearthed by
them. People like Vijay Mallya, a proclaimed offender, are enjoying themselves
in other countries by employing their black money stashed abroad. That is all I
have to say.
● (Has some original ideas but loses some marks for criticising another participant.)
No. 5 I feel that No. 3 and No. 4 have not covered the GD topic adequately, as they
have only discussed about black money. The topic also includes corruption and
fake currency. Here I would like to add that eradicating corruption requires
many steps, as it is very deep-rooted; in fact it was widely prevalent even during
British times, i.e. prior to independence.
The Indians who served the rulers in those days were well-known for corruption.
Now that politicians are ruling the country, almost anybody who wants
something done must ‘grease their palms’ for it. Demonetisation will definitely
reduce corruption on a large scale, but will not reduce cash bribery below ` 500,
nor any other form of bribery like ‘freebies’, i.e. gifts. Regarding fake currency,
demonetisation may only marginally reduce it, and that also for a few months, as
the people who were printing fake currency notes earlier will soon learn how to
print fake new currency notes. This is due to the fact that they are advised by
technical experts from foreign countries. That’s all I have to say. Thank you.
● (Has some original ideas. Further training could groom the candidate to achieve
the goal.)
No. 6 Whatever I wanted to speak has already been spoken by No. 3, 4 and 5, so I have
nothing new to say. I totally agree with them, and in my opinion demonetisation
is a good step, but it alone is not enough.
● (Does not have any original ideas. Does not make any contribution to the discussion.)
No. 7 Thank you friends, for all the co-operation extended in carrying out this exercise
smoothly. To sum up my views, we may conclude that the demonetisation
carried out by the government recently has definitely adversely affected illegal
activities like generating black money, indulging in corruption and circulating
fake currency.
No. 1 was correct in mentioning that demonetisation was an important step in
curbing these illegal activities. Nos. 2, 3 and 4 have also mentioned details of
how such activities have been curbed by actions of government. No. 5 has
covered extensively the other illegal activities in the topic besides black money.
To all this, I want to add a few more points, which will complete the discussion.
First, the method by which government has handled the circulation of fake
currency notes issue was not clearly explained by other participants. Actually, the
only fake currency notes in circulation were those of the demonetised values.
These had unnecessarily fuelled inflation due to luxurious spending by the users
of these notes. Even the terrorists used these notes for buying illegal arms and
ammunition in India for their disruptive activities. By demonetisation, the
business of the corrupt people who sold illegal arms and ammunition was
suddenly stopped. Thus, some corruption has been reduced. As No. 5 correctly
pointed out, corruption on a small scale will continue and this will have to be
reduced by the government through other measures like transparency in
transactions, reducing cash dealings etc. Thus we can conclude that
demonetisation and other steps carried out earlier by the government, all taken
together, will reduce drastically these illegal activities, but may not stop them
totally.
Thank you friends for hearing me so peacefully and patiently. Thanks again.
● (His knowledge of the topic, possesses leadership qualities, has a balanced
approach and gets the task completed in a submissive way by taking everybody
with him. Deserves to be selected.)
No. 8 In my opinion, as pointed out by No. 7 also, the illegal activities indulged in by
corrupt people will be reduced by demonetisation. In fact, corruption is a general
term which signifies many activities besides black money generation and
circulation of fake currency notes. One form of corruption indulged in by people
in higher positions is obliging their friends or relatives by giving their family
members jobs, either in government or elsewhere. This form of corruption does
not involve any financial transaction. As the idiom goes, ‘You pat my back, I’ll
pat yours’. This means that in future they can expect an obligation in return.
That’s all. Thank you.
● (He was the last speaker so that he could not add much to the discussion.
However, he has some original thoughts. He may be groomed as per the
requirement of the job with some training.)
Summary
Out of the eight candidates, No. 7 emerges as a leader and shows original
thinking and positive approach to achieve the goal. So he will be selected without
any doubt. Nos. 5 and 8 can also be selected, but they have to be groomed to
achieve the goal.
No. 1 had started the discussion, but was too vague and could not convince other
participants about his knowledge. Nos. 2, 3 and 4 have not been selected as they
are either aggressive or do not respect other participants, as they are critical of
others. In addition Nos. 3 and 4 have used offensive language. No. 6 is not
selected as he has given no meaningful contribution to the discussion.
Sample GD 2
Topic : Bullet Train Project in India
Candidates are divided into the group of 8-10. In this discussion the candidates
with chest numbers 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 are participating.
No. 4 The Bullet train project is considered as a dream project of Hon’ble Prime
Minister Narendra Modi and entire country feels proud of having its first ever
bullet train.
No. 8 The train is scheduled to run between Mumbai and Ahmedabad thus a key to
connect the financial capital with the manchester of India.
No. 2 (agreeing with previous comments) I too believe and agree with what No. 4 said.
The project will provide pace to development. Along with new technology it will
also bring results faster.
No. 6 (visibly irritated) Japan will only be providing the technology to India after the
span of 15 years till then they are going to provide the trains to India making us
dependent. By then, the technology would have become totally unfeasible, given
the inflation, and redundant.
No. 2 (Taking it calmly) I would like to state here that even though Japan is investing
about 80% of the money, it is charging a nominal interest rate of 0.1% which
ultimately benefits both the countries and serves to strengthen the bond between
the two.
No. 14 (feeling annoyed) I don’t understand one point that why are we focusing on a
new project when the already existing railway network is in darkness. How can
we even think about development without looking at the present scenario?
No. 12 (He was sitting quite, as if collecting his thoughts now gives his views) It is not
like we are not considering the present situation. Many reforms have been
initiated to look into the Railway sector.
No. 16 90% of railway passengers of India travel through sleeper class or lower class who
will travel in such a heavy fare train?
No. 4 We must think on a point that Bullet trains could prove to be an important
means of transportation for long duration journey for the middle class population
of the country.
No. 10 Can I give my view on this burning issue?
No. 12 Yes, please, we all must listen to each and every member of the group.
No. 10 As we know that the project is considered to be completed hy 2023. In between
if there is a change in government and then the project could face the
consequences.
No. 6 (Laughs) There are many examples of changes brought by every new
government.
No. 8 Please let me remind you that Bullet train project is not a dream of a single
person or a government. It is a dream project of a single nation. Hence to discuss
on such a trivia point is of no use.
No. 12 An interesting point to be noted here is that the project is eco-friendly as they do
not require deforestations to set tracks.
No. 14 And what about the safety, even the present railway network is facing accidents
these days.
No. 12 (trying to convince) I already mentioned that reforms have been initiated to look
into the safety measures of railway.
No. 2 We should understand that High-speed Railways in India is going to be a new
step towards a technologically advanced nation.
No. 10 Oh! come on, only a few high income countries have High Speed Railways while
others have failed in their efforts or abandoned after debating about it.
No. 8 Ok, so friends we are rather short of time and it is better to conclude the topic.
Bullet train has sets of pros and cons under India’s present situations hence they
need to be handled properly. It is important to remember that it is India’s dream
project. Thus it must be properly handled so that it brings prosperity and
development in the country and not disaster.
Topics for GD (Current Affairs)

Below are some topics given for GD purpose. Candidates are advised to use
these topics and practise with your friends.
1. Beef Ban : A Debate
2. How can we stop criminality of politics in India
3. Merger of Banks : Is bigger always better
4. Inclusion of Women in Armed Force
5. Right to Privacy : Intrinsic to Life and Liberty
6. Palestine or Israel : A dilemma for India
7. India- China relations- An approach for 21st century developments
8. India and Pakistan : How to resolve the conflict
9. Need of Lokpal to make India corruption free
10. Triple Talaq : A way towards Uniform Civil Code
11. Black Money : How can we stop its generation
12. Kashmir: A bone of contention for India
13. Farmer Suicide : An Epidemic
14. The Rising Menace of Intolerance
15. What really is Nationalism for you
16. Digital Economy : A reform or a Burden
17. Reservation Policy in India : Does it Need Review?
18. Necessity of Censorship in the Age of Internet
19. Naxalism is bigger threat than terrorism.
20. Image of Parliament has been diminished in recent years?
21. Is the debate on singing Vande Matram is relevant?
22. How does ‘paid media’ affect the election process?
Topics for GD (Social Issues)

Below are some topics given for GD purpose. Candidates are advised to use
these topics and practise with your friends.
1. How social media is affecting our lives or need of politics in universities.
2. Increasing Violence in Universities.
3. Transgenders : can they ever be free of discrimination
4. Internet/Mobile Phones : A Boon or Nuisance.
5. Skilled manpower shortage in India.
6. Child Labour in India.
7. Degradation of moral values in India
8. Brain-Drain Needs to be stopped.
9. Gender Discrimination in India.
10. Increasing Population : A threat to Development in India.
11. Should the Public Sector be Privatised?
12. Religion should not be mixed with Politics.
13. Collapse of joint family system in India
14. How westernization is affecting our lives
15. Women entry in temples : should it be banned
16. Surrogacy : To what extent it should be allowed
17. Flaws in the education System of India
18. Why India can’t provide good health services to its Citizens
19. Lack of Civic sense in Indian Citizens
20. Role of Caste in Indian Politics
21. Growing problems of old age people in India
22. Role of primary education in nation building.
23. National anthem : should we compulsorily sing/stand or not
24. Need of sex education in Schools and Colleges
25. Why India is prone to so many accidents
26. Indian Cities : Unplanned and Overpopulated
27. Rights of the Differently Abled Persons.
28. Superstition in India
29. Lack of Civic sense in Indian Citizens
30. Education is for life or for livelihood.
31. Why social welfare schemes of government are not so effective as they
should be?
32. Juvenile Delinquency : how to deal with it
Group Planning Exercise (GPE) 159
13
Group Planning
Exercise (GPE)
Group Planning Exercise (GPE) is held on third day of your stay in the SSB. It is
the second group test after group discussion. It is an indoor task in which, a
model is placed on ground, containing a set of problems. The candidates are
required to solve the problems one by one by using the given resources.
Sometimes it is also called Military Planning Exercise.
Firstly, the candidate is required to write down his own solution for which he/she
has allotted 10 minutes and then discuss within his group and come to a common
group solution. So, unlike the group discussion where no conclusion was to be
reached, in this exercise the candidates have to reach a definite conclusion that is
mutually agreed group solution.
Objectives of Group Planning Exercise

In group planning exercise, there is a series of tough situations where the
candidate is putting himself and his team in various situations i.e. extracting work
from his team by allocating them based on priority of the problem.
Various qualities judged by GTO are as follows :
1. Observation and analytical skill
2. Organising ability
3. Team spirit and cooperation
4. Self-confidence
5. Decision-making
6. Power of expression
7. Responsibility and social adaptability
8. Determination and courage
Procedure for Group Planning Exercise

1. The candidates will sit in a semi-circle in the sequence of their chest
numbers.
2. The GTO will narrate the model and rules.
3. After narration of the problem, GTO will ask the group for any doubt.
4. GTO will also tell about the time and direction from which candidates are
going. The directions are also marked on the map.
5. Each candidate will be provided 5 minutes for self-reading of the written
story; the candidate is required to read it quickly and place the story card by side.
6. The candidate is given 10 minutes time to write down their own individual
solution for the said problem under reference.
7. The candidates will be given 20 minutes time to discuss about the set of
problems and arrive at a group solution i.e. proper solution to win over all
situations.
8. Group solution will be narrated by one candidate from the group before the
GTO.
Strategy for Group Planning Exercise

First and foremost, see the map and scale up the distance. For
calculating the distance you can use your hand. e.g. if the scale says 10 cm =
1km and my hand (the distance from the tip of the hand to the start of the
wrist) is approximately 20 cm, so my hand is equal to 2 km on the map. This
technique will give you a clear vision of the distance in the map, which will
also give you a better knowledge of the time required.
The second important thing is to locate your position using the
direction mentioned in the map. If you get the opportunity to narrate the plan,
use direction, distance, time required and the right time to narrate the story.
Always remember, when a GTO narrates a story, listen to it very carefully and
count the number of problems. It will help you to remember the number of
problems and set the priority accordingly.
Prioritise your solution; help the person who needs it utmost. e.g.
let’s suppose if you are alone and going to bring water from a village where
you see a girl has fallen in the well. Then what would you do? You first help
the girl using the rope and the bucket from the well. Do not run for help
because the case might be that the girl would drown in the meantime. Now
when you have rescued her, it will show your awareness and spontaneity.
Use the resources efficiently; it will increase your chance to stand out in
your group.
Use the resources which are certain: like using a cart instead of asking a lift.
In this way, you can do your task till the time you will get the lift.
If you are trapped, you can also use a knife, match-box and fire for signaling.
Never engage yourself in a fight with the ‘terrorists’ till the time you don’t
have any other options. Try to maintain a safe distance and keep an eye on
them. If they try to escape, use fire to stop them. In case of goons and thieves,
you can engage yourself, but try and make sure your people don’t get hurt.
If you require more manpower, use villagers or co-passengers.
Divide the group according to requirement and send more people where
the situation is more vulnerable.
If a car is collided with the truck on a highway, firstly clear the highway other-
wise more accident will happen. Remove the remains of the vehicles to clear
the site. If that is not possible, use placards or red cloth for signaling the traffic.
Note While initiating the military planning, try to focus on all the task or situations
given to you and suggest some basic solutions for these situations.
Steps to be Performed
The following steps should be performed for better performance in Group
Planning Excrcise :
STEP Candidates need to be very attentive because if you miss any place or
1 misinterpret anything on map, it will hamper your performance. So be
attentive, listen to every minute detail meticulously and keep them in mind.
STEP In next step, GTO is going to read the narrative to you. He will provide you
2 written story of the problem. In this test, you need to co-relate the problem to
the map. While listening pay attention to hidden resources, given resources,
time constraints and total number of problems.
So, at the end of this step you must be able to know :
How many problems are there?
What are the resources given and hidden?

What are time constraints of each problem?

What are other constraints like no communication tools, your vehicle broke
down, headlights are not working and so on?
STEP In the third step, GTO will give you 5 minutes for self-reading of the problem.
3 If you were attentive in Step 2, then in this step you can utilise the time in your
planning.
Your next step should be the following :
Decide priorities of problems and have always a reason for giving the
particular priority to a particular problem. Always keep loss and time factor
in mind while doing this.
As a problem can be solved in more than one ways, start thinking for
available solutions to each problem and decide which one to follow. You
should have a reason for whatever solutions you follow.
Most important thing is that whenever you have a choice between
possibility and certainty, go for certainty. e.g. you are on a road with an
injured person, you have two options–one to take lift and another to take
help from a petrol pump or garage at a short distance. Then it is certain that
you will get vehicle at garage or pump, but you may or may not get lift. So,
always select an option which is accessible to you and which ensures you
the solution.
After you get a solution to each problem, you have a clear idea about how
many persons are needed in each problem. So, now you can decide in how
many sub–groups you will divide your team.
Do not divide the group before you find the solution; you can get wrong in
middle. So, do it at last.
STEP In this step, GTO will ask you write your individual solution on a paper for
4 which you will get 10 minutes. This copy will be evaluated, so take this seriously.
For writing always follow a particular way so that you don’t miss anything.
You can write as follows
Write what resources you have in hand quickly and always mention hidden
resources as it shows you are practical and can think other options too.
Now write, I will divide my group in sub-groups.
Now for attending each problem priority-wise, write down solution

attending these points for each.
Who, what, when, where, how, time distance and action.
Always mention distance according to scale given to you. You can go to the
model or map and measure it with your hand so, that you can get a rough
idea of distance and time needed to travel that distance using the particular
mode of transport.
STEP After you finish this, reassemble your group mates and move where you were
5 going prior to the problems. The fifth and last stage is of Group Discussion. It
also tests your decision-making ability and how you persuade others to your
decision. Presence of mind and listening are most important things for this.
The following points are important for this step :

If you think you have made a good plan then discuss reasons behind your
particular choice.
In your discussion, you should have a reason for choice of every action.
If you have strong reasons, then your group members will agree
automatically.
If you feel your point is not correct, then there is no harm in accepting the
correct approach of others.
If your group nominates you to give final plan, then do not hesitate and give
it confidently.
This is a fact that group will nominate you automatically if you were good
and active throughout the discussion.
Other things are same as in group discussion.
Example 1
You are a group of 8 students coming from Rampur and going to Rajpur to
attend your college annual function, which will start at 4 pm. Governor of the
state will be the chief guest of the annual function. On your way to Rajpur,
around 2 pm, your bus has an accident at Kharwar which is 10 km away from
Rajpur and two persons became badly injured and they urgently need medical
attention. Your bus is badly damaged and in no condition to move forward.
When you are planning what to do, suddenly some villagers come to you and
told, that some terrorist are planning to attack on the convoy of governor near
Solapur which is 5 km from Kharwar. Suddenly from another direction a villager
come and told you that fishplate of nearby rail line is open, which is 1 km away
from Kharwar.
Some additional information is available as follows :
1. Nearest police chowki is 5 km away from Kharwar.
2. Nearest hospital is 4 km from Kharwar.
3. Nearby village has a jeep and an motorcycle which is 1 km from Kharwar.
(As bold young men what action will you take)?
Rajpur
N
Police
station
Hospital
Open
Place of Solapur
fish
accident
plate
Rampur Field
Solution
First we have to identify the number of problems.
1. To give first aid to the injured persons and help them to reach hospital.
2. Inform to police about the attack on Governor.
3. To connect the fishplate of rail line.
4. Arrange a transport to reach Rajpur on time.
We will handle these situations in the following manner :

(i) Two of us will give first aid to the injured.
(ii) Three of us will go to village and borrow the jeep and motorcycle.
(iii) Two of us will go with the jeep and take injured person to hospital.
(iv) One of us will go to the police station by motorcycle and inform the police
about the terrorist attack. It will take about 30 minutes.
(v) Rest of us go to nearby rail line and connect the fish plate. It will take about
an hour.
(vi) By the time jeep return after admitting injured into the hospital, rest of the
group also return at Kharwar.
(vii) From the same jeep each of us will reach Rajpur, which is 10 km away, it
will take almost 30 minutes.
Example 2
You are in a group of 10 students enjoying picnic at Ramnagar resort in
Ramnagar forest. On the last day of your stay, some people of nearby village
come to you and asked for help because a group of dacoit had attacked their
village which is 2 km from your resort.
Suddenly a student of your group fell from the balcony of the resort and got
badly injured. The chowkidar of the resort told you that nearby hospital is 5 km
away and road leading to hospital is blocked because bridge over river Palani is
broken. River Palani flows through the forest which is 2 km from resort.
While, you are planning what to do, a local person come to you and informs you
that due to land slide, rocks have fallen on the railway track and a train is likely
to start from Sholapur railway station at 12 pm causing a likely threat which may
result into a train accident and you also have to board the train at 2 pm from
Ramnagar railway station.
Some additional information is available as follows :
1. Two boats are available near river Palani.
2. Weapons are available in the village.
3. Resort has a motorcycle.
4. Across the river, there is a village which has a jeep.
As brave young men what will you do?
Forest
Police
station
Resort
ani ar
r Pal nag on
Rive Ram y stati
wa
Village rail
Temple
Village
Place
Hospital
of land
slide
Solapur
Solution
There are four problems :
1. To give first aid to injured person and help them to reach hospital.
2. To inform police about the attack of dacoits on the village.
3. Go to village for immediate help of villagers.
4. Clear the railway track.
We will handle these situations in the following manner :
(i) We are a group of 10 students. So, two of us give first aid to injured.
(ii) Two of us go with injured person to take him hospital through the river.
(iii) Three of us go for clear the rail track.
(iv) One person with motorcycle will go to police station to inform them about
dacoit’s attack.
(v) Rest of us will go with villagers to help them to tackle with dacoit.
(vi) All of us after completing their task will meet at temple village. From there,
we will take jeep and reach railway station to board train.
Progressive Group Task (PGT) 167
14
Progressive Group
Task (PGT)
To check the performance of students in real environment is a difficult issue
which is neither practical nor viable. Progressive Group Task (PGT) is designed
in such a way that it checks the practical profile of the candidates.
PGT is held on third day of the group test after the Group Planning Exercise. It is
the first outdoor group task. A set of four obstacles with progressively increasing
level of difficulties are to be completed in 40 to 50 minutes. Structures, helping
material and load are provided to the group.
Objectives of PGT
The main objectives of the PGT are to check the following qualities in the
candidates :
Analytical ability to solve the problem Physical and mental toughness
Ability to work in a team Observation power
Organising ability Self confidence
Leadership qualities Innovative skill
Procedure and Rules

There will be a start line and a finish line both of which are parallel bound and
approximately 20 ft away from each other. You have to cross it utilising the
structures and the resource given such as wooden plank, ropes, ballies etc. So, it
emerges that the ground is also on obstacle, since you cannot go from the sides
also. You will rarely find structures in the obstacles close.
Following are the rules which candidates have to follow :
1. GTO (Group Testing Officer) will explain the candidates about each and
every obstacle in a sequence and the degree of difficulty increases gradually.
2. GTO then explains to the candidates the requirements of the test i.e. the
candidates have to carry a load alongwith the supporting material like planks,
ropes and ballies from the start line to the finish line. He will indicate these lines.
3. Supporting material will assist candidates in crossing the obstacles.
4. He will tell them about what material or structures are not to be touched
and which areas are out of bounds.
5. There are 3 to 4 continuous tasks. Every task has to be completed and the
other one has to be started only when all the groups alongwith the helping
material have reached the finish point of the previous task.
6. In the end, GTO will ask candidates to clarify their doubts and will ensure
that they have understood the procedure.
Group Rule
Every person in the group has to cross each obstacle with supporting material
before the next obstacle is attempted by anyone in the group. There is no leader
of the group as such and every member of the group is a leader.
Progressive Group Task
Finish Line
Helping Materials
Level 4 Obstacles
Start Line
Starting
Finish Line
line
Rope
Level 3 Obstacles
Helping Start Line

materials
Finish Line
Balli
Level 2 Obstacles
Obstacles Start Line
Finishing Line
Finish Line
Level 1 Obstacles
Plank
Start Line
Colour Rule
There will be various colours painted on the structures. Some rules which are to
be followed by the candidates are :
(i) White – structure painted white are in bound for the candidates, the
helping materials and the load.
(ii) Red – structure painted in red are out of bound for the candidates.
(iii) Blue/Yellow/Green – structure painted with any one of these colours are
inbound for the candidates but out of bound for the helping material.
(iv) Black – structures painted black are found at the bottom of the structures
and does not have any significance.
Rigidity Rule
This rule pertains to the rigid helping materials like planks, ballies. No two rigid
supporting materials can be tied together for making an extension e.g. if you
have a plank and a balli, you are not supposed to tie them together to increase
the length. However, you can keep one on the top of the other and use it.
Distance Rule
In this obstacle, it will be seen that you are not allowed to touch the ground.
Some helping material should touch the ground. You have to utilise the permanent
structures on the ground and the helping materials to cross the obstacle. The
candidates are not allowed to jump either in length or height but distances
exceeding 4 ft have to be crossed only with the help of supporting material. The
distance restriction is applicable horizontally, vertically and diagonally.
Rule of Infinity
The start line and the finish line should extend to infinity on either side and the
area between the two is declared as out of bounds.
Finish line
Out of bound area
Start line
Principles for Tackling Obstacles

The candidates have to carry the load with the help of supporting materials from
the start line to finish line avoiding the out of bound area and the position
marked red. The candidates should bear in mind the simple principle while
tackling the obstacle.
The planks can be used as a bridge or lever with the rope tied at one end and
supported on a drum. A rope should invariably be tied to the farthers end of the
lever or bridge as the case may be. It is very helpful while pulling back the plank.
If required, the rope can be used to serve as a ladder.
Illustration of PGT
Men and material used by the group are as follows :
A group of 8 candidates
Wooden plank 6 ft long
Two ropes each about 12 to 16 ft long
Ballies 4 to 6 ft long
An ammunition box or a sand bag
Do‘s and Don‘ts for PGT

Do’s
u Listen carefully about the rules and procedure, when GTO is explaining.
u It is a leaderless outdoor task. Do not look towards the GTO while doing the task.
u Every member of the group should be used wisely according to their height, weight. Work
with mind; make such bridges which can sustain without applying any manpower on
them. Concepts of simple lever and cantilever come handy in these situations.
u Keep in view various supporting material available and employ them effectively for the
solutions of the problems.
u Show your positive attitude, initiative, dash and drive in overcoming the obstacles.
u Be ready to take reasonable risk in the common cause.
u A good leader leads by example. Hence, come forward and do the work instead of
ordering someone. Come in front and make the bridge but do not fight for it with
anybody, says politely that you have got an idea and would like to implement it.
u Be prepared to accept other’s ideas if they are good and worth implementing.
Don’ts
u Do not waste time in indecisiveness. Be active and do anything possible in cooperation
with your team mates.
u Never lose temper or shout at others, but be patient and cheerful and show a friendly
and cordial approach.
Obstacle No.1
All men and material must get across the obstacle within 8 to 10 minutes.
Structure
1. There are two fixed drums D1 and D2 and two fixed cement bases Cl and
C2 around a diameter of 1 feet each.
2. Two hanging ropes HR1 and HR2.
3. A hanging tyre HT.
4. Three bench like structures Bl, B2, B3 are fixed in the ground and can
accommodate 2 to 4 persons.
Finishing line 4 ft
1 ft HR2
C2
1 ft C1
41/2 ft
5 ft
9 ft
HT
HR1
B3 41/2 ft
D1 B2
8 ft
8 ft
3 ft
21/2 Ft 61/2 ft D2
B1
4 ft Starting Line
Solution
1. Reach D2 and bridge the gap between D2 and B2 with the plank.
2. From B2, make use of the hanging tyre HT to rest on the side of the
stretcher while tying up the ropes to other.
3. Pull the rope HR2 by throwing another rope.
4. Swing one by one to C2.
5. From C2, go to finish line with the help of plank.
Obstacle No. 2
Structure
Finish Line
C3 C2 C1
HR1
.
6 ½ ft
D2
D1
B1 8 ft
7 ft
5 ft
Start Line
1. There are two fixed drums D1 and D2.
2. One hanging rope HR1.
3. One bench like structure B1.
4. Three cemented bases C1, C2 and C3 which are fixed on the ground.
Solution
1. With the help of plank, first go to B1.
2. From B1, go to D1.
3. From D1 with help of rope, pull the rope from HR1.
4. From HR1, swing to C2.
5. From C2, go to finish line with help of plank.
Obstacle No.3
Structure
Finish line
HR2 C2 C1
5 ft 6 ft
HR1
4 ft D2
6 ½ ft
B2 B1
8 ft
7 ft 5 ft
Start line
Some Important Tips for PGT

u Be an active participant throughout the outdoor task.
u Be helpful to your group members and always try to boost up the morale of your group
members.
u Recognise other’s ideas which are better than yours.
u Do not loose temper and involve in arguments.
u Even if you break the rule unintentionally, always get back to the point from where
you committed the mistake.
u Never unnecessary try to gain GTO’s attention.
Solution
1. First, go to D1 with the help of the plank.
2. Connect ballies with plank and hold tighter to go on B1.
3. From B1, go to HR1.
4. From HR1, go to D2.
5. Firstly, two persons go to D2, these person support the plank on their hands
and bridge the gap between D2 and C1.
6. After all the persons go over the finish line from C1, then plank will be
pulled over with the help of a rope tied to the end resting on C1.
Obstacle No.4
Structure
Finish Line
HR1 6 ft C3
C1
9 ft
HT
7 ft
5 ft D1
C1
Y1 Y
8 ft 7 ft
4 ft
Start Line
Solution
1. Make a bridge from Y1 to HT.
2. Make the bridge between HT to C2.
3. From C2, go to C3.
4. Finally, jump over the finish line as it is less than 4 ft.
5. The casualty should also be passed on to the finish line.
Group Obstacle Race (GOR) 175
15
Group Obstacle
Race(GOR)
Meaning of Group Obstacle Race
This is an outdoor group task also known as the snake race. All candidates are
divided into four groups of about 8 to 10 candidates. In this task, the group
is made to race against another over a set of 6 obstacles. Whichever group first
completes all the six obstacle, wins the race. The group is also required to carry a
snake which is actually a tent rolled into the shape of a huge snake (about 6 to 8 ft).
There are certain principles and rules which must be followed by the group as
well as the candidates individually. These rules will be explained to candidates by
the GTO concerned before the task begins. Whenever there is any violation of
rules by the group or individual candidate, the whole group is penalised by the
GTO of that group.
Objectives of the Group Obstacle Race

Through this task, following qualities are checked by the GTO :
Physical and mental toughness of each candidate
Determination and courage of the candidate
Attitude of Team spirit
Attitude towards other group members
Self-confidence, Cooperation, Adaptability of the situation, Sense of
responsibility of the candidate
Ability to initiate and Interest and enthusiasm of the candidate
Rules and Procedure

1. In any condition, snake should not touch the ground.
2. The snake should be held by atleast 3 persons all the time.
3. Between the obstacles; while starting and finishing; all the members of the
group should hold the snake.
4. Never touch the out of bound region on the obstacle. Sometimes, these
areas are of red colour.
5. The snake provided to the candidates is to be carried straight without
bending or folding.
6. The group always uses the same channel that has been assigned to them.
7. The snake will follow the same path as the group members do.
8. Unless the last candidate in the group has crossed a particular obstacle, the
group is not allowed to move on to the next obstacle.
9. You can cheer up your members and use war cry such as Jai Ho Jai Hind,
etc for motivating them.
10. Do not shout at or abuse any member in your group.
11. There are penalties for rule violation.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for Group Obstacle Race

Do’s
u Listen to the GTO carefully when he is talking about the rules and procedure and follow
all the instructions.
u It is a group task so achievement of the team is more important than an individual.
So think for the group instead of yours.
u Help the heavy members to cross the wall obstacle.
u In case anyone from your group breaks the rule, then voluntarily you have to repeat
the obstacle according to the rule.
u Always take calculated risk.
Don’ts
u Don’t hesitate to take responsibility.
u Never go for the next obstacle unless the last candidate in the group has crossed a
previous obstacle.
u Never try to show off your individual skill, your effort will always be noticed by the GTO.
Obstacles in Group Race

There are six obstacles in this task.
Their illustration and details are as follows :
Obstacle No. 1 (Ramp and Jump)

This obstacle is quite simple and easy to cross.
You have to climb through a plank or ballies with snake and jump to the other
side. This is about 4 ft in height.
Make sure that passing over the obstacle, a minimum of 3 candidates should
hold the snake.
Go for the next obstacle once all the candidates have crossed the first obstacle.
Obstacle No. 2 (Snake Jump)

You have to make the figure of 8 to use this obstacle.
The first thing that the candidates have to do here is to get on the middle
structure and then go over the top from front side and come back on middle
balli from the other side and down to the ground, thus making the figure of 8.
The snake is also to be carried across the same way.
Obstacle No. 3 (Spider Web)

In this task, there is a high goal post (about 9 ft in height) like structure with a
net of ropes tied on both sides.
All the members of group alongwith snake has to cross this structure.
Net of ropes will help you to climb the goal post.
It will be helpful if two candidates sit on the top and assist the passing of the
snake to the person on the other side.
Obstacle No. 4 (Double Wall and Balli)

The structure of this obstacle is like two walls (6 inches and 6 ft in height)
joined by a thick balli on top.
Everyone in the group has to climb the first wall then cross the balli to the next
wall then jump on the other side.
First 3 candidates climb and cross the other side then pass three more
alongwith snake and let the snake be taken by the person on the other wall.
+
Rope Mesh
Rope Mesh
You have to pass through the mesh of

ropes without breaking any rule
Obstacle No. 5 (High Wall)

In this obstacle, there is a 8 ft high wall.
Here 1 candidate, who is strong build can go up to the wall and stand there,
other candidates can go up the top of the wall by climbing on the shoulder of
that candidate.
After reaching the top, this candidate has to help others to climb the wall along
with the snake.
Obstacle No. 6 (Ramp and Slide)

In this obstacle, horizontal ballies are placed on both side of the top of a 7 or 8
ft high pole.
Every candidate has to climb the horizontal ballies with the help of standing
ballies and then slide down to the other side.
Half Group Task (HGT) 181
16
Half Group
Task (HGT)
Half Group Task (HGT) is very much similar to the Progressive Group Task
(PGT). It is the second outdoor task of GTO. In this task, the group is divided
into two equal halves. So, each group has 4 to 5 candidates. Since, it is a smaller
group and the task allotted is the same, each candidate is observed in a great
detail. The purpose behind conducting Half Group Task is to give a chance to
those candidates who feel that they were not able to give their best in PGT. So, it
gives the candidates better opportunities to demonstrate their caliber. GTO too
gets an opportunity to make a closer and more detailed assessment of the
performance of each candidate. It is essentially a group task and the members
must work for the group in the core spirit of cooperation and coordination.
Objectives of HGT
The main objectives of the Half Group Task is to judge the following qualities of
the candidates :
His/Her ability to grasp the rules and conditions Practical intellect
Team spirit and cooperation Innovative skill
Organising ability Analytical skill
Observation power Responsibility
Social adaptability Determination and courage
Rules and Procedures

Following are the rules that the candidates have to follow :
1. GTO will explain the procedure and requirement of the test for the candidates.
2. GTO will tell them that supporting material like plank, rope, balli, will assist
the candidates in finding the solution of problem.
3. In the Half Group Task, only one obstacle is to be tackled for which generally
10 to 15 minutes are allotted.
4. Candidates have to carry a load like a sand bag or an empty drum from the
start line to finish line with the help of supporting material like plank, rope and
balli.
5. While one group is doing the task, other groups are not allowed to watch.
6. Various structures available in the out of bounds area are bench shaped
structures, goal post, raised platforms, cross shaped structures and T-shaped
structures.
7. All the other rules of the Progressive Group Task except the group rule is also
applied here.
Colour Rule
The obstacles are painted in following colours
(i) White – Both the candidate and the helping materials can touch the
obstacle at this region.
(ii) Black – It has no significance.
(iii) Red – Anything painted in red is out of bound for everything.
(iv) Green/Blue/Yellow – These colours are in bound for the candidates but out
of bound for the helping material.
Rigidity Rule
supporting materials can be tied together for making an extension. e.g. if you
Half Group Task (HGT) 183
Distance Rule
In the obstacles, it will be seen, that neither you are touching the ground nor the
helping material should touch the ground. You have to utilise the permanent
candidates are allowed to jump distances upto a maximum of 4 ft in length or
height but distances exceeding 4 ft have to be crossed only with the help of
supporting material.
Rule of Infinity
The start line and the finish line should extend to infinity on either side.
Principles for Tackling Obstacle

1. The given obstacle has at least 2-3 solutions. So, always look for the best
possible solution.
2. To find the best solutions, look at the structure as well as the supporting
material then only you will have an idea which route to take.
3. The planks can be used as a bridge or as a lever with the rope tied at one
end and supported on a drum.
4. If the distance is less than 4 ft then take a jump.
5. Use plank and balli as cantilever beam whenever these are required.
6. Tie the plank on the bench shaped structure with the help of rope.
7. If required, the rope can be used to serve as a ladder too.
8. Make a swing with the rope using the goal post.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for HGT

Do’s
u Try to take the initiative by applying workable ideas.
u Once you have found out solution, take the lead and explain it to the whole group.
u If your plan is acceptable to the group then ensure the completion of the task
smoothly.
u You should be an active participant throughout the outdoor task.
u Help your group members to carry the helping material as it is reasonably heavy.
u Encourage the weaker members of the group and do not neglect them.
u Your body language should reflect enthusiasm, zeal, energy, interest and smartness.
u Your voice should be loud and clear.
u Be particular about observing the rules and take restorative action whenever you break
it.
u Always boost up the morale of your group members and keep on encouraging them.
Don’ts
u Never try to gain GTO attention by looking at him.
u Never lose temper or shout at others but be patient and cheerful.
u If you are running short of time then do not get aggressive as it will ruin the situation.
Illustration of Half Group Task

A group of 4 candidates.
Wooden plank 6 ft long.
Two ropes each about 12 to 16 ft long.
Ballies 4 to 6 ft long.
A load like an empty drum or a sand bag.
Structure
Finish line
C1
B2
D2 6 ft
B1
D1
5 ft
Start line
Requirement
You have to cross the obstacle with men and material from start line to finish line
and do not break any rule.
Solution
1. First go on Dl with the help of plank.
2. Make a bridge between Dl and white side of B1.
3. From Bl go to D2, this distance is 6 ft so, put the plank on the edge of the
drum.
4. Go in the group of two. Next group should also carry load with themselves.
5. Connect D2 with B2 with the help of plank.
6. From B2, directly jump over the finish line because this distance is less than
4 ft.
Lecturette 185
17
Lecturette
Lecturette is an individual task and conducted on Day-3 (Group Tests). Here, the
candidate is required to give a short talk to the group.
Objectives of Lecturette
The lecturette is conducted to know how much aware is the candidate about the
recent happenings in India as well as in other countries. This also shows the
candidate’s knowledge and opinion on the given issue.
The lecturette is conducted to test the candidates in following ways :
Awareness about environmental development issues.
Ability to organise and express an opinion.
Self-confidence and stage handling capability.
Ability to influence the group.
Perseverance in delivering his/her opinion under stress also.
Courage to face the group and talk determinedly.
Stamina to address a group and deliver the thought and opinion in 3 minutes.
Way of Conducting Lecturette

1. In the lecturette, part of the SSB interview, each and every candidate has to
talk on a topic.
2. The GTO will have as much number of cards as per the candidates in the
group where each card will have four topics on the card.
3. The first candidate will be called to pick up the card which is the first on the
top and he will be asked to move away a little from the group and will be
given 3 minutes to prepare on the topic.
4. While the first candidate prepares, the GTO asks other candidates to
introduce themselves, he will usually ask your name, father’s occupation,
school, your studies etc. When the first candidate comes to talk, first he will
be asked to introduce himself and then time starts for talk.
5. When the candidate is ready to talk and 3 minutes are completed, he is
called back to deliver his lecturette for 3 minutes and after 2½ minutes,
GTO rings a bell which indicates that the candidate should wind up his
lecture in 30 seconds. Exactly after 3 minutes, GTO will ring two bells; the
second candidate comes and starts his lecture.
6. By this time, second candidate is asked to pick the second card and again
the process repeats till the last candidate completes his lecturette.
7. The lecturette has to be given only in English.
Tips to Attempt Lecturette

u Choose the topic on which you have good knowledge and can talk well; avoid taking
difficult topic because only your knowledge is not tested, but the way you talk and
impress others is also noticed.
u The introduction to the lecturette is very important since, it gives an overall view about
the topic. Hence it is essential that the candidate presents the topic well in the
introduction.
u The flow of lecturette can be like introduction for the first 4-5 sentences followed by
main points on the topic. You may also mention the negative effects in an effective
manner, followed by a small example to support your lecturette.
u When you are delivering the lecturette, always look at the group members, make eye
contact and never look into the eyes of the GTO officer.
u Give a brief introduction about yourself in less than 30 seconds before starting the
topic. This can cover your name, educational qualifications, the place you are from.
u Try your best to maintain a smile throughout the process and have a relaxed body
language. Never make any unwanted hand gesture during your talk. Speak in an
audible and clear manner, but remember not to shout.
u Be straight forward in your points and do not beat around the bush which gives the
impression that you are not sure about what you are talking. This shows lack of
confidence in you.
u Plan your time for talking all your important points. Do not wait until the last second to
drag on the conclusion and also do not go over the given time limit.
u Dress in proper attire and be presentable, walk with your head held high. This shows
that you have a lot of confidence and is the key to help you to clear SSB interview.
Lecturette 187
SAMPLE LECTURETTE...
Some examples of Lecturette have been given for practice
Farmer’s Distress in India

Respected GTO sir and my dear friends. I have chosen to speak on ‘Farmer’s
Distress in India’ which is a very crucial topic to know for citizens of every
section of the society. My topic covers introduction, challenges faced by farmers
and initiatives to tackle the issue.
Farmer’s distress in India is a stark example of growing inequality, government’s
neglect and inefficiencies of farmer welfare schemes. The quantum of distress can
be measured by looking at the number of farmers committing suicide every year.
In the 21st century, everyone talks about IT, computers and industries but no one
really cares about agriculture and farmers. Agriculture gives livelihood to around
55% of Indian population but contributes to only 15% of the GDP. This clearly
shows that how badly we have neglected our agriculture. The result of this
neglect gets reflected in the marginalised condition of Indian small and marginal
farmers. This forced them to commit suicide or migrate.
Agriculture in India is called a gamble of monsoons. Above that agriculture to
remain profitable for farmers many more things are expected to fall in place.
Low produce results into less profit and producing more than demand also leads
to fall in general prices of farm produce.
While farmers who have access to irrigation are better placed, those who are in
rain fed and drought prone areas are most vulnerable. They occupy 60% of the
cultivated area, but contribute only 45% of total agricultural production. A single
crop failure due to drought, flood or similar reasons can collapse them.
It is highly unfortunate that in a country like India where approximately 70% of
the total population is directly or indirectly dependent on agriculture, the cases of
farmer suicides are increasing by the day. 11.2% of the total suicides in the
country are farmer suicides.
There are major challenges which are faced by farmers in India. Some of them
includes small agricultural land holdings, undersupply of HYV seeds, absence of
irrigation facilities, lack of mechanisation, minimum support prices crisis etc.
There are also problems with the current insurance schemes as farmers are not
aware of it. Very few farmers have heard of such schemes. Apart from this low
penetration of Financial Institutions also adds to the cause of poor insurance
coverage.
Other measures taken by the government like loan waiver of farmers is a populist
step, this will not improve the health of Indian agriculture and farmers. Despite
this the money should be used to improve the resillience of Indian agriculture by
providing good irrigation facilities in the rainfed areas.
Government has taken initiatives to tackle with this issue. Schemes like increasing
coverage of e-NAM (National Agriculture Market), higher allocation for long-
term irrigation fund, expansion in coverage of PMFBY (Pradhan Mantri Fasal
Bima Yojna) have been initiated but there is a need to do more for this problem.
Thank you
Right to Privacy
Respected GTO Sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on ‘Right to
Privacy’ which is one of the recent Fundamental Rights provided to us by the
Supreme Court of India. My topic covers introduction, Supreme court judgement
regarding the importance of right to privacy and conclusion.
Article-21 of the Constitution of India states that, “No person shall be deprived of
his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.”
The conception of Right to Privacy is extruded from this Article which otherwise
finds no mention in the Indian Constitution. Ironically this right is not against
physical restraints but is a right against psychological restraints or encroachment
of rights.
Privacy is basically a human right enjoyed by every human being by virtue of his
or her existence. It is basically to restrain government and private action that
threaten the privacy of individuals. However since the global surveillance of
2013, the right to privacy has been a subject matter of international debate.
In July, 2017, the Supreme Court of India refused simultaneous applications by
multiple agencies demanding relief from the Supreme Court’s interim order
limiting the use of Aadhaar pending the court’s final decision.
The court had asked the government to address the most basic questions in a
democracy governed by the law, “What are the privacy rights of its citizens; and
are they protected equally, with the same justice for the rich and the poor alike?”
The western world including the USA and UK have already recognised this as
fundamental right but in India it remains a matter of judicial interpretation.
India is ushering in a new era of digital economy and with this problems of ID
theft, fraud and misinterpretation have become real concerns. Identifying citizens
for providing various services, maintaining security and crime-related Surveillance
and performing governance functions, all involve the collection information.
In recent years, owing to technological developments and emerging
administrative challenges, several national programmes and schemes are being
implemented through information technology platforms, using computerised data
collected from citizens.
Lecturette 189
With more and more transactions being done over the Internet, such information
is vulnerable to theft and misuse. Therefore, it is imperative that any system of
data collection should factor in privacy risks and include procedures and systems
to protect citizen information.
There is pressing need for a constitutional definition and guarantee of the right to
individuality, personal liberty and privacy in this digital age.
The State must put a robust personal data protection mechanism in place with
strict laws for strengthing cyber security infrastructure. It should protect citizens
against surveillance.
There is a need for recognition of privacy as a fundamental freedom. This would
ensure essential deterrence against intrusion into personal space. Balance must be
maintained to protect privacy and to promote national interest.
The right to privacy should not be only limited against the State but also against
private corporations that collects citizen’s data.
Finally the government should recognise both the need for Aadhar and the need
for stringent rules concerning access and security of citizens biometric data in
order to preserve their privacy.
Thank you
Goods and Services Tax (GST) :

One Nation One Tax
Respected GTO sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on ‘Goods and
Service Tax’ which is a new tax reform in India. My topic covers introduction,
GST tax slabs, importance of GST for country and conclusion.
The Goods and Services Tax (GST) has revolutionised the Indian taxation
system. The GST Act was passed in the Lok Sabha on 29th March, 2017 and
came into effect from 1st July, 2017. It is regarded as the biggest indirect tax
reform in India after independence and expected that GST can increase GDP
growth rate in India by 0.5 to 1% in near future.
GST is a single tax on the supply of goods and services, right from the
manufacturer to the consumer. Credits of input taxes paid at each stage will be
available in the subsequent stage of value addition, which makes GST essentially
a tax only on value addition at each stage. The final consumer will thus bear only
the GST charged by the last dealer in the supply chain, with set-off benefits at all
the previous stages. In simple words, GST is an indirect tax levied on the supply
of goods and services. GST law has replaced many indirect tax laws that
previously existed in India.
GST was introduced by the 101th Constitutional Amendment Act, 2017,
following the passage of Constitution 122nd Amendment Act Bill. The GST is
governed by a GST Council and its Chairman is the Finance Minister of India. It
is to be noted that France was the first country to implement GST.
Under GST, goods and services are taxed at the following rates, 0%, 5%, 12%, 18%
and 28%. There is a special rate of 0.25% on rough precious and semi- precious
stones and 3% on gold. In addition a cess of 22% or other rates on top of 28%
GST applies on few items like aerated drinks, luxury cars and tobacco products.
Before GST, tax on tax was calculated and tax was paid by every purchaser
including the final consumer. The taxation on tax is called the Cascading Effect
of Taxes. GST avoids this cascading effect as tax is calcuated only on the value
added at each transfer ownership.
GST will improve the collection of taxes as well as boost the development of
Indian economy by removing the indirect tax barriers between states and
integrating the country through a uniform tax rate.
The benefits of GST are easy compliance, uniformity of tax rates and structures,
removal of cascading, improved competitiveness, gain to manufacturers and
exporters etc.
Thank you
Cashless India
Respected GTO Sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on ‘Cashless
India’, which is being debated quite seriously for the past one year. My topic
covers introduction, need for going cashless, steps undertaken, roadblocks and
conclusion.
Cashless India is a mission launched by the Government of India led by Prime
Minister Narendra Modi to reduce dependency of Indian economy on cash and
to stop the generation of black money in the economy. The country embarked
upon this transition to a cashless economy when the government took the
revolutionary step of demonetization of old currency notes of ` 500 and ` 1000
on November 08, 2016.
India is a cash rich country where more than 95 percent of the transactions are
done in cash. These cash transactions are a very big reason for generation of
huge amount of black money mainly in the sectors such as real estate, human
and drug trafficking, physical gold trading and big pocket buying like luxury cars
etc. Cash currency can be easily faked as well.
Cash transactions require high handling charges than digital transactions and
they are also very difficult to track which does not allow the government to
demand tax on transactions along with income tax. When people don’t pay
taxes and keeps the money with them then this process generates black money.
As a result the government is left with less money for social sector spending and
had to increase taxes. The burden of these taxes again lies on the poor. This
black money indirectly cause inflation as well.
It has been found that this black money is also used for funding terrorist
activities, Naxalism and other illegal activities. If the country can go cashless then
all the issues related can be dealt with more effectively .
Lecturette 191
In this direction government has taken many steps by launching apps and
mechanisms like BHIM, UPI, APES, USSD, decreasing duty on point of sale
machines, Lucky grahak yojna, decreasing charges on cashless transactions etc.
Government is also publicising the use of digital wallets through media and
advertisements.
However, the use cashless transaction has not achieved much success out of
major cities in the country. The major reasons are such as people find it easier to
use cash than digital money, lack of internet penetration, lack of digital literacy
among the masses and many shopkeepers still find it easy to trade in cash.
What India need is less use of cash so that the transactions can be tracked and the
government can increase its revenue by taxing. This increased revenue will be used
for the welfare of the people which is the biggest need of the country at this moment.
We all Indians as a responsible citizen can also take part in this process by
spreading awareness in our neighbourhood about the benefits of cashless
transactions So, that this chain will take India to new heights of prosperity.
Thank you
Criminalization of Politics in India

Respected GTO Sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on
‘criminalization of politics in India’ which is a growing menace for our country.
My topic covers introduction, the reasons for criminalization of politics, its
impacts and solution.
Politics is the concept which provides the manner and the rules to govern a state
and country. Its approch is to provide good governance. The persons who are
related to this field are known as politicians. They are supposed to be the persons
with all the qualities needed for the good governance. But the present scenario
has completely been changed. Now the people who are in the politics appear to be
the criminals. They have a number of criminal cases under trial against themselves.
Still they rule the state and the country. They are being elected as public
representatives for Assembly and Parliament. Whether they win or snatch victory
in elections no one can say. It seems that politics has become synonym for crime.
At present more than 30% of the MLAs and MPs in India are facing criminal
charges against them. It is not as if they have committed crimes after becoming
people’s representative but they were being elected as a criminal.
There are various reasons as in why criminals are being elected as our
representatives such as lack of strong laws against criminals standing in elections,
use of muscle and money power in politics to influence the voters, use of black
money in the elections, lack of awareness among the voters about the candidates,
more emphasis is given to the party than the candidates, less voter turnout which
is only close to 65% of the eligible voters, media also doesn’t cover the issues
related to criminals participating in elections, weak civil society presence, religion
and caste plays more important role than criminal background, populist promises
are made to fool the voters etc.
These criminal elements in the legislature hurt the democracy as a whole as they
does not efficiently take part in the debates and discussions on issues related to
public importance, they use legislature only to settle political scores. Presence of
criminals in legislature has also degraded the dignity of the legislatures as they
are the temples of democracy, criminal politicians mainly use religion and caste
for getting votes, they are also found to be involved in corruption cases. This
situation is giving way to crony capitalism in India which is very harmful for a
country like India where more than 30 crore population is still living below
poverty line.
India is in a dire need of taking out criminals from politics because for an
efficient governance people with clean image and character are required. For
doing this the Legislature, Election commission, Supreme Court and civil society
organisations can work in tandem.
We can take various measures for resolving this issue such as,there should be
strong laws against the entry of criminals in politics, fast track courts for criminal
cases against politicians, citizens should be made more aware of their candidates,
political parties should also prevent themselves from giving tickets to criminals,
state funding of elections can also be initiated to curb the use of money power,
model code of conduct can be enforced in a strong manner to stop the use of
caste and religion in politics.
All these measures can ensure that we should not be governed by criminal
elements and for rooting out this problem every citizen should remember that if
they don’t enter in politics than they should be ready to be governed by their
inferiors.
Thank you
Global Warming: A Menace for Planet Earth

Respected GTO Sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on ‘Global
warming: A menace for planet earth’. My topic covers introduction, causes of
global warming, its harmful effects, solution and conclusion.
Global warming refers to the increase in the average temperature of the Earth
mainly after the industrial revolution. In the technology driven era of the later
19th and 20th century, the use of fossil fuels, Chloroflourocarbons and chemical
fertilizers has increased by leaps and bounds along with deforestation. These
factors have led to the increase in the greenhouse gas emission such as carbon
dioxide, Methane, Sulphur hexafluoride, Nitrogen Oxide etc. These greenhouse
gases cause greenhouse effect by increasing the absorption of incoming solar
radiation on Earth. This increase in absorption has led to increase in the average
temperature of the Earth.
This increase in temperature of Earth is causing drastic changes in the overall
climate of the Earth which is popularly known as climate change. Global
warming is causing extreme events like melting of glaciers and ice caps, increase in
sea levels, increase in droughts, cyclones, floods, disease and pest outbreaks etc.
Lecturette 193
All these events are affecting life, livelihood and food security mainly in the
regions close to sea. Many countries are on the brink of drowning and people are
migrating to the inner areas. Other effects like increasing El-nino years,
monsoon failures etc. are also affecting lives of the people.
To counter the effects of global warming and climate change the world has come
forward with mechanisms such as UNFCCC (United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change), Kyoto protocol, Montreal protocol, green
Climate Fund, carbon credits, Paris climate deal etc. All these mechanisms are
directed towards decreasing the emission of green house gases.
The world at this crucial juncture need to follow the principles enshrined in the
latest Paris Climate Summit which aims at reducing green house gases in the
atmosphere. It has put the responsibility on all the nations according to their
capacity to reduce the emission of green house gases.
We really have to think that We Do Not Inherit the Earth from Our Ancestors;
We Borrow It from Our Children and to give this planet to our future generation
in a healthy condition twe should follow the principles of Sustainable
Development.
Thank you
Role of Media in a Democracy

Respected GTO sir and my dear friends, I have chosen to speak on ‘Role of
Media in a Democracy’ which is very important topic to know, for every citizen
of India which is a democratic country. My topic covers introduction to the
democracy and media, role of media, its jurisdiction and functions and conclusion.
Coming to the introduction, democracy means “a system of government in which
all the people of a country can vote to elect their representatives”. Media came
into existence in 1780 with the introduction of a newspaper namely ‘The Bengal
Gazette’ and since then, it has matured leaps and bounds. It has been playing a
very important role in shaping human minds. Media plays a crucial role in
shaping a healthy democracy. It is the backbone of a democracy. Media makes
us aware of various social, political and economical activities happening around
the world. It is like a mirror, which shows us or strives, to show us the bare truth
and harsh realities of life.
The media has undoubtedly evolved and become more active over the years. It is
the media only who reminds politicians about their unfulfilled promises at the
time of elections. TV news channel’s excessive coverage during elections helps
people, especially illiterates in electing the right person to the power. This
reminder compels politicians to be upto their promises in order to remain in
power. Television and radio have made a significant achievement in educating
rural illiterate masses in making them aware of all the events in their language.
Coverage of exploitative malpractices of village heads and moneylenders has
helped in taking stringent actions against them by attracting government’s
attention.
The media also exposes loopholes in the democratic system, which ultimately
helps government in filling the vacuums of loopholes and making a system more
accountable, responsive and citizen-friendly. A democracy without media is like a
vehicle without wheels. In the age of information technology, we are bombarded
with information.
We get the pulse of the world events with just a click of a mouse. The flow of
information has increased manifolds. The perfect blend of technology and
human resources (journalist) has not left a single stone unturned in unearthing
rampant corruption in politics and society. Thanks to technology that has
brought a kind of revolution in journalism.
The impact of media is really noteworthy. Excessive coverage or hype of
sensitive news has led to communal riots at times. The illiterates are more prone
to provocations than the literates. Constant repetition of the news, especially
sensational news breeds apathy and insensitivity. For instance, the news related
to braid cuttings in Rajasthan and Haryana created a hawk in the Northern India
mainly by the anti-social elements.
Media should take utmost care in airing or publishing such sensational news.
Commercialisation has created a stiff competition in media. In order to outdo,
each other print media has often gone one step further in publishing articles,
cover stories etc. Media experts say this is one of the means of attracting readers
who are glued to TV news channels, which have cropped up swiftly in the recent
past and they believe, this is a cheap form of journalism.
No one is perfect in this world and so is the media. Here, I am not degrading the
media, rather I would say there is still a lot of scope for improvement by which
media can raise up to the aspirations of the people for which it is meant. I cannot
think of a democracy without an active and neutral media.
Media is like a watchdog in a democracy that keeps government active. From
being just an informer, it has become an integral part of our daily lives. With the
passage of time, it has become a more matured and a more responsible entity.
The present media revolution has helped people in making an informed
decisions and this has led to beginning of a new era in a democracy.
Thank you
List of Topics for Lecturette

A list of different topics categorised as high, average and low level topics are
given below :
High Level Topics

Terrorism in 21st century
BRICS: A Growing organisation
Beef Ban: A necessity or political propaganda
Artificial intelligence: Machines becoming Humans

Lecturette 195
Electoral reforms in India

Uniform Civil Code
River Water Disputes in India
Kashmir: a state in crisis
Women empowerment
Caste politics: Not more than vote bank politics
Naxalism: An unending problem
Triple Talaq: Religious necessity or gender discrimination
Aadhar card: can it replace all identity proofs
Political Parties under RTI
Why we need Lokpal
Bharat Standard Norms: solution to pollution?
India’s tilt towards USA
Clean India: a dream or possibility
Increasing drug abuse in Children
Banking NPAs : A growing Menace
Indian sports: Why a population of 1 billion could not get one gold at
Olympics
Corruption: Why still persistent in India
Parliament: temple of democracy or A place of no work
Demographic dividend: will India Achieve this
Low Level Topics
Your First Day of College Life Dog: Man’s Best Friend
Students Union Yoga
Cinema Computer
Internet Favourite Pass time
Mobile Phones E-mail
Best Friend United we Stand, Divided we Fall
Philanthropy Smoking
Pure Drinking Water Government School
Call Centre Family Planning
Stray Cattle Menace My Hobby
Bollywood Celebrities and Criminal Charges
Challenges in Life
18
Individual
Obstacles (IO)
As the name suggests, in this task every obstacle is tackled by the candidates
individually. This is a set of individual tasks which checks your minimum
physical capabilities. These tasks are very basic and do not need any specific
physical training. There are total 10 obstacles which you have to complete in 3
minutes. Mark to every obstacle is different. You have liberty to attempt
obstacles in your own order. These obstacles carry a total of 55 marks. Obstacles
are in an ascending or progressive order, as much as one goes further, the
obstacles become more difficult. After completing all the obstacles within the
time limit, you can re-attempt the obstacles to gain bonus marks.
Objectives of Individual Obstacles

Through this task, GTO assess the following qualities in the candidates :
Physical and mental toughness of the candidates
Boldness Courage
Determination Agility
Confidence Risk taking ability
Rules and Procedure

Following are the rules which the candidates have to follow :
1. Firstly, GTO will take the candidates around and show them the obstacles
and explain the rules.
2. To start the task, GTO will blow a whistle and after 2 minutes and 30
seconds, he will blow another whistle. That means, next candidate should be
ready for the task.
3. You cannot continue after the final whistle.
4. There are total 10 obstacles and you have 3 minutes to complete it.
5. You cannot repeat any obstacle unless you complete all the obstacles.
6. Once you complete all the obstacles before time, then you are at liberty to
repeat as you can add to your score.
7. You are not supposed to see the obstacles when someone else is doing it.
Individual Obstacles (IO) 197
Types of Obstacles
1. Single Ramp In this obstacle, there is a
standing plank upto a height of 3 ft at one end.
You should come running from some distance
and run over the ramp and jump on to the sand
pit.
2. Jump Over Barbed Wires There are two
barrels placed one after another. You have to
take a long jump and cross over them. Barrels
are lengthwise buried on the ground with
concertina coil on top across. While jumping
over them, you should not touch the barrels.
For the lady candidates, a single barrel is placed
adjacent to the double barrel. They are
expected to jump over the single barrel.
3. Walking Over a Zig-Zag Beam In this obstacle, there are 2 to 3 wooden
beams placed in a zig-zag manner in a sequence at a height of about 3 ft. You
have to climb from one side and cross over and jump on the other side
without falling in between.
4. Screen Jump There is a ramp just like in the first

obstacle and from 2 ft away, a screen about 4 ft in
height is suspended. You have to come running
from a distance, run over the ramp and jump over
the screen without touching it.
5. Walking Over the Parallel Ropes It consists of two fixed parallel ropes
at a height of around 12 to 15 ft above the ground. Both sides have two
ladders : wooden ladder and rope ladder. Use wooden ladder to go up and
slide your hands on the top rope and slide your feet on the lower rope.
After crossing the distance, you can either use wooden ladder or rope
ladder to come down. It is very important to keep in mind that unless you
have practiced rope climbing earlier, do not use rope to go up because it
will swing. Do not look down while moving forward instead, look straight.
6. Tarzan Swing In this obstacle, there is a wooden platform with a ladder at

about 8 ft height and at some distance, there is a rope hanging from the top.
Once you climb the platform, rope is handed over to you by the grounds
man. You should hold the rope tight and as high as possible. Then you
have to take a swing and land beyond a particular point without touching
the ground. While swinging, you should fold both your legs upward, this
way your leg will not touch the ground.
7. Double Platform Jump In this obstacle, there are two wooden platforms
one is about 8 ft in height and other is about 5 ft. You have to climb on the
first platform with the help of ladder or bar, then jump on the shorter
platform and finally jump on the ground where there is a pit dug. Always
try to land on your toes. This will help you maintain your balance in
landing.
8. Double Ditch In this obstacle, there are two ditches out of which the first
is 8 ft long and the second is 5 ft long. Two ditches have a flat surface in
between and a rope is hanging on the middle of longer ditch. You have to
come running from some distance, take a jump, hold the rope and swing,
land on flat surface in between the ditches. Again take another jump and
cross the shorter ditch.
9. Commando Walk In this obstacle, there is a raised platform which is

about 10 ft in height, 1 ft in width and 10 ft long. There is also a victory
stand placed in between the platform. You have to climb on the platform
using ladder. Walk on the path and come down from the other side. Do not
look down while walking on the platform.
10. Tiger Leap In this obstacle, there is a wooden platform with a ladder
which is upto the height of about 10 ft. At some distance, there is a rope
hanging in front of you. You have to go up to the platform, take a leap and
hold the rope and come down. Do not slide your hand on the rope, it will
scratch your palm and fingers instead come down slowly.
Important Points to be Kept in Mind

u It is better for you to come prepared. So, before coming for SSB interview, practice
running and some physical exercise.
u You do not have to proceed in a serial wise manner. So make a start from that obstacle
which is nearer to you and have maximum mark.
u Listen to the guidelines carefully.
u Do not break any rule.
u If you have to jump from a height, never jump on one foot, feet should always be
together and toes should touch the ground first.
u Decide a good plan to overcome the obstacles while GTO is explaining the rule.
u If you fail to tackle an obstacle, do not waste much time to clear it, try next one and
after completing all the other obstacles, try again if you have time.
u Run fast between the obstacles.
u Repeat the obstacles only when all the obstacles are completed successfully.
u While negotiating the obstacles, neither show any kind of hesitation nor stop for a
moment before any obstacle.
u In case, you get a small cut or an injury, do not get worried and continue. After the
completion, you will get first aid.
19
Command Task (CT)
This is generally conducted on Day-4 of GTO and is very much similar to
Progressive Group Task and Half Group Task. The difference is that, in the
command task, each candidate is given the opportunity to be a leader of a group
and he is required to command his group in carrying out a given task. Here, only
one task has to be completed. Here, the candidate is the leader and he should
choose 2 or 3 candidates from his group as his subordinates. The purpose of
command task is to evaluate the commanding ability of the candidate. In this
task, the GTO explains the problem only to the commander and not to the other
member of the group.
Objectives of Command Task

The main aim of the command task is to assess the overall personality of the
candidates, for which GTO looks for the following aspects in the candidates :
To evaluate the candidate’s ability as a leader and how he controls and
commands the group.
Command Task (CT) 203
Candidate’s ability to take quick decision.

Candidate’s ability to find multiple solutions of the problem.
Candidate’s ability to try new ideas and take initiatives.
Candidate’s ability to influence the group and how well he knows his team
member individually.
To check if the candidate is capable of using right person at right place as per
the ability of his members.
To check if the candidate is capable of delivering his plans and thoughts to his
subordinates in an effective way and same as that of the GTO.
To check if the commander is able to encourage his men whenever required.
Rules and Procedure

Following are the rules that candidates have to follow :
Every member of the group will be selected one by one by the GTO to act as a
leader.
When you will be selected as a leader, GTO will take you to the location
where the task is to be carried out.
GTO will clearly explain the task to you and in between, he will have some
chatting with you just like an informal interview.
You have to choose 3 members from the group who will help you in
completing the task.
You, as a leader, will explain the task to your subordinates and tell them what
is the requirement and what is your plan to tackle the obstacle.
Team members should not interfere with or give their own suggestions as the
responsibility of doing the task is that of the leader.
You will get 10 to 15 minutes to complete the task.
Colour Rule
White — can be used in bound for the candidates and helping materials.
Red — used as out of bound for the candidates and helping materials.
Blue/Yellow/Green — used as inbound for the candidates but out bound for
helping materials.
Black — no significance
Rigidity Rule
supporting materials can be tied together for making an extension. e.g. if you
Distance Rule
In the obstacles, it will be seen, that neither you are touching the ground, nor the
helping material should touch the ground. You have to utilise the permanent
candidates are allowed to jump distances upto a maximum of 4 ft in length or
height but distances exceeding 4 ft have to be crossed only with the help of
Rule of Infinity
Do‘s and Don‘ts for Command Task

Do’s
u Leader should listen to the instructions of the GTO carefully.
u Do observe your companions carefully during all the previous group task, so that you
could select the correct person as your subordinates.
u You should allot duties to each member according to their strength.
u Explain the requirement of the task to your group member very clearly, quickly and
confidently.
u If any of your subordinate breaks the rule, then you should repeat the task from
starting.
u After explaining the tasks, ask the team members about the doubt, if any.
u As a leader, you have to supervise the working of the group. You must ensure that
every member of the group participates in the task.
u As a subordinate, you are also under observation. So, obey all the orders given by your
leader.
u In some cases, if your plan is executed very quickly then the GTO may impose extra
situations to you, just to check your ability to perform under stress conditions.
u Always use chest number of your team member to communicate with them.
u After completion of the task, never forget to thank your team members.
Don’ts
u Try to avoid asking ideas from the subordinates. Since in this scenario, you are the
leader.
u Also, if you were in a position of subordinate don’t talk or give ideas to the commander
unless the GTO tells you to do so.
u Do not lecture your team members and neither shout nor use any harsh words for
them.
u As a subordinate, do not give suggestions to your leader and do not speak to the leader
until he speaks to you.
Command Task (CT) 205
Illustration of Command Task

Men and material used by the group are as follow :
A group of 4 candidates (Besides you chest number 2, 3 and 4).
Wooden ladder 4 ft long (Black part of the ladder can touch the ground).
One rope about 12 ft long.
A balli, 6 ft long.
A load like an empty drum or a sand bag.
Requirement
You have to cross the obstacle with men and material from the start line to the
finish line and do not break any rule.
Structure
Finish line
5 ft
C2
B1
5 ft
8 ft
D
Pole (P)
8 ft
C1 7 ft
Ladder 4 ft
Start line
Solution
1. First, you should tell your plans to your subordinates and assign them their
respective roles. It should be done in a clear and confident manner.
2. Connect the ladder with pole P. Send chest number 2 and 3 alongwith rope
to pole.
3. Give them balli, which they connect with B1. Send chest number 2 to B1.
4. Order chest number 3 to tie rope with upper part of the ladder.
5. Send chest number 4 alongwith load to pole P. Send chest number 3 to B1.
6. Now you go to the pole P. Send chest number 4 alongwith load to B1.
7. You too go to B1, now pull back balli and connect it with finish line.
8. Send chest number 2 and 3 to finish line. Pull back the ladder with the help
of rope which is tied with it.
9. Finally, you and chest number 4 go to finish line alongwith ladder and
rope.
20
Final Group
Task (FGT)
This is the final task in the group task categories. It is the last chance for the
candidates to show up their qualities. In fact, final group task can be a deciding
factor in the case of certain marginal candidates who have not been able to put in
their very best so far.
This test is same as the Progressive Group Task (PGT) and Half Group Task
(HGT) but the difference is that in the previous two, you had to cross many
obstacles but in this final test, you will have to cross only one. For this task, you
will again be brought back in the group of 8 to 10 candidates. There is again an
obstacle which is an area bounded by the parallel lines called the start line and
finish line. The ground between the two lines is out of bound for both man and
material. In this, out of bound area, some structures are present and you have to
use that to go from the start line to the finish line with all the men and supporting
material.
Objectives of FGT
In this task, GTO confirms his findings about each candidate, so each candidate
should try his best to show his qualities which he may not have been able to
show earlier. The main aim of the final group task is to neutralise the error, if
any, and also remove the doubts of GTO about any of the candidates. For that,
GTO takes a final look at the candidates to make a fair and correct judgement of
the capabilities of each candidate.
The personality traits which GTO looks for is the same as PGT and HGT.
Through this task GTO assesses the following qualities in the candidates :
Team spirit Physical and mental stamina
Planning and organising ability Confidence level
Cooperation Leadership qualities
Reasoning ability Power of expression
Social adaptability
Final Group Task (FGT) 207
Rules and Procedure

This task is very much same as the PGT and HGT, so the rules and procedures
are also the same like the other group tasks, therefore the GTO will tell you the
instructions in brief. He will tell that about requirements and also supporting
materials like plank, rope, balli will assist the candidates in the solutions of
problem.
Following are the rules which candidates have to follow :
In the Final Group Task, only one obstacle is to be tackled for which generally
15 to 20 minutes are allotted.
Candidates have to carry a load like a sand bag or an empty drum from the
start line to the finish line with the help of supporting materials like plank, rope
and balli.
Various structures available in the out of bounds area are bench-shaped
structures, goal post, raised platforms, cross-shaped structures, T-shaped
structures.
In the end, GTO will address to the doubts you have but once the task started,
you are not allowed to ask any question.
Colour Rule
Red & White The area painted is red colour between start line and finish line is out
of bound for both man and material. Structures that are painted in white can be
used by individuals as the supporting materials.
Blue/Black There may be a blue/black colour also apart from red and white.
Structures painted in the blue/black colour can be utilised only by the candidates
and not to be utilised to keep load or supporting material.
If a candidate touches any out of bound area, he gets disqualified and requires to
restart from the point where the rule was broken.
Rigidity Rule
No two rigid supporting materials can be tied together for making an extension.
e.g. if you have a plank and a balli, you are not supposed to tie them together to
increase the length. However, you can keep one on the top of the other and use
it.
Distance Rule
The candidates are allowed to jump distances upto a maximum of 4 ft in length
or height, but distances exceeding 4 ft have to be crossed only with the help of
Rule of Infinity
Principles for Tackling Obstacles

1. The given obstacle has atleast 2-3 solutions. So, always look for the best
possible solution.
2. To find the best solution, look at the structures as well as supporting
material then only you will have an idea which route to take.
3. The planks can be used as a bridge or lever with the rope tied at one end
and supported on a drum.
5. Use plank and balli as cantilever beam whenever required.
6. Tie the plank on the bench-shaped structure with the help of rope.
7. If required, the rope can be used to serve as a ladder.
8. Make a swing with the rope using the goal post.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for FGT

Do’s
u This is the last group task, so put your best efforts and try to take lead in the task.
u Start with a sound planning and explain it to the group. Tell them how they are going to
execute that.
u Try to help especially weaker members of your group to carry the supporting material.
u Be enthusiastic and encourage your team members.
u Be an active participant in the team by giving your full cooperation.
u Be positive in your views i.e. take consideration about other members, ideas if it is
better than yours.
Don’ts
u Do not rely on your previous performances and must put whole-hearted efforts to leave
an effective and lasting impression on the GTO.
u If you are running out of time, remain cool and composed. Never shout or use harsh
words against any of your team members.
u Never look at the GTO while doing the tasks.
u Never violate the rules because, it is the basic of GTO tasks and in case, you violate the
rule, just repeat the task.
Final Group Task (FGT) 209
Illustration of Final Group Task

A group of 8 candidates. Wooden plank, 6 ft long.
Two ropes each about 12 ft long. Balli, 6 ft long.
An ammunition box or a sand bag.
Requirement
You have to cross the obstacle with men and material from start line to finish line
and do not break any rule.
Structure
Finish line
3 ft
HT
B2
B1
5 ft
8 ft
CB
Y
5 ft
4 ft
Start line
Solution
First, make a bridge between start line and Y-shaped structure with the use of
plank. Two candidates will go there and make a bridge between Y and fixed
bench B1.
From B1, try to catch hanging tyre HT with the help of rope. HT can swing in
any direction. Make a swing and reach to fixed drum D.
All the candidates will follow the same route. Last 2 candidates will carry the
load.
After reaching point D, make a bridge between D and finish line and go to the
finish line.
Do not forget to tie the rope with plank in the initial stage, it will help you to
pull the plank back.
21
Conference Day
Conference that is held on the final day of your stay in SSB. It is an event in
which generally 10 to 12 members are present which include the President, the
Vice-President, all the GTOs, technical officer and psychologist and you will be
there with them.
All the officers are present in their full uniform and the environment of the
conference is very formal. They asked you some questions which are very
general in nature. Before the conference, you will be briefed about the procedure
of it.
Objectives of Conference
The basic objective of the conference is to reach on a consensus about particular
candidates. It may be possible that some assessor cleared you and some did not.
In that case, some situation based questions asked to you which are related to
that test or quality in which you are lacking. So, they discuss your positive points
as well as your weaknesses and finally reach on a consensus. Every candidate’s
performance is discussed before his arrival to conference room.
Process of Conference
Following are the steps which candidates have to follow :
1. First, all the candidates go and wait in the waiting room outside the
conference room.
2. Each candidate is called into the conference room one by one.
3. In the conference room, there is a single chair placed at the opposite end of
the front table.
4. You will be required to sit on this chair in full view of everyone.
5. Generally, the person who interviewed you, speak to you.
6. Conference is a process of not more than 5 to 10 minutes.
7. They will ask you some questions which are very general in nature.
Conference Day 211
Here are some examples :

How was your stay in SSB centre?
Any difficulties you do you have faced during your stay here?
Whether you liked the food or not?
Are you satisfied with your performance?
How many friends you make?
Have you visited the place around?
Which test you enjoyed the most?
Did you like the city?
Do you want to make any suggestion?
Layout of Conference
Layout of conference shown in figure below
President Vice-President
P
S
Y
C
H
O G
L T
O O
G S
I
S T
T
S E
A
M
T
E
A
M
Candidate
Importance of holding a final board conference

(i) It provides an apportunity to all assessors to have a final joint look at the
candidate.
(ii) It gives an opportunity to discuss salient points about the candidate’s
personality.
(iii) It helps in reaching a consensus regarding candidate’s suitability.
(iv) It acts as a forum to resolve any doubts about personality profile of the
candidate.
(v) It provides an opportunity to probe into grey areas of the candidate and
also to award conference marks to the candidate based on his performance.
Do‘s and Don‘ts for Conference Day

Do’s
u Reach to conference venue before time. Have breakfast before going there.
u On the Conference Day, wear a clean and well ironed formal dress. Boys should shave
properly and comb your hair well.
u When your turn comes, go and knock the door, enter with confidence and sit after
permission.
u Wish all the members of the board immediately after your entry.
u Always keep a smiling face and look straight into the eyes of the person who is
speaking to you.
u Answer all the questions very gently and try to avoid any contradiction in your
answers.
u While leaving, wish everyone ‘Good Day’.
Don’ts
u Do not complain about anything.
u Do not ask any question from your side.
u It is obvious for you to feel little nervous but do not lose your confidence. In case, it goes
on longer don’t show panic signs.
u Do not commit any untoward activity to attract their attention.
u Be composed and cool. Do not shake your legs.
Announcement of the Result

After the conference, you will go for lunch and will come back with your bags
packed. You all will be gathered in a room. Technical officer will thank you for
coming there and being very gentle and will say if you can’t make this time, do
come next time.
After that, the chest number of the successful candidates will be announced.
Those who are selected stay therefor the medical examinations which last for 3 to
5 days. And rest will be asked to board the bus which will drop them to the
railway station.
PABT and CPSS 215
22
PABT and CPSS
Pilot Aptitude Battery Test (PABT)
Pilot Aptitude Battery Test (PABT) is an aptitude test designed and conducted for
all those candidates who aspire and apply for a flying career in the Air Force.
The main aim is to assess a candidate’s aptitude to be trained as a pilot and test
the mental alertness, judgement power, presence of mind and self-confidence of
the candidate. It checks whether a prospective candidate has proper control over
his nerves while he is flying an aircraft. The test is conducted by any one of the
Air Force Selection Boards.
Earlier PABT was not conducted for the procedure of recruitment to the army.
But due to frequently occuring crashes made the realisation that military pilot
should have the presence of mind and should be capable of withstanding mental
and physical strains at the odd time. Thus, PABT emerged.
Following points should be kept in mind while at PABT Test :
How attentively you listen to a session and how you answer the simple
questions that follow?
What amount of focus you have in attempting questions correctly while
keeping the wrong ones as low as possible?
Do you have a keen interest in knowing about an aircraft?
Need for Conducting PABT

It was discovered during the Second World War that the selected pilots of the Air
Force always did not possess the aptitude for a flying job. As a result often
aircrafts crashed and met with accidents. This frequent mishappenings led to the
introduction of a strategic and scientific PABT test. This PABT test is governed
by the natural ability and qualities of the candidate, no special coaching is
required to clear this test.
Way of Conducting PABT

The test is carried out in two phases namely :
1. Written Test or Instrument Battery Test
2. Machine Test
1. Written Test or Instrument Battery Test
The written test is conducted to determine whether the candidate has the ability
to monitor a number of instruments at one time and quickly interpret and extract
the required information.
It consists of two parts :
I. Apparatus Reading Test II. Plane Position Test
I. Apparatus Reading Test
The aim of this test is to find the ability of the candidate to read different
instruments in short span of time. The images of different instruments with
different readings are given. 60 questions are given to attempted in only
20 minutes. About six measuring instruments of an aeroplane are shown and
explained to the candidates. Following are the measuring instruments :
Following are the measuring instruments :
(i) Magnetic Compass : This instrument is used to
determine the direction in which the aircraft is
travelling towards. It consists of a sharp needle
which always points out to the North. The compass
has 8 directions i.e. North, South, East, West,
North-East, North-West, South-East and South-West.
There are 90 degrees between each direction starting
at magnetic North or zero degrees. It is important to
understand that the magnetic compass is accurate only while the aircraft is
flying wings-level in steady state, non-accelerated flight.
PABT and CPSS 217
(ii) Altimeter : This instrument indicates the Altitude

or the height of the aircraft above the ground. It has
markings from 0 to 9 calibrated in feet. There are
three needles in this. The smaller one indicates the
height in 10000 of feet, middle needle indicates the
height in 1000 of feet and the larger one indicates
the height in 100 of feet. All these needles move in
clock wise direction. The accuracy of the altimeter in
the plane is very important for its safe flying.
(iii) Artificial Horizon or Altitude Indicator : The
artificial horizon or the altitude indicator shows the
aircraft’s relation to the horizon. From this the pilot
can tell if the aircraft is climbing, descending, turning
or straight and level. It gives a direct indication of
changes to pitch attitude. It is measured from 0 to 90
degree left and 0 to 90 degree to the right, the
instrument is meant to depict the sky (usually blue in
colour) and the ground (typically brown), with a miniature airplane
positioned on the artificial horizon (a white line) in level flight.
(iv) Air speed indicator : This instrument provides the
speed of the air which is a vital parameter for flying
operation. The speed is measured in miles per hour or
kilometres per hour or in knots. It has a dial and a
needle. The needle moves clockwise as the speed
increases and it indicates the speed of the aircraft.
Airspeed indicators are colour coded so the pilot can
easily identify ranges such as the normal operating range, flap oerating
range and caution range. Minimum and maximum speeds, as well as other
important speeds are marked as well.
(v) Climb and Descent indicator (Vertical
Speedometer) : It depicts the rate of the aircraft’s
climb or descent. In level flight, the indicator needle
points to ‘O’ feet. When the needle goes up, it means
that the aircraft is climbing. Similarly, if the needle goes
down, it implies that the aircraft is diving.
(vi) Turn or Back indicator : From turn or back
indicator, the Pilot can find out whether the aircraft is
turning left or right. If the plane is turning left, the black
ball remain in the centre and the white needle will
move to the left. It means the white needle will
invariably move to the direction opposite to which the
aircraft is turning.
II. Plane Position Test

In this test, the candidates are explained about the various positions in which the
plane travels and the regions of the plane that are visible from the front when it is
travelling in these positions.
Rules to find directions :
(i) If you see the nose of the plane, the plane is coming towards you then it is
moving towards south.
(ii) If you see the black dot of the plane, the plane is going away from you and
it is moving towards north.
(iii) If you see the plane moving in such a way that the nose is to your right and
tail to your left, then it is moving towards east.
(iv) If you see the plane moving in such a way that the nose is to your left and
tail to your right, then it is moving towards West.
Ascent/Descent identification for East-West movement :
(v) If the nose is at a lower horizontal level than the tail, than the plane is
surely losing height or descending.
(vi) If the nose is at a higher horizontal level than the tail, than the plane is
surely gaining height or ascending.
Ascent/Descent identification for North movement : (When you see the black dot
or the tail)
(vii) It you see the belly of the plane, then the plane is losing height.
(viii) If you see the top portion of the plane then the plane is gaining height.
Ascent/Descent identification for South movement : (when you see the nose) :
(ix) If you see the belly of the plane, than the plane is gaining height.
(x) If you see the top of the plane, than it is losing height.
Note Only those who qualify the Written Test are eligible to give the Machine Test.
2. Machine Test
This test aims at judging the reflexive capabilities of a candidate in response to
the external stimuli. In this test, the locomotive and sensory abilities of the
candidates are put to examination; both the tests are conducted to note down the
eye-ear-hand-feet coordination of the candidate.
Thus, candidate can score well, can grasp the maximum in the shortest time and
also apply the same within the short time duration. In each test, the candidate is
given three chances to come up with good scores. The best score is counted
of all the three. Each turn is of 90 seconds in test 1 and 60 seconds in test 2.
PABT and CPSS 219
It comprised of two test as given below :

1. Light Control Test
In this test, the candidate is made to sit infront of a CRT monitor. The cathode
ray tube is a vacuum tube containing one or more electron guns and a
fluorescent screen used to view images. In this test, a spot of light (ball) is to be
maintained in the centre of two cocentric squares.
The spot of light, if left, moves across randomly all over the screen. Also, there
are two lights, yellow and red which come up in the top left and top right corners
of the screen intermittently. The candidate is asked to fly along the chartered
path keeping the light which represents the aircraft on the monitor, on the
chartered path.
The devices needed to control the spot are as follows :

Hand Operated Stick This stick controls the movement of the stick in up and
down direction. It is of the shape of the gear-changer in cars.
Foot Pedals The operation of the pedals moves the spot of light (ball) to right
or left.
Light Lever A hand lever is provided which when moved forward puts off
red light and when backward puts off yellow light.
Beep Button A button on the top of the stick is used for putting off the beep
sound in the head–phones.
Hence, the candidate has to keep the spot of light in the centre of the square and
the red/white lights off. The spot of light and the distraction lights are electrically
operated by the testing officer. The errors of jugement/delays are recorded
automatically. A total of three chances are given to a candidate counting his best
score for judgement of his aptitude.
2. Control Velocity Test or Drum Test

In this test, control/motor skills of the candidate are tested.
A spot of light (red) is to be superimposed on a series of
yellow lights running on the screen from top to bottom.
Whenever, there is a successful superimposing, there is a
small beep in the head phone. The more times you
succeed in superimposing the red ball on the yellow balls,
the more points you get. A candidate will get three
chances of length of 60 seconds each in this test.
In this test, candidates are required to maintain flight
under normal and also in turbulent weather conditions like
when the velocity of the wind disturbs the flight trajectory
and even if the wind causes the flight to lose height
suddenly. Thus, these tests are conducted to know the
aptitude of the candidates in controlling the flight at
different weather conditions.
Computerised Pilot Selection System (CPSS)

Computerized Pilot Selection System (CPSS) test is now in full effect and has
replaced the well-known PABT test to select the best candidates for Indian Air
Force flying branch that was in use for decades. The new system will be used to
screen pilots for all flying branches of IAF, Army, Navy and the Coast Guard.
CPSS is an intelligent tool for pilot aptitude testing in consonance with the
advanced IAF Aircrafts like Su-30, Tejas etc. An integrated new age
Computerised Pilot Selection System (CPSS) has been developed by Defence
Institute of Psychological Research (DIPR), Delhi and Aeronautical Development
Establishment (ADE), Bengaluru, in coordination with the Indian Air Force.
CPSS test is the brainchild of APJ Abdul Kalam, he advised for CPSS when he
was scientific adviser of the Prime Minister in 1997. Mr. Kalam suggested to
develop an intelligent tool for pilot aptitude test in consonance with the advanced
IAF aircrafts. It also aims at addressing the alarming rate of flying accidents
attributed to pilot error in IAF, CPSS was intended to address the IAF’s long-
standing demand for a scientific selection system on par with advanced nations,
which can screen pilot aspirants to meet the demands of the latest aircraft. DIPR
has developed the Application Software for Cognitive and Psychomotor Tests
while ADE has developed the Customised Hardware for the System.
Need of CPSS
The existing pilot selection system i.e. PABT focuses on the few aspects of
psychomotor skills of the future pilot, which emphasizes on the eye-hand-leg
coordination that was adequate for the old generation aircraft. With the addition
and advancement of avionics and weapon delivery systems, handling
emergencies and combat operations make severe demands on the pilots.
PABT and CPSS 221
Thus, it became important to look for a new paradigm in pilot selection system to
select future generation combat pilots by evaluating the candidates’ psychomotor
skills along with cognitive information processing skills. CPSS places special
emphasis on psychomotor skills and cognitive abilities of aspirants. It ensures
objectivity in results.
Only one Chance in CPSS Test

Like the PABT test, candidate will get only one chance to clear the CPSS
test. Once failed, the test can not be taken again and the candidate can
never be eligible for flying in the armed forces (Air force, army, navy or
coast gaurd). Aspirants will get only one chance to take the test under
the CPSS.
The test software with psychomotor and cognitive tests comprehensively
evaluates the qualities required for the military pilots such as
psychomotor skills, information processing skills (speed and accuracy),
coordination, visualisation, time-sharing, etc by subjecting the
candidates to perform concurrent multiple tasks.
Phases of CPSS
Computerised Pilot Selection System (CPSS) has two phases :
PH SE The first phase will be a MCQ test. The candidate will be given instructions to
1 read 6 kind of dials present in an aircraft. On the basis of that there will be a
number of MCQ tests which include dial reading questions along with IQ,
pattern matching, basic maths, tests (around 15 small quizzes in total). It is
fairly simple test and anyone with basic school level physics knowledge will
clear it.
PH SE After the 1st test the candidate will be made to sit in a CPSS machine which is
2 like a cockpit with a joystick, pedals and a lever (like in an aircraft) with a
screen in front of the candidate. He will be made to play a number of games
similar to a video game with joystick and have to get a certain score in all
games combined to clear this test. Anyone who drives or has played
videogames can clear this one easily. The candidate just need hand-leg
coordination. Only 3 chances are given in each game and the best score is
taken out of the 3, so if a candiadate is not able to do well in the 1st attempt, he
can make up for it in the other 2 attempts.
The CPSS test is simple. Elaborate instructions are given before
commencement of both these tests so there will be no confusion. Candidate
should focus more on SSB part as that is the main challenge.
INDIAN DEFENCE...
India’s rapidly growing economy, strategic location and relative size in the
region brings India into the sphere of world’s geopolitics. Indians have
increasingly become drivers of global growth and prosperity.
Therefore, a strong defence force is indispensable for growth, stability
and peace. India has committed to prepare its level of defence
preparedness to defend all types of threat both conventional as well as
unconventional.
The President of India is the supreme commander of all the three Armed
Forces namely, Indian Army, Indian Navy and Indian Air Force. However,
the responsibility for national defence rests with the Cabinet.
The Raksha Mantri (Defence Minister) is responsible to Parliament for all
matters related to defence of the country. Administrative and operational
control of the Armed forces is exercised by the Ministry of Defence and the
three services’ headquarters.
Commissioned Ranks in Armed Forces

The following table shows the commissioned ranks in the three
Armed services. Each rank is shown opposite to its equivalent in the other
service.
Army Navy Air Force
General Admiral Air Chief Marshal
Lieutenant General Vice Admiral Air Marshal
Major General Rear Admiral Air Vice-Marshal
Brigadier Commodore Air Commodore
Colonel Captain Group Captain
Lieutenant Colonel Commander Wing Commander
Major Lieutenant Commander Squadron Leader
Captain Lieutenant Flight Lieutenant
Lieutenant Sub-Lieutenant Flying Officer
Indian Army 225
23
Indian Army
Indian Army is the world’s largest standing volunteer army and world’s third
largest standing army following China and USA according to the International
Institute of Strategic Studies. Its strength includes 1220010 active personnel and
990960 reserve personnel.
Logo of Indian Army
It is headquartered at New Delhi, under the overall command, control and

administration of the Chief of Army Staff (COAS). The primary responsibility of
army is to safeguard territorial integrity of the nation and ensure defence of the
republic of India from external aggression, threats and to maintain peace and
security within its borders. In addition, it also conducts humanitarian rescue
operations during natural disasters and other disturbances.
Motto “Service before self ”
Colour Gold, Red, Black.
Army day 15th January
The President of India is the Commander-in-Chief of the army while the
General, the Chief of Army Staff (COAS), is a four stars commander and
commands the army.
Indian Army is one of the best armies in the world. Modernisation and
upgradation has been a continuous process in the army to keep the Armed
Forces ready to meet any adversity.
The Indian Army came into being after India’s independence in 1947.
It inherited most of its infrastructure of the British Indian Army that was located
in post-partition India. Until today, the army has been involved in four major
wars with neighbouring Pakistan and one with China. This apart, other major
operations carried out by the army include Operation Meghdoot, Operation Lal
Dora, Operation Vijay, Operation Cactus and Operation Maitri. Indian army
also led Operation Surya Hope for saving people trapped in the 2013 North
India floods, reflecting humanitarian aspect of army. The army also takes active
part in United Nations Peacekeeping Missions. India became second largest
troop contributor in 2014.
Nature of Work
Army troops are organised into two main categories :
(i) Arms
It consists of the Armoured Corps, the Infantry, the Artillery, the Engineers, the
Signals and more recently, the Air Defence Corps and the Aviation Corps, both of
which originate from the Artillery. The Armoured Corps and Infantry are called
fighting arms. The Artillery, Engineers, Signals, Air Defence Corps and Aviation
Corps are called supporting arms, as they support the fighting arms in the field.
Regiment or Corps of Arms alongwith their schools/centres are tabulated below :
Regiment/ Corps School / Centre
Armoured Corps Regiment The Armoured Corps Centre and School, Ahmednagar, Maharashtra
Corps of Army Air Defence The Army Air Defence College, Gopalpur, Odisha
Regiment of Artillery The School of Artillery, Nashik
Corps of Engineers The College of Military Engineering, Dapodi(Pune). The centres are
located at Bengal Engineer Group, Roorkee; and Bombay Engineer
Group, Kirkee and Pune
Corps of Signals Military College of Telecommunication Engineering, Mhow
(ii) Services
Those troops that provide the logistical support to the arms are called services.
These are :
The Army Service Corps (ASC) It is centered at Bengaluru. The ASC is
responsible for the provisioning, procurement, and distribution of supplies, for
mechanical as well as animal transportation and air dispatch.
Army Ordnance Corps (AOC) It is centered at Secunderabad. The AOC is
responsible for procurement, storage and distribution of weapons
ammunitions, vehicles, equipment and clothing at the right time, in right
quantity, at the right place and right cost.
Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (EME) It is centered at
Secunderabad. The EME repairs and maintains all major and minor electrical,
electronic and mechanical devices that the army uses.
Army Medical Corps (AMC) It is centered at Lucknow. It provides medical
and hospital cover for the entire army.
Indian Army 227
Other Services
Besides these major services, there are several minor services such as Intelligence
Corps, Corps of Military Police (CMP), Army Postal Service (APS), Army
Education Corps (AEC), Remount and Veterinary Corps (RVC), Army Dental
Corps (ADC), Army Physical Training Corps and Legal ( JAG - Judge Advocate
General) Department.
Officers, JCOs and ORs (Other Ranks) are inducted into the army and trained in
a particular Arm or Service and they continue to serve in the same arm or service
throughout their careers. However, basic military training in handling and use of
personal weapons and small arms and physical performance and fitness is the
same irrespective of the arm or service. The sub-units, units and formations of
each of the arms and services are organised and equipped to carry out their role
in battle. The fighting arms (Armoured Corps and Infantry) engage the enemy in
actual combat. The Artillery provides the supporting artillery fire.
The Engineers provide the mobility to the fighting arms (e.g., mine clearing,
bridges, obstacle clearance, bunker demolition) while denying mobility to the
enemy (e.g., mine laying, demolitions, obstacle construction). The Signals
provide physical dispatch of messages and line and wireless communication. The
Air Defence Corps provides support against enemy air attack. The Aviation
Corps provides aerial reconnaissance and aerial observation posts, besides
providing rapid mobility to commanders in the field.
Rank Structure in Indian Army

Field Marshal is the highest rank for Indian Army, but this honorary rank as of
now does not exist in the present army structure. Only two distinguished officers
hold this rank, namely, late Sam Manekshaw and late KM Cariappa. In the new
structure of Indian Army, rank ‘General’ is given the highest rank, the rank held
by Chief of Army Staff.
Ranks in the Indian Army are categorised into three major categories. These are
Commissioned officers, Junior Commissioned officers and Non- Commissioned
officers. Till now, this is old European structure followed in many countries and
as well as in India.
Below are the categories of various ranks of Indian Army in their descending
order :
Ranks of Commissioned Officer
1. Field Marshal 2. General 3. Lieutenant General
4. Major General 5. Brigadier 6. Colonel
7. Lieutenant Colonel 8. Major 9. Captain
10. Lieutenant
Ranks of Junior Commissioned Officer
1. Subedar Major 2. Subedar 3. Naib Subedar
Ranks of Non-Commissioned Officer

1 Regimental Havildar Major 2. Regimental Quarter Master Havildar
3. Company Havildar Major 4. Company Quarter Master Havildar
5. Havildar 6. Naik
7. Lance Naik 8. Sepoy/Sowar
Field Formations
There are eight field formations in Indian Army namely :
1 Commands 2. Corps
3. Division 4. Brigade
5. Battalion Regiment 6. Rifle Company
7. Platoon and 8. Section
1. Commands
The Indian Army operates in seven operational commands. Each command is
headed by General Officer Commanding-in-Chief with the rank of Lieutenant
General and it is directly affiliated to the army headquarters, located in New
Delhi. India has second largest army after China. Army Day is celebrated on
15th January.
The various commands are listed below in the order of their rising :
Command Headquarters
Central Command Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Eastern Command Kolkata, West Bengal
Northern Command Udhampur, Jammu and Kashmir
Southern Command Pune, Maharashtra
South-Western Command Jaipur, Rajasthan
Western Command Chandimandir, Punjab
Training Command Shimla, Himachal Pradesh
2. Corps
A corps is a large headquarters responsible for a sector within the jurisdiction of a
Command Headquarters. It is the highest field formation in the army. A Corps
Headquarters can reallocate from one sector to another or even to another
Command Headquarters depending upon operational requirements. Each
Command Headquarters has two or more corps under its control. For instance,
Northern Command (Headquarters in Udhampur) has three corps zones namely,
one in Nagrota (Jammu), the second in Srinagar (Kashmir valley) and the third in
Leh (Ladakh). A Corps Headquarters in turn has three or more army divisions
under its supervision, depending upon the operational requirements of a corps
sector.
Indian Army 229
Currently, the army has 3 ‘Strike’ corps and 10 ‘Holding’ corps in active service.
The principal offensive formations of the Indian Army are the three Strike
Corps-1 Corps, (Mathura) 2 Corps (Ambala) and 21 Corps (Bhopal). These are
built around a nucleus of a single armoured division and two infantry divisions
probably with more mechanised brigades than basic infantry formations.
It also has an artillery brigade, a CAAD (Corps of Army Air Defence) brigade
and an engineer brigade. The holding corps, on the other hand, have little
support from either the engineers or the CAAD units and do not possess
armoured formations larger than brigades.
3. Division
An army division is the largest striking force in the field and has balanced
components of arms and services to fight a war in a given terrain. There are five
types of army divisions according to operational needs. These include Infantry
division, Mountain division, Armoured division Mechanised division and
Artillery division. In the Himalayas, tanks or mechanised infantry is not required.
Here infantry-based mountain divisions operate, while in Punjab or Rajasthan all
the five types of divisions are required.
A division is commanded by a Major General, who is assisted by two principal
staff officers. Its main parts include administration, command, strike force,
supporting arms and inter-communication.
Presently, the Indian Army has 37 divisions including 4 RAPID (Re-organised
Army Plains Infantry Divisions) Action divisions, 18 Infantry divisions, 10
Mountain Divisions, 3 Armoured divisions and 2 Artillery divisions. Each
division composes of several brigades.
The RAPID division consists of two Infantry brigades, one Mechanised brigade
with brigade-sized mechanised assets, one Artillery brigade, one recon and support
battalion, one Engineer regiment, one Signals regiment and vastly improved
surveillance with target acquisition equipment and dedicated aviation units.
There are two kinds of RAPID divisions :
(i) offensive (ii) defensive
An Infantry division has about 15500 combat troops, with 8000 support elements
(engineers, medical etc). It consists of 3 to 5 Infantry brigades, an Armoured
regiment and an Artillery brigade. An Armoured division consists of 3 to 5
Armoured brigades, one Mechanised brigade and one Artillery brigade. It has a
strength of 300 to 400 main battle tanks and an equal number of other armoured
vehicles, in terms of manpower, an armoured division is much smaller than an
infantry division.
4. Brigade
A brigade is the smallest fighting formation of the army, consisting of
3000 combat troops. There are five types of army brigades according to
operational needs. These include Infantry/Mountain brigade, Mechanised
brigade, Parachute brigade, Armoured brigade and Artillery brigade.
An Infantry brigade is headed by a Brigadier, who is assisted by a brigade Major

and staff officers. It consists of three Infantry battalions and depending on the
circumstances, detachments of artillery, signals and sappers are provided. An
Artillery brigade has 3 to 5 artillery regiments, with 60 to 100 artillery guns.
Artillery is being standardised on the 130 mm M-46 Field Gun, adding 120 mm
mortars to mortar platoons and incorporating two 30 mm AGS-17 automatic
grenade launchers.
Under the 2000 Field Artillery Rationalisation Plan, the army expects to procure
4000 self-propelled and towed howitzers of 155 mm calibre to equip its 200
artillery regiments. This procurement programme is expected to be spread over
the next two decades and filled through a combination of outright purchase and
licensed manufacture.
Artillery units have very important reconnaisance and observation units, using
helicopters and vital meteorological and survey teams. These are important, since
the accuracy of artillery fire depends on wind speed/direction, the humidity and
an accurate survey of the firing position. All Artillery officers are science
graduates specialising in Mathematics and Physics. Artillery units have SATA
(Surveillance And Target Acquisition) batteries which have
indigenously-manufactured battlefield surveillance radar as well as artillery
locating radar. This dramatically enhances the effectiveness of Indian artillery. A
number of Israeli-made Remote Piloted Vehicles (RPVs) are being obtained for
the targeting of the Prithvi SRBM.
A brigade, when not part of a division and located and designed to
function independently, is called an independent brigade. It is provided
with additional supporting arms (Artillery, Engineer, Signals etc) and
services (Army Service Corps, Army Ordnance Corps, Electrical and Mechanical
Engineers, etc) units to operate independently for the required task.
5. Battalion/Regiment
It is commanded by a Colonel. The battalion is self-contained and hence, it is the
Infantry’s main fighting unit. It comprises more than 900 combat personnel. It
includes a Second-in-Command and four Company Commanders, with four
infantry companies (each with three infantry platoons), plus a support company
with mortars, machine guns, anti-tank guided missiles and surface-to-air missiles.
Artillery and armoured formations have battalion equivalents called regiments.
These regiments are organised in a similar manner. Armoured regiments have
three tank squadrons while artillery regiments have between three and four
artillery batteries. These formations are of a same size, amounting to
approximately 1000 personnel.
6. Rifle Company
It is commanded by a Commissioned Officer, usually a Lieutenant Colonel or
Major and has small headquarters. It comprises three infantry platoons with a
total strength of 120 soldiers.
Indian Army 231
7. Platoon
It is headed by a Junior Commissioned Officer ( JCO), usually a Subedar and with
a 2-in-C, usually a Havildar. It is a composite fighting unit with its own direct
support weapons. Generally consists of three sections of 33 to 36 soldiers.
8. Section
It is the smallest structure of the army commanded by a
Non-Commissioned Officer (NCO), usually a Lance Havildar or a Havildar. It is
the Infantry Section or its equivalent in other arms and services. Its strength is
normally at 11 Jawans, but under adverse conditions, it may become less.
Field Formations of Indian Army
Fields Commanded by Types Consists of
1. Commands Lieutenant General Northern, Central, 2 or more corps
Eastern, Southern,
South-Western,
Western, Training
command
2. Corps Lieutenant General -3 ‘Strike’ corps 3-4 army divisions
-10 ‘Holding’ corps
3. Division Major General 37 divisions, including 3-5 infantry brigades
4 RAPID divisions
4. Brigade Brigadier 5 brigades-infantry/ 3000 combat troops
mountain, mechanised,
parachute, armoured,
artillery.
5. Battalion Regiment Colonel Artillery and armoured 4 Rifle companies/more
formations. than 900 combat forces.
6. Rifle Company Lieutenant Colonel or – 3 infantry platoons with
Major strength of 120 soldiers
7. Platoon Junior Commissioned Fighting unit 3 sections of 33 to 36
Officer (JCO) usually soldiers
Subedar.
8. Section Lance Havildar/ – 11 Jawans (smallest
Havildar component)
Indian Army Regiments

Artillery, Armoured and Infantry are the main Indian Army Regiments. Detailed
description of the Regiments is discussed below :
Artillery Regiment
The Artillery Regiment is the second largest arm of the Indian Army
and constitutes almost one-sixth of its total strength, with the units
being organised on a Corps and Divisional basis. Earlier, Artillery was classed as
a combat support arm, but now it is classed as a combat arm with priorities
shifting between direct support and counter-bombardment.
Its main task is to dominate the battlefield with its immense firepower so that the
opponent can neither interfere with the operations nor develop their own
effectively. The artillery has proved its battle winning capabilities during the
Kargil War. It is in the forefront of fighting in Siachen, the highest battlefield in
the world. During the peace time, it undertakes counter-insurgency operations in
Jammu and Kashmir and in the North-East (Assam, Manipur and Nagaland). The
Artillery centre is located at Nasik, Maharashtra. The regiment has celebrated its
175th anniversary in 2002. The important examples include 9th Parachute Field
Regiment, 11th Field Regiment, 861 Regiment Armed with Brahmos, 170 Medium
Regiment (Veer Rajput) and so on.
Armoured Regiment
There are around 93 fields of Armoured Regiments in Indian Army. From the
65th Armoured Regiment onwards, the term ‘Cavalry’ and ‘Lancer’ was
dispensed with and all subsequent raisings are termed as Armoured Regiment.
Most of the regiments have or have had, independent reconnaissance squadrons
which are a combination of tanks or armoured cars, infantry, and heavy mortars.
These serve as reconnaissance units for armoured divisions, independent
armoured brigades and other formations. These include President’s Bodyguards,
1st Horse or Skinner’s Horse, 2nd Lancers, 4th Horse or Hodson’s Horse, 7th
Cavalry, 21st Central India Horse and so on.
Infantry Regiment
The infantry regiment is the largest element of the infantry division. It is a military
organisation, not a field formation. Not all the battalions of an infantry regiment
fight together as one formation, but are dispersed over various formations such as
brigades, divisions and corps. Its tactical actions and movements are coordinated
with those of other divisions. The division commander assigns its mission.
The infantry regiments engage and destroy the enemy in close combat during the
assault or hold its position during the defence. They are equipped, organised and
trained to use weapons of close combat to support its assault weapons with
heavier fires and to provide limited administrative support for its units. The
infantry regiments are completely air transportable, with the exception of tanks,
the tank recovery vehicle, and the utility armoured vehicle. The recruitment in
infantry regiments is based on various selection criteria. It may include
geographical location, e.g., Punjab Regiment, as a selection criterion. Some
regimental recruitment is unique to India with some regiment’s recruitment pool
falling on religion, caste, ethnicity or religion such as, Sikh Regiments, Jat
Regiments and Gorkha Regiments respectively.
Indian Army 233
Infantry Regiments in Order of Precedence

Brigade of the Guards The Garhwal Rifles
Parachute Regiment Kumaon Regiment
Mechanised Infantry Regiment Assam Regiment
Punjab Regiment Bihar Regiment
Madras Regiment Mahar Regiment
Grenadiers Regiment Jammu and Kashmir Rifles
Maratha Light Infantry Jammu and Kashmir Light Infantry
Rajputana Rifles Naga Regiment
Rajput Regiment Gorkha Rifles
Jat Regiment The Ladakh Scouts
Sikh Regiment Rashtriya Rifles
Sikh Light Infantry Arunachal Scouts
Dogra Regiment Sikkim Rifles
The Infantry School

The oldest and largest training centre of the Indian Army is located at Mhow. Since
its inception, it has trained infantrymen, soldiers, officers and senior commanders of
Indian and many foreign armies. Its students have risen to the highest military ranks
and have made military history in India and abroad. The total number of students
trained annually at the school, averages approximately 7500.
Indian Army Data

The data regarding Indian Army which includes small arms, artillery, combat,
explosive and rockets is tabulated below :
Small Arms
Name Type Calibre Origin
Pistol Auto 9 mm 1A Semi-automatic pistol 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum Canada, India
Glock 17 Semi-automatic pistol 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum Austria
Brugger and Thomet MP9 Machine pistol 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum Switzerland
Modern Sub-machine Sub-machine gun and 5.56 ´ 30 mm India
Carbine personal defence weapon MINSAS
SAF Carbine 2A1 Sub-machine gun 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum India, United Kingdom
Micro-Uzi Sub-machine gun 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum Israel
Heckler and Koch MP5 Sub-machine gun 9 ´ 19 mm Parabellum Germany
Ishapore 2A1 Rifle Reserve weapon 7.62 ´ 51 mm NATO India
AKM Assault rifle 7.62 ´ 51 ´ 39 mm Soviet Union Poland Germany
Dragunov SVD59 Sniper rifle 7.62 ´ 54 mm Soviet Union India
M2 Browning Heavy machine gun .50 BMG United States
Multi Calibre Individual Assault Rifle 7.62 ´ 39 mm India
Weapon System
Artillery
Name Type Quantity Origin
DRDO 155 mm artillery gun Howitzer 119 India
Dhanush Howitzer 114 India
75 mm Mountain Howitzer Howitzer 900 United Kingdom
Indian Field Gun MK 1/2/3 Field gun 1700 India
OTO Melara Mod 56 Mountain gun 50 Italy
M-46 Catapult Self-propelled artillery 100 India
BM-21 Multiple rocket launcher 150 + Soviet Union
2S1 Gvozdika Self-propelled artillery 110 Soviet Union
Sprut Anti-tank gun Soviet Union
Smerch 9K 58 MBRL Multiple rocket launcher 62 Russia
180 mm Gun S-23 Heavy gun 100 Soviet Union
M-777 Ultra-Light Howitzer 149 USA
Pinaka MBRL Multiple rocket launcher 80 + India
Combat
Arjun MBT Main battle tank 12Gmk1 and 118 India
mk2 ordered
T-90S ‘Bhishma’ Main battle tank 1250 Russia, India
T-55 Main battle tank Soviet Union
Vijayanta Main battle tank India, United Kingdom
PT-76 Amphibious light tank Soviet Union
BMP-1 Infantry fighting vehicle 700 India, Soviet Union
BMD-2 Airborne infantry fighting vehicle Soviet Union
BRDM-2 Tank destroyer Soviet Union
Ferret Reconnaissance vehicle 100 United Kingdom
NAMICA Tank destroyer 13 + 200
TATA LAMV Light Armoured Multipurpose vehicle Under development India
Explosives and Rockets

Grenade 36 mm Hand grenade India
Multi Mode Grenade Shivalik Hand grenade 1.8 million ordered India
106 mm M-40 A1 Recoilless rifle 3000 + United States
RPG-7 Rocket propelled grenade (40 mm) Soviet Union
OFB E1 51mm Mortar India
120 mm AM-50 Mortar HEbomb 1500 + France
Shipon Rocket launcher (82 mm) Israel
30 mm Auto Grenade Automatic grenade launcher India
Launcher (30 mm)
RCL Mk II Recoilless rifle (84 mm) India, Sweden
160 mm Tampella Mortar 200 + Finland
Indian Army 235
Latest Developments
Latest developments in Indian Army are as follows :
Mountain Strike Corps
Indian Cabinet cleared about 34,000 strong Mountain Strike Corps with two
independent infantry and armoured brigade, operating along the entire Line of
Actual Control (LAC) with China.
The 17th Strike Corps will be headquartered at Panagarh in West Bengal. This is
aimed to boast of “rapid reaction force capability in mountains” and will be able
to strike deep in Tibet in case of Chinese incursions in Arunachal Pradesh, which
China claims is its own territory.
Agni V
In January, 2015 India tested for the third time its over 5000 km Inter
Continental Ballistic Missile (ICBM) successfully off the Odisha coast. The ICBM
adds to the national pride and is aimed towards defending any aggressive moves
by its Northern neighbour.
It has incorporated some indigenous technologies like state of the art avionics,
composite rocket motor, laser Gyro-based Inertial navigation system, 5th
generation on board computer distributed architecture, micro-navigation system
and the re-entry kit shield.
Agni VI
It is an Inter Continental Ballistic Missile (ICBM) being developed by the DRDO
for the use of the Indian defence.
It is to be the latest and most advanced missile among the Agni Missile
Programmes. It will be capable of being launched from submarines as well as
land and will have a strike range of 8000-10000 km with multiple independently
targetable re-entry vehicles (MIRV) warheads.
Akash Weapon System
It was inducted into the Indian Army on 5th May, 2015. It is an indigenously
developed supersonic short range surface to air missile system with the capability
to engage a wide variety of aerial threats line aircraft, helicopters and UAVs upto
a maximum range of 25 kms and upto an altitude of 20 kms with 96% indigenous
content, the state of the art weapon system is a glowing manifestation of the
Prime Minister’s ‘Make in- India’ initiative.
Rudra Handed Over
Rudra, the first indigenously developed chopper, was given to the Indian army
on 8th February, 2013. It is the first of 60 armed helicopters, which provided to
the army by the Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL).
As the first platform of weaponised choppers was important for the army because
in the battlefield, fire as well as manoeuvrability need to be integrated closely in
order to manage the ground operations. The chopper will be useful in getting this
capability. In addition to this, the army planning to induct an overall 60 Rudras,
which will be segregated into 6 squadrons. It is armed with the air-to-air missile,
Mistral, heavy machine guns as well as rocket pods.
National Cadet Corps (NCC)

The National Cadet Corps was constituted under the NCC Act in 1948. It strives to
provide the youth of the country opportunities for all round development with a
sense of commitment, dedication, self-discipline and moral values, so that they
become useful citizens. The motto of NCC is ‘Unity and Discipline’. Directorate
General of NCC, located at New Delhi, controls and oversees various activities of the
NCC through 17 NCC Directorates spread across the country.
The NCC is headed by a Director General, an Army Officer of the rank of Lieutenant
General, who is responsible for the functioning of the NCC in the country and the
central advisory committee headed by Minister of State in the Ministry of defence
generally advisers the GoI on the Constitution and administration of NCC. NCC has
three wings namely, Army wing, Naval wing and Air wing. It also has three divisions.
These include Senior division (18-26 years), Junior division (13-18 years) and Girls
division.
Aims of NCC
u To develop qualities of character, courage, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook,
spirit of adventure and sport manship, besides the ideals of selfless service among the
youth to make them useful citizens.
u To create a human resource of organised, trained and motivated youth, in order to
provide leadership in all walks of life and be always available for the service of the
nation.
u To provide suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up career in armed
forces.
Indian Navy 237
24
Indian Navy
Indian Navy can trace its lineage back to honourable East India Company’s
Maritime Service, founded in 1600 to protect British merchant shipping. In 1830,
colonial navy came to be known as Her majesty’s Indian Navy. It was named as
Royal Indian Navy (RIN) in 1934, which continued even after independence of
India. In 1950, it was renamed as Indian Navy. The Indian Navy is the 7th
largest Naval force of the world. Navy day is celebrated on December 4.
Logo of Indian Navy
The Indian Navy is one of the naval branches of armed forces of India.
The primary objective of the navy is to secure national maritime
borders. However, India also uses its navy to enhance its international relations
through joint exercises, port visits and humanitarian missions, including disaster
relief. It has been a catalyst for peace, tranquility and stability in the Indian
Ocean Region (IOR).
To achieve these objectives, the Indian Navy is enhancing its capabilities,
cooperation and interoperability with regional and extra-regional navies.
In recent years, the Indian Navy has undergone considerable modernisation to
replace aging equipment, this is often seen as part of India’s drive to become a
fully-fledged blue water navy. Chhatrapati Shivaji Raje Bhosale, the 17th century
Maratha warrior king, is considered as the Father of Indian Navy.
General facts about Indian Navy are :
Motto “Shan No Varunah” (May the Lord of the
Oceans be auspicious onto us)
Colour Navy Blue, White
White Anniversaries Navy Day 4th December
Indian Navy Size 58350 personnel
Structure and Organisation of Indian Navy

The Indian Navy is categorised into the following broad categories :
Administration Logistics and Material Training
Fleets Naval Aviation Submarines
Rank structure in the Indian Navy is stated below :

Commissioned Officers
1. Admiral of the Fleet 2. Admiral
3. Vice Admiral 4. Rear Admiral
5. Commodore 6. Captain
7. Commander 8. Lieutenant Commander
9. Lieutenant 10. Sub-Lieutenant
Junior Commissioned Officers
1. Master Chief Petty Officer (1st Class)
2. Master Chief Petty Officer (2nd Class)
3. Chief Petty Officer
Non-Commissioned Officers
1. Petty Officer 2. Leading Seaman
3. Seaman I 4. Seaman II
Though the provision for the rank of Admiral of the Fleet exists, no Indian Navy
Officer has been given this rank. Basically, it is an honorary rank, intended for
major wartime use.
Operational Commands of Indian Navy

The Indian Navy operates under three commands. Each command is headed by
a Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief in the rank of Vice Admiral.
Mumbai Visakhapatnam Kochi Port Blair
Commands Western Naval Command Eastern Naval Command Southern Naval Andaman &
Command Nicobar
command
Headed By Flag Officer Commanding Flag Officer Commanding Flag Officer Commander-in
in Chief, WNC in Chief, ENC Commanding in -chief, ANC
Chief, SNC
Command Units of WNC Units of ENC Units of SNC Units of ANC
Authorities and
Units
Of the three commands, the Western and Eastern Naval Commands are
operational commands and exercise control over operations in the Arabian Sea
and the Bay of Bengal respectively and also two commands have a two-star
commanded fleet, the Eastern and Western Fleets.
Indian Navy 239
Southern Naval Command is home to Flag Officer Sea Training. Importantly,

the Andaman and Nicobar Command at Port Blair under Vice Admiral is a joint
command which reports to the Chief of Integrated Service Command (CISC) in
New Delhi. In 2001, the Andaman and Nicobar Command, a joint navy, Indian
Army and Indian Air Force command was set-up in the Andaman and Nicobar
islands. It was designed to protect India’s strategic interests in South-East Asia
and the Strait of Malacca.
Operations Conducted by Indian Navy

The range of operations the naval forces may be involved is vast, ranging from
high intensity war fighting at one end to humanitarian assistance and disaster
relief operations at the other end. This broad range of operations can be divided
into distinct roles, each demanding, a specific approach to the conduct of
operations. Military, Diplomatic, Constabulary and Benign are the four main
roles envisaged for the Indian Navy.
Different types of operations conducted by Indian Navy are discussed below :
Goodwill and Humanitarian Operations
Undoubtedly, the Indian Navy has played an indespensable role in humanitarian
relief in times of natural disasters such as floods, cyclones and tsunami. After the
Indian ocean earthquake and tsunami in 2004, the Indian Navy started massive
disaster relief operations not only to help affected Indian states, but also to assist
other countries like Maldives, Sri Lanka and Indonesia. On 26th Febuary, 2011
the Indian Navy has deployed INS Jalashwa and other humanitarian missions
alongwith INS Mysore a destroyer, to evacuate approximately 8000
Indian citizens from Libya. This operation is known as Operation BLOSSOM.
In July 2006, the Indian Navy had evacuated over 2500 Indians, PlOs and foreign
nationals from Lebanon following the war between Israel and the Hezbollah. At
present, the navy is better equipped for evacuation missions of this kind consequent
to the induction of INS Jalashwa; an extremely flexible amphibious platform which
can be deployed for humanitarian missions as well.
Anti Piracy Operations
Piracy continues to remain a major area of concern in the Indian Ocean Region
(IOR). A large number of India’s trade, including oil and fertilisers, passes via
Gulf of Aden. According to the estimates of Ministry of Shipping, Indian imports
and exports through the Gulf of Aden were valued at several billion dollars. The
safety of maritime trade, through ships that transit through this route, is a primary
national concern as it directly impacts India’s economy. Around 20-24 Indian
merchant ships pass the Gulf of Aden every month. Though this accounts for
only 13% of our trade, the crew of the most foreign flagged vessels consists of
Indian nationals, as India’s large seafaring community accounts for nearly 6% of
the world’s seafarers.
For the safe escort of merchant ships and thwarted several pirate attacks, the
Indian Navy has deployed warships in the Gulf of Aden from 23th October,
2008. In addition to protecting Indian ships, ships of other countries have also
been escorted. Currently, merchant ships are being escorted along the entire
length of the Internationally Recommended Transit Corridor (IRTC) that has
been promulgated for use by all merchant vessels. Till now, the Indian Naval
ships have prevented 40 piracy attempts on merchant vessels.
Major Naval Operations

Major naval operations conducted by Indian Navy are as follows :
Operation Vijay, 1961
The Indian Navy’s first involvement in any conflict came with the success of
Operation Vijay against the Portuguese Navy in liberation of Goa in 1961. The
Portuguese forces fired at commercial vessels and fishing boats near Anjadip
island, following this attack Indian military intervene to liberate Goa from the
clutches of Portuguese. The Indian ships provided fire support to navy and army
landing troops. During the operation, Indian frigates INS Betwa and lNS Beas
successfully destroyed the frigate NRP Afonso and INS Delhi sank one
Portuguese patrol boat.
Indo-Pak Wars, 1971
The Indian Navy actively took part in two wars with neighbouring Pakistan.
While it largely involved in patrolling of the coast in the Indo-Pakistani War of
1965, it played an important role in bombing of Karachi harbour in the
Bangladesh Liberation War in 1971. This operation is known as Operation
Trident, which was launched on 4th December. On the same day, Navy Day is
being celebrated ever since. The Operation Trident was followed by Operation
Python on 8th December, 1971 which further deprecated Pakistani Navy’s
capabilities. In order to demonstrate solidarity with its ally Pakistan, the United
States sent Task Force 74 led by the USS enterprise into the Bay of Bengal. In
retaliation, INS Vikrant was stationed to counter the enterprise task force; Soviet
Navy submarines also trailed the US task force. A major confrontation was
averted when the US ship moved towards South-East Asia, away from the Indian
Ocean.
The long-range submarine PNS Ghazi of Pakistani Navy was sunk following an
attack by INS Rajput outside the Visakhapatnam. This enabled an easy blockade
of East Pakistan. The INS Veer destroyed a minesweeper, a destroyer and an
ammunition supply ship. IN aircrafts, sea hawks and alizes, operating from the
aircraft carrier INS Vikrant were proved instrumental in sinking many merchant
navy vessels and gunboats in the Bay of Bengal. All these factors ensured a
successful blockade of East Pakistan by the Indian Navy which proved to be an
important factor in Pakistani surrender.
Indian Navy 241
Operation Cactus, 1988

In 1988, the Indian Armed Forces launched Operation Cactus to avert a coup
attempt by a group of Maldivians led by Abdullah Luthufi and assisted by about
200 Sri Lankan Tamil mercenaries from the People’s Liberation Organisation of
Tamil Eelam (PLOTE) in Maldives. An Indian naval maritime aircraft detected a
vessel hijacked by PLOTE rebels. Among the hostages, a senior Maldivian
minister was also involved.
Operation Rahat, 2015
Operation Cactus was initiated to secure the vessel. After the military
intervention by Indian Navy frigates, INS Godavari and INS Betwa alongwith
marine Commandos, the rebels surrendered and the hostages rescued near the
Sri Lankan coast.
Operation Conducted for Coastal

Maritime Security
In 2009, Indian Navy was designed as the authority responsible for overall
maritime security, which includes coastal security and offshore security of the
country. To meet this task, the IN has undertaken Brown water operations along
with the Blue water operations to safeguard our coastline from threats of
non-state actors from the sea. Blue water navy operations is a maritime force
capable of operating across deep waters of oceans. It exercises sea control at wide
ranges.
Brown water navy operations refers to small gunboats and patrol boats in river
along with larger ships. It is associated with littoral navies.
One of the most important achievements has been the integration of all maritime
stakeholders, including several state and central agencies into the new coastal
security mechanism. The IN has constituted four Joint Operations Centres (JOC)
namely at Mumbai, Visakhapatnam, Kochi and Port Blair. As a result, now, there
is good coordination, synergy and understanding between all agencies. All
operations concerning coastal security are now coordinated from the JOC, which
are manned round the clock by Naval and Coast Guard teams. In addition, the
State Marine Police and other agencies such as Customs, Intelligence Bureau and
Ports etc. are also networked with these centres. Surveillance of the Offshore
Development Areas (ODAs) has also been enhanced.
Indian Navy Ships

All the names in service ships (and Naval Bases) of Indian Navy are prefixed with
letters ‘INS’, designing the Indian Naval Ship (INS). The fleet of the Indian Navy
is a mixture of domestic and foreign built vessels.
Major platforms/ships of Indian Navy are as follows :

1. Aircraft carriers 2. Submarines 3. Destroyers
4. Frigates 5. Corvettes 6. Offshore/ASW patrol vessels
7. Amphibious Vessels
1. Aircraft Carriers
Presently, the Indian Navy has two aircraft carriers namely INS Viraat and INS
Vikramaditya. INS Viraat (R22) is a Centaur class Aircraft Carrier. it is the
flagship of the Indian Navy, the oldest carrier in service and one of two aircraft
carriers based in the Indian Ocean Region. It was completed and commissioned
in 1959 as the Royal Navy’s HMS Hermes and was transferred to India in 1987.
It will be decommissioned in 2016 after the induction of the first domestically
built Vikrant class aircraft carrier.
INS Vikramaditya is the newest and largest aircraft carrier (ship), that joined
Indian Navy on 16th November, 2013. The ship was commissioned on
16th November, 2013 by Defence Minister in Russia.
INS Vikramaditya
This 44500 tonne aircraft carrier was commissioned on 16th November, 2013 at
Severodvinsk, Russia and was positioned in INS Kadamba in Karwar, Karnataka.
This is the Indian Navy’s latest acquisition that will have force multiplier effect to
the navy, as the Indian Ocean region is greatly becoming infested by pirates.
The latest aircraft carrier will have 24 Mikoyan MiG-29K fighter jets and mix of
10 helicopters that might include Ka-28 helicopters ASW, Ka-31 helicopters
AEW, ALH Dhruv Choppers and Seaking helicopters.
INS Vikrant
The INS Vikrant was launched in a big ceremony on August 2013 at Kochi,
marking India’s entry into an elite club of nations that have the capability to
build their own aircraft carriers. It was floated off the dry docks proving the
capability of Indian defence designers and its builders to be able to construct an
indigenous aircraft carrier, which will be a 37500 tonnes with STOBAR feature
with a ski-jump. INS Vikrant will complement the INS Vikramaditya as India
plans to have three operational aircraft carriers.
This massive carrier will have 12 MiG-29K and 8 LCA Tejas with other Kamov
Ka-31 helicopters.
2. Submarines
The Indian Navy operates under sizeable fleet of Akula class, Sindhughosh class
and Shishumar class submarines. India has also started construction of six
Scorpene class submarines with MESMA which are expected to join the navy
during the second half of 2016.
INS Chakra is an 8140-tonne Akula class, nuclear-powered attack submarine. It
was commissioned on 4th April, 2012. Sindhughosh class submarines are the
Indian Navy 243
Kilo class diesel-electric submarines. They designated 877EKM and was built
under a contract between Rosvooruzhenie and the Ministry of Defence (India).
They have a displacement of 3000 tonnes, a maximum diving depth of 300
meters, top speed of 18 knots and are able to operate solo for 45 days with a crew
of 53. The submarines in this class include Sindhugosh, Sindhudhvaj, Sinduraj,
Sindhuvir, Sindhuratna and so on.
The Shishumar class vessels (Type 1500) are diesel-electric submarines.
These submarines are developed by the German yard Howaldtswerke-Deutsche
Werft (HDW). The first two of these vessels were built by HDW at Kiel, while
the remainder have been built at Mazagon Dock Limited (MDL) Mumbai. The
ships were commissioned between 1986 and 1994. These submarines have a
displacement of 1660 tons when surfaced, a speed of 22 knots (41 km/h) and a
complement of 40 including eight officers. The submarines have the provision of
an IKL designed escape system. Shishumar, Shankush, Shalki and Shankul are
the four submarines in this class.
INS Arihant
Indian technologists and defence scientists added another feather to their cap by
achieving the vital criticality of the in-board nuclear reactor, Arihant. This is India’s
first indigenously developed class of nuclear powered ballistic missile sub-marines
with five more in the pipeline. It will complete India’s much talked nuclear triad
capability.
3. Destroyers
Currently, Indian Navy operates under the Delhi, Kolkata and Rajput class
guided-missile destroyers. The Delhi class destroyers are classified as
guided-missile destroyers. The Delhi class vessels are the largest warships to be
fully designed and built in India, although they will soon be superseded by the
Kolkata class destroyers (INS Kolkata and Kochi) and the Vikrant class aircraft
carrier. These ships have been built at Mazagon Dock Limited in Mumbai. The
ships in this class include Mysore, Delhi and Mumbai destroyers.
The Rajput class guided-missile destroyers are also known as Kashin-II class. The
ships were built in the former Soviet Union. These ships are the first ships in the
Indian Navy to deploy the BrahMos supersonic cruise missile systems. The role
of Rajput class ships involves protection such as anti-aircraft and anti-submarine
warfare for carrier task force defense against submarines, low-flying aircraft and
cruise missiles’. Ships in this class include Rajput, Rana, Ranjit, Ranvir and
Ranvijay type destroyers.
4. Frigates
The Indian Navy operates under several classes of frigates. These include three
Shivalik and five Talwar class frigates, three Brahmaputra class and three
Godavari class. Shivalik class are the multi-role frigates and are the first-of-its
kind warships built in India incorporating stealth features. The ships of this class
have been built by Mazagon Dock Limited, Mumbai. The category classification
is named after the Indian mountain ranges by the name of ‘Shivalik hills’. The
ships in this class include Shivalik, Satpura and Sahyadri. The Talwar class of
frigates have been built in Russia under an Indo-Russian joint production. The
Talwar class guided missile frigates are modified Krivak III class frigates
from Russia.
The Talwar class has a displacement of 4000 tonnes and speed of 30 knots and is
capable of accomplishing a wide variety of naval missions, primarily, finding and
eliminating enemy submarines and large surface ships.
Due to the use of stealth technologies and a special hull design, the resulting
frigate features reduced Radar Cross Section (RCS) as well as electromagnetic,
acoustic and infrared signatures. The ships in this class include Trishul, Talwar,
Tabar, Teg, Tarkash and Trikand.
The Brahmaputra and Godavari class frigates are the guided-missile frigates of
the Indian Navy, designed and built in India. The Brahmaputra class have a
displacement of 3850 tonnes and a length of 126 metres. Although, the
Brahmaputra and Godavari classes have similar hull and dimension internally yet
they have different configurations, armaments and capabilities. The ship-class has
acquired its name owing to the river ‘Bhramaputra’. Other ships of the class are
also named after Indian rivers. Three ships in this class include Brahmaputra,
Beas and Betwa.
The Godavari class was the first significant indigenous warship design and
development initiative of the Indian Navy. Its design is a modification of
the Nilgiri class frigate with a focus on indigenous content, a larger hull
and updated armaments.
The class and the lead ship, INS Godavari are named after the Godavari river.
Subsequent ships in the class, INS Ganga and INS Gomati also take their names
from Indian rivers. INS Gomati was the first Indian Navy vessel to have digital
electronics in her combat data system.
5. Corvettes
Currently, the Indian Navy operates under Kora, Khukri, Kamorta, Veer and
Abhay class corvettes. The Kora class corvettes are 1350-tonnes guided-missile
corvettes. Four vessels were built at Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers
(GRSE) and outfitted at Mazagon Dock Limited (MDL). Their primary role is as
surface combatants.
Four ships in this class include Kora, Kirch, Kulish and Karmuk.
The Khukri class corvettes are equipped with diesel engines assembled in India,
under license by Kirloskar Group. Around 65 per cent of the ship contains
indigenous parts. The ships include Kirpan, Kuthar, Khanjar and Khukri.
The Veer class corvettes form the 22nd Killer Missile Vessel Squadron of Indian
Navy. Eight vessels of this class inherit their names from the illustrious 25th
Killer missile boat squadron, which attacked and sunk 2 destroyers,
Indian Navy 245
a minesweeper and various other support vessels off Karachi during Operation
Trident and Operation Python of the Indo-Pakistani War of 1971.
Ships in this class include Veer, Nirbhik, Nipat. The Abhay class corvettes are
customised variants of the Soviet Pauk class corvettes. The class is primarily
intended for coastal patrol and anti-submarine warfare. The ships in this class
include Abay, Ajay, Aksay and Agray.
6. Offshore/ASW Patrol Vessels

It has the Sukanya class patrol vessels which are large, offshore patrol craft.
Three lead ships were built by Korea Tacoma, now part of Hanjin Group. The
Sukanya class have large hulls, although they are lightly armed since they are
utilised primarily for offshore patrol of India’s exclusive economic zone.
However, they are capable of being heavily armed and upgraded to light frigates
should the need arise. Ships in this class include Sukanya, Subhadra, Suvarna etc.
The Saryu class of offshore patrol vessel, constructed at Goa Shipyard Limited,
capable of oceanic surveillence and monitoring. It includes ships like INS Saryu,
Sunayna, Sumedha, Sumitra.
7. Amphibious Vessels
The Indian Navy has an amphibious transport dock of the Austin class,
re-Christened as INS Jalashwa. This apart, the navy also has a fleet of landing
ship tanks and landing craft utility.
Landing Ship Tank
There are mainly two types of tanks in this category. These include Shardul class
and Magar class. Both these classes are large amphibious warfare vessels.
Shardul class landing ships built at Garden Reach Shipbuilders and
Engineers Limited Kolkata. They are an evolution of the Magar class amphibious
landing ships. The class has an indigenous content of over 90 per cent with
state-of-the-art equipment. These include Kesari, Shardul, Airavat ships.
The Magar class landing ships are currently in active service. Two ships of the
class were designed and built by Hindustan Shipyard Limited, with fitting
completed at Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers. It can operate two
medium-lift helicopters, To discharge its cargo and most of the troops, it needs to
be ‘beached’ through its ‘bow-door’ (in the front). These include Magar, Gharial
ships.
Landing Ship Tank
It has Kumbhir class landing ships which are medium amphibious warfare vessels
of the Indian Navy. They are variants of the Polish Polnocny class landing ships.
These include Cheetah, Mahish, Guldar and Kumbhir ships.
Name Pennant Home port

INS Ghorpad L 14
INS Kesari L 15
Visakhapatnam
INS Shardul L 16
INS Sharabh L 17
INS Cheetah L 18
INS Mahish L 19
Port Blair
INS Guldar L 21
INS Kumbhir L 22
Landing Craft Utility (LCU)

It consists of Mk III LCU, Mk IV LCU class vessels. It is a type of boat used by
amphibious forces to transport equipments and troops to the shore. They are
capable of transporting tracked or wheeled vehicles and troops from amphibious
assault ships to beach heads or piers. These are also deployed for evacuation
from distant island, search and rescue operations peace keeping missions. The
ships under this include LCU 34, LCU 35, LCU 36 and so on.
Indian Navy Ships
Platform Number Class /Type
Aircraft carriers 2 Kiev class and Centaur class
Submarines 14 Shishumar, Sindhughosh and Chakra (Akula II) class
Destroyers 10 Delhi Rajput and Kolkata class
Frigates 14 Shivalik, Talwar, Brahmaputra and Godavari class
Corvettes 26 Khukri, Kamorta, Kora, Abhay and Veer class
Offshore/ASW patrol vessels 10 Sukanya class, Saryu
Minesweepers 6 Puducherry/Karwar class
Missile boats 12 Veer class
Amphibious ships 20 Magar, Kumbhir, Shardul and Austin class, Mk. III &
Mk. IV LCU
Auxiliary fleet 4 Jyoti, Aditya and Deepak
Future ships, submarines and Talwar class frigates, Scorpiene class conventional
aviation submarines and Akula II nuclear attack submarines and
MiG-29K/KUB fighters for aircraft carriers
Naval Bases
The Indian Navy has commissioned INS Kadamba at Karwar, 100 km from Goa,
in 2005. This is the first base that is exclusively controlled by the Navy and the
third operational naval base after Mumbai and Visakhapatnam. The newly
commissioned base is purely for naval use while the other bases share port
facilities with civilian shipping.
Built under Phase I of the multi-billion dollar ‘Project Seabird’, it is the
largest naval base in the region. Another naval base is being constructed for the
Eastern shores, near Visakhapatnam at a cost of $350 million. The base will have
comprehensive anti-aircraft, anti-submarine and amphibious capability.
Indian Navy 247
The Indian Navy is also setting up a Naval Station in Madagascar, to

monitor and patrol the coast of Mozambique as well as the Southern
Indian Ocean. The Indian Navy already has berthing rights in Vietnam
and Oman.
The Indian Navy has its bases in the cities namely—Mumbai, Kochi, Lonavala,
Visakhapatnam, Goa, Chennai, Jamnagar, Paradip, Kolkata and Port Blair.
Systems and Sensors used by Indian Navy

Given below are some systems and sensors, which are used by Indian Navy :
Weapon Systems
The Indian Navy uses the most advanced technology and weapons, most
of which are imported from Israel and United States. Recently, it
developed Brahmos supersonic cruise missile which is a long stride in the history
of Indian defence research. It was jointly developed with Russia.
It uses a large proportion of Indian-designed components and technology,
including its fire control systems, transporter erector launchers and its onboard
navigational attack systems. In another joint development, India and Israel are
developing Barack-II defence missile system, which is an improved version of the
Barack-I air defence missile.
This will be operational on Indian Navy ships. The Barak-I is being used on most
of the important ships of the Indian Navy. The nuclear deterrence capability of
Indian Navy is based on Sukanya class ships armed with the Dhanush ballistic
missiles.
India has several imported cruise missile systems including the Klub SS-N-27.
The Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile (SLBM), Sagarika, forms part of India’s
nuclear triad. It has a range of 700 km. The Yakhont anti-ship missile system is
another successful programme into the Brahmos by the NPO and the DRDO.
Electronic Warfare Programme
The Indian Navy developing a joint electronic warfare programme, Sangraha,
with DRDO. The programme comprises a family of electronic warfare that is
useful for different naval platforms. It is equipped with detecting, intercepting
and classifying pulsed, carrier wave, pulse repetition frequency and chirp radars.
The Indian Navy is implementing a new strategy known as the Navy Enterprise
Wide Network (NEWN).
This is to move from a platform centric force to a network centric force by
linking all shore-based installations and ships via high speed data networks and
satellites. This will be helpful in increased operational awareness. The Naval
Institute of Computer Applications (NICA), Mumbai, providing training to all its
personnel in Information Technology.
Naval Satellite
GSAT-7, India’s first exclusive defence satellite, was successfully launched in
August, 2013 by European space consortium Arianespace from Kourou
spaceport in French Guiana.
It gives a fresh impetus to the India’s maritime security. It was developed and
designed by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and is expected to
operate for seven years in its orbital. The multi-band home-built communication
spacecraft will be useful to the Indian Navy as it provides with an approximately
3500-to-4000 km footprint over the IOR and over both the Arabian Sea and the
Bay of Bengal region and enable real-time networking of all its operational assets
in the water. With the help of this spacecraft, the IN will able to operate in a
network-centric atmosphere.
Coast Guard
The Indian Coast Guard (ICG) came into being as an independence service on 18th
August, 1978 under the Coast Guard Act, 1978. Since its inception, the Coast Guard
has acquired a wide range of capabilities both surface and airborne to undertake the
assigned tasks during peace time and supplement the efforts of Indian Navy during
the war.
The Coast Guard is liable for surveillance of the Indian territorial waters and the
Indian Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) to prevent poaching, smuggling and other
illegal activities, to conduct search and rescue operations; to protect and preserve
marine environment. The command and control of the Coast Guard lies with the
Director General of Indian Coast Guard who has headquartered at New Delhi. The
establishment has regional headquarters situated at Gandhinagar, Mumbai, Chennai
and Port Blair. These regional headquarters exercise command and control in the
waters adjoining the entire coastline of India, through Coast Guard districts located
along the coastal states of India.
The duties and functions of the Coast Guard as enunciated in the Coast Guard Act
are as follows :
u Safety and protection of artificial islands and offshore terminals devices and
installations, and devices in maritime zones
u Protection and assistance to fishermen at sea
u Preservation and protection of marine environment
u Assistance to customs and other authorities in anti-smuggling operations
u Enforcement of maritime zones of Indian Act
Other matters, including precautionary measures for the safety of life and property
at sea and collection of scientific data.
Indian Navy 249
Marine Commando Force (MCF)

The Marine Commando Force , also known as MARCOS, is a special forces unit
that was set-up by the Indian Navy in 1987 for direct action, special
reconnaissance, amphibious warfare and counter-terrorism. It is organised as
MARCOS East based at Vizag and MARCOS West based at Mumbai to cater
for special operations on the Eastern and Western seaboards.
The roles of the MCF are :
To conduct clandestine, surveillance and reconnaissance missions/ operations
and combat maritime terrorism
To support amphibious operations and special force missions
Marine Commandos are highly trained, elite ‘Special Naval Forces’. In end of
July 1987, the Commandos accompanied the Indian Peace-Keeping Force (IPKF)
to Sri Lanka to deal with the secessionist LTTE’s marine elements that were
operating in the shallow lagoons around Jaffna.
In 1988, the MARCOS successfully rescued several hostages, including Maldives’
then-Minister of Education, aboard a ship hijacked by PLOTE mercenaries
during Operation Cactus. Under Operation Rakshak, the MARCOS is also
deployed to prevent infiltration through the Jhelum and Wular lake and is
involved in covert counter-terrorism operations in and around lakes and rivers in
Jammu and Kashmir. The Commandos were also involved in the rescue
operation of hostages captured by the terrorists in Taj Mahal palace and Trident
hotel in Mumbai as part of a large terrorist attack in Mumbai metropolis in
November 2008. It was named as operation Black Tornado.
Role of the Navy

Primary role of our navy is to protect our country from external sea attacks.
Other roles are :
(i) To carry out search and rescue operations
(ii) Participate in Peace Keeping Mission
(iii) To maintain sealanes of communication
(iv) Aid to civil administration during natural calamities
(v) Improve foreign relations by diplomatic visits.
25
Indian Air Force
The Indian Air Force (IAF) is one of the arms of the Indian Armed Forces,
headquartered at New Delhi. Its motto is “Nabhah sprsam diptam”, i.e. ‘Touch
the Sky with Glory’. It came into being on 8th October, 1932, the day on which
Air Force Day is being celebrated every year. It is entrusted with the
responsibility to secure Indian air space and to carry aerial warfare during the
war or conflict.
Logo of Indian Air Force
With strength of 1,27,000 personnel and 1500 aircrafts, including 762 combat
aircrafts in active service, the IAF is the world’s fourth largest organisation. Of
late, the IAF has undertaken an expansion and modernisation programme to
replace its aging Soviet era fighter jets.
Medium Multi Role Combat Aircraft (MRCA) programme is one among such
expansion plans under which the IAF plans to introduce 126 fighter jets at a cost
of US $12 billion. Since independence, it has been involved in four major wars
with Pakistan and one with China. Other important operations include operation
Vijay, operation Meghdoot, operation Cactus and operation Poomalai. Apart
from these, it has been an active participant in the United Nations peace-keeping
initiatives.
Indian Air Force 251
Structure and Commands of IAF

The President of India is the Commander-in-Chief of the Air Force. The Chief of
the Air Staff with the rank of Air Chief Marshal is the Commander of the Indian
Air Force.
He is assisted by 6 officers namely, a Vice Chief of the Air Staff, a Deputy Chief
of the Air Staff, the Air Officer Incharge of Administration, the Air Officer
Incharge of Personnel, the Air Officer Incharge of Maintenance, and the
Inspector General of Flight Safety.
The IAF is categorised into five operational commands and two functional
commands. Each command is headed by an Air Officer. Commanding-in-Chief
with the rank of Air Marshal. The objective of an operational command is to
conduct military operations using aircraft within its area of responsibility,
whereas the responsibility of functional commands is to maintain combat
readiness. Within each operational command, there are 3 to 10 bases or stations,
each commanded by an Air commodore.
Operational Commands
Operational commands of IAF are :
Central Air Command (CAC), Allahabad, Uttar Pradesh
Eastern Air Command (EAC), Shillong, Meghalaya
Southern Air Command (SAC), Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala
South Western Air Command (SWAC), Gandhinagar, Gujarat
Western Air Command (WAC), Subroto Park, New Delhi
Functional Commands
Functional commands of IAF are :
Training Command (TC), Bengaluru, Karnataka
Maintenance Command (MC), Nagpur, Maharashtra
Training Centres of IAF

Apart from the Training Command at Bengaluru, the centre for primary flight
training is situated at the Air Force Academy in Hyderabad, followed by
operational training at different schools. Advanced officer training for command
positions is conducted at the Defence Services Staff College in Wellington, Tamil
Nadu Schools for the specialised advanced flight training are located at Bidar
(Karnataka) and Hakimpet (Andhra Pradesh). However, technical training
schools are found at many locations.
Currently we have the following Air Force Training Centers in India :

Air Force Training Centres Place
1. Air Force Administrative College Coimbatore (Tamil Nadu)
2. Air Force Academy Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh)
3. Air Force Technical College Jalalhalli, Bengaluru
4. Air Force School Sambre, Balgaum
5. Flying Instructors School Tambaram (Tamil Nadu)
6. Elementary Flying School Bidar (Karnataka)
7. Fighter Training and Transport Hakimpur and Yelahanka (Karnataka)
8. Training Wings of the Air Force Bengaluru (Karnataka)
Institute of Aviation Medicine
9. Paratroopers Training School Agra (Uttar Pradesh)
10. Navigation and Signal School Hyderabad (Andhara Pradesh)
11. College of Air Warfare Secunderabad (Andhra Pradesh)
12. Ground Training Institute Vadodara (Gujarat) and Barrackpur
(West Bengal)
Rank Structure in IAF

The IAF’s rank structure is based on that of the Royal Air Force. The highest
rank in the IAF is given to Marshal of the Indian Air Force, conferred by the
President of India. Till now, Arjan Singh, is the only officer to have achieved this
rank. In recognition of his services, the Indian Government conferred the rank of
Marshal of the Air Force onto him in January 2002 making him the first and the
only ‘Five Star’ rank officer in the Indian Air Force. Generally, the head of the
Indian Air Force is the Chief of the Air Staff, who holds the rank of Air Chief
Marshal.
Commissioned officers of Indian Air Force are :
1. Air Chief Marshal 2. Air Marshal
3. Air Vice Marshal 4. Air Commodore
5. Group Captain 6. Wing Commander
7. Squadron Leader 8. Flight Lieutenant
9. Flying Officer
Junior commissioned officers of Indian Air Force are :
1. Master Warrant Officer
2. Warrant Officer
3. Junior Warrant Officer
Non-commissioned officers of Indian Air Force are :
1. Sergeant 2. Corporal
3. Leading Aircraftman 4. Aircrafts man
Currently, the Indian Air Force operates over 60 air bases all over India. All
these bases merged into seven commands. There are numerous newer air bases
being planned or built, in line with India’s strategic doctrine. India also operates
International Air Command. It has only one air base, the Farkhor Air Base, in
Tajikistan. Farkhor Air Base is a military airbase located near the town of
Farkhor in Tajikistan, 130 kilometres South-East of the capital Dushanbe. It is
operated by the Indian Air Force in Collaboration with the Tajik Air Force.
Farkhor is India’s first military base outside its territory Chabahar Port in Iran,
developed by India, provides India surface transport access to Farkhor Air Base
via Afghanistan.
Of the seven, Western Air Command is the largest air command. It operates 16
air bases in Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana and a
couple of air bases in Uttar Pradesh. Eastern Air Command operates 15 air bases
in Eastern and North-Eastern India. Central Air Command operates 7 air bases
in Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and surrounding states of Central India.
Southern Air Command operates 9 air bases in Southern India and two in the
Andaman and Nicobar Islands. It is strategically important air command, in line
with India’s latest doctrine of protecting the vital shipping routes. South-Western
air command is the front line of defence against Pakistan, this important
command operates 12 air bases in Gujarat, Maharashtra and Rajasthan.
Organisational Structure
The organisational structure of the Indian Air Force is divided into following
four parts :
(i) IAF Wings
Wings are generally commanded by a Group Captain.A wing is a formation
intermediate between a squadron and a commander. It consists of two or three
IAF squadrons and helicopters units, alongwith Forward Base Support Units
(FBSUs). FBSUs Act as transit air bases for routine operations. They do not have
or host any squadrons or helicopters units. During the war, they become full-
fledged air bases playing host to various squadrons. In all, IAF comprises about
47 wings and 19 FBSUs. Wings are typically commanded by a Group Captain.
(ii) IAF Squadrons
These are the field units and formations attached to static locations. A flying
squadron is a sub-unit of an air force station, which carries out the primary task of
the IAF. All fighter squadrons are headed by a commanding officer with the rank
of wing commander. Some helicopter units and transport squadrons and are
headed by a commanding officer with the rank of group captain.
(iii) IAF Flights
The sub-divisions of squadrons are called flights, commanded by a squadron
leader. Each Flight consists of two sections.
(iv) IAF Sections

The smallest unit is section, led by Flight Lieutenant. Each section consist of
3 aircrafts.
Service Branches
The different branches of IAF service branches are :
Flying Branch
The flying branch includes fighter pilots who fly combat or fighter planes
carrying ammunition and missiles; transport pilots who fly planes which carry
men and materials and helicopter pilots who provide air support to a moving
army, or are used for para-dropping men and supplies.
Technical Branch
The technical branch gives engineering support and is responsible for the
engineering equipment and weapons system of the air force.
Ground Branch
The GDO branch includes all the departments that provide
Administration Logistics Accounts
Education Medical and Dental Meteorological
Background on IAF Operations

Following India’s independence in 1947, the Royal Indian Air Force (RIAF) was
divided into two parts. Three of the ten operational squadrons and facilities located
within the borders of Pakistan were transferred to Royal Pakistan Air Force.
During the first Indo-Pak War, the RIAF provided effective transport and close
air support to the Indian troops but it did not engage in air-to-air combat with
Pakistani Air Force. In 1950, the Royal title was dropped to become the Indian
Air Force.
1962 Sino-Indian War
The real test of IAF air lift capability came in October, 1962. Immediately after
this Government of India signed protocol with Soviet Union for supply of
combat aircraft and missiles for IAF.
During the Sino-Indian War of 1962 India’s military planners failed to use the
IAF effectively against the invading Chinese forces.
1965 Indo-Pak War
Three years hence, in 1965 India went on to war with Pakistan. India decided to
use its air force extensively during the war, learning from the experiences of the
Sino-Indian War. This was the first time that the IAF actively engaged in a major
conflict. It carried out independent attacks against Pakistani Air Force bases.
These bases were located deep inside Pakistani territory, making IAF fighters
susceptible to anti-aircraft fire. During the conflict, the PAF had qualitative
superiority over the IAF as most of the jets in IAF’s fleet were old-fashioned. Yet,
the IAF was enabled to prevent the PAF from gaining air superiority over conflict
zones. After the cease fire between the two countries, Pakistan claimed to have
shot down 113 IAF aircraft while the Indians claimed that 73 PAF aircraft were
downed. The IAF lost more than 60 per cent of its air combat during the
disastrous battles over Kalaikunda and Pathankot.
Post 1965 Scenario
The IAF underwent series of changes after 1965. The Para Commandos regiment
was created in 1966 to increase its logistics supply and rescue operations ability.
The IAF also introduced 72 Avro 748s, which were made by Hindustan
Aeronautics Limited (HAL) under license from Avro. India’s emphasis was on to
manufacture indigenous fighter aircraft. HAL also started working on a new
improved version of the Folland Gnat, called as HAL Ajeet. Simultaneously, the
IAF started inducting Mach 2 capable Soviet MiG-21 and Sukhoi Su-7 fighters.
1971 Indo-Pakistan War
In 1971 another war between India and Pakistan was broke out due to the
intensification of the Independence Movement in erstwhile East Pakistan. Ten
days before the start of a full-fledged war, four Pakistani Air Force F-86 Sabre jets
attacked Indian and Mukti Bahini positions near the international border. Three
of the four Sabres were shot down by IAF’s Folland Gnats. On 3rd December,
1971 India formally declared war against Pakistan following massive strikes by
the PAF against IAF installations in Ambala, Sirsa, Srinagar, Halwra and
Jodhpur.
However, the plan failed as the IAF was quick to respond to Pakistani air strikes,
following which the PAF carried out mostly defensive sorties. The IAF had
carried out almost 12,000 sorties, within the first two weeks, over East Pakistan
and also provided close air support to the lndian Army. It also supported the
Navy in its operations against the Pakistani Navy and Maritime Security Agency
in the Bay of Bengal and Arabian Sea.
During the Battle of Longewala, on the Western front, the IAF destroyed 94 PAF
Aircraft. It adopted strategic bombing of West Pakistan by carrying out raids on
oil installations in Karachi, the Mangla Dam and a gas plant in Sindh. The IAF
had complete air superiority on the Eastern front by deploying same strategy as
adopted in West Pakistan.
On the ground Pakistan suffered most, with 9,000 killed and 25,000 wounded.
This represented a major defeat for Pakistan.
Towards the end of the war, the transport planes of IAF dropped leaflets over
Dhaka asking the Pakistani troops to surrender, demoralising Pakistani troops in
East Pakistan.
Operation Meghdoot
On 13th April, 1984 India launched Operation Meghdoot to capture the Siachen
Glacier in the Kashmir region. IAF’s Mi-8, Chetak and Cheetah helicopters took
hundreds of Indian troops to Siachen. The military action was successful and the
Indian forces took control over most of the heights on the glacier.
Kargil War Operation
In May, 1999 the IAF was called into provide close air support to the Indian
Army at the height of the ongoing Kargil War. After the initial disappointments,
the IAF deployed the Mirage 2000, which not only had better defense equipment
but also gave IAF the ability to carry out aerial raids at night. The mirages
successfully targeted enemy camps and logistic bases in Kargil and disrupted
their supply lines. The IAF also deployed its radars and the MiG-29 fighter jets in
large numbers to keep a strict watch on Pakistani Military Movements across the
border.At the peak of the conflict, the IAF was conducting over 40 sorties daily
over the Kargil region. The lAF’s operations in Kargil boosted the morale of the
Indian Army and paved the way for the early recapture of Muntho Dhalo and
Tiger Hill. The Indian forces had successfully liberated Kargil from Pakistani
forces and Islamist militants by 26th July.
Operation Pawan
It is codename assigned to operation by IPKF to take control of Jaffna from
LTTE in late 1987. Indian Air Force undertook massive airlift to reinforce efforts
of armed forces with 3 brigades, heavy equipment. It saw induction of Mi-8
medium helicopters and Ist use of Mi-25 Gunship, HAL Cheetah.
Operation Sankat Mochan
An operation of the Indian Air Force in view of 2016 juba clashes to evacuate
Indian citizens and other foreign nationals from South Sudan during the South
Sudanese civil war.
Operation Insaniyat
An humanitarian assistance aimed to supply relief packages to Bangladesh for
migrant Rohingya Muslims.
Dispute Over Sir Creek
Since, late 1990s, the IAF has been modernising its fleet to counter challenges in
the 21st century. Though, the fleet size of the IAF has decreased during due to
the retirement of older aircraft, still India maintains the fourth largest air force in
the world. Self-reliance is the main aim pursued by defence research and
manufacturing agencies.
Display Teams of IAF

The Indian Air Force maintains two display teams. These are :
1. Surya Kiran
Surya Kiran is an aerobatics demonstration team of the IAF, formed in 1996 to
serve as the ambassadors of the Indian Air Force and to showcase the
professionalism, the mettle and the calibre of the IAF. The team has performed
numerous demonstrations in different parts of the country and abroad. Today, it
is the one amongst the three renowned nine-aircraft public display aerobatic
teams in the world. The other two include the British red arrows and the
Canadian snowbirds.
The team is based at the Bidar Air Force Station in Karnataka. lt comprises a
total of 13 pilots and operates nine HJT-16 Kiran trainer aircraft painted in a
‘day-g10 orange’ and white colour scheme.
The team was conferred squadron status in 2006, and currently has the
designation of 52 squadron, air force ‘The Sharks’. Soon, the HJT-16 Kiran is to
be replaced by the HJT-36 Sitara. The IAF has also given an order for 12 Limited
Series Production aircraft for the Surya Kiran team. Simultaneously, IAF has
initiated the process of transforming Surya Kirans to BAE Hawks. It will take 2-3
years for the team to convert to Hawks altogether.
2. Sarang
Sarang is another helicopter aerobatics display team of IAF and it is the only
helicopter based services display team in the world. It has evolved from erstwhile
ALH Evaluation Flight (AEF) formed at Aircraft and System Testing
Establishment (ASTE) on 18th March, 2002.
The team flies four modified HAL Dhruv helicopters, also known as ALH
(Advanced Light Helicopter), painted in red and white with a peacock figure at
each side of the fuselage. The Sarang display team is based at the Indian Air
Force base at Air Force station Sulur, Coimbatore.
The team made its debut public performance at the Asian aero space air show at
Singapore in February 2004. Since, then the team has performed in 35 various air
shows in India as well as abroad. The performance at Al Ain Aerobatic Show, UAE
in 5th January earned it a reputation as one of the best display team in the world.
Integrated Space Cell

India has set-up an Integrated Space Cell on 10th June, 2008 which is jointly
operated by all the three services of the Indian armed forces, the Civilian
Department of Space and the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).
The prime objective of ISRO is to protect India’s satellites and work on
enhancing their capability for both military and civilian use in an integrated
manner. It also acts as a centralised agency to protect India’s communication and
surveillance network operating in space.
It evolves and suggests steps to protect the satellites by creating electronic shields
around them and also take steps to prevent physical attacks on the satellites.
Important satellites include the Technology Experiment Satellite, which has a
panchromatic camera with a resolution of metre, the RISAT-2, which is capable
of imaging in all-weather conditions and has a resolution of 1 metre. Others
include CARTOSAT-2, CARTOSAT-2A (a dedicated military satellite) and
CARTOSAT-2B, which carries a panchromatic camera which has a resolution of
80 centimetres.
Aircrafts of IAF
Some aircrafts of the Indian Air Force are as follow :
1. Transport Aircraft
Currently, the IAF is using Ilyushin II-76 also known as Gajraj for strategic
military transport operations such as heavy lift at all operational levels for aerial
refueling role. IAF operates 6 Ilyushin II-78 MKIs.
The C-17 Globemaster IIIs are to be replaced by 17 ll-76s in the near future. The
special forces use C-130J of the IAF for combined Army-Air Force operations
while Antonov An-32 also known as Sutlej serves as medium transport aircraft.
The An-32 aircraft is also used in bombing roles and para-dropping operations.
Currently, the IAF operates 105 An-32s, all of which are being upgraded. The
Dornier Do 228 is being as light transport aircraft in the IAF.
This apart, IAF also operates Boeing 737s and Embraer ECJ-135 Legacy aircraft
as V1P transports and passenger airliners for troops. Other VIP transport
aircrafts are used for both the President and the Prime Minister under the call
sign Air India One.
C-130J Super Hercules, C-17 Globemaster III

and Boeing P-8I
With the induction of six C-130J Super Hercules and four C-17 Globemaster III,
India’s capability for strategic airlift got a boost. All these aircrafts have displayed
capability to land or take-off from semi-prepared runways. India has already placed
another six C-l30J Super Hercules on order.
India had also commissioned eight Boeing P-81 for Long Range Maritime
Reconnaissance and Anti- Submarine Warfare (LRMRASW) with it, receiving two of
them on schedule adding teeth to its maritime reconnaissance and anti-submarine
warfare.
2. Trainer Aircraft
Trainer Aircraft is a class of aircraft specifically designed to facilitate, in-flight
training of aircrews and pilots. The use of trainer aircraft with additional safety
features such as forgiving flight characteristics, tandem flight controls and a
simplified cockpit arrangement, allows pilots-in-training to develop piloting and
navigational skills.
The important list of aircraft used for training is as follows :

The HPT-32 (Deepak) is air force’s basic flight training aircraft for cadets. It
was developed during the late 1970s; it has been in service with the IAF since
1984. It was grounded in July 2009 following a crash that killed two senior
flight instructors, but was revived in May 2010. The HPT-32 is to be phased
out soon.
The HJT-16 Kiran Mk.l is used for intermediate flight training of cadets. The
HJT-16 Kiran Mk.2 provides stage II flight training. It is also operated by the
Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team (SKAT) of the IAF. The Kiran is to be replaced
by HJT Sitara.
The BAB Hawk Mk-132 serves as an advanced jet trainer and is gradually
replacing the Kiran Mk.2. The IAF has started the process of transforming the
SKAT to Hawks.
The Cabinet Committee has cleared the purchase of 75 Pilatus PC-7 Mk-2
aircraft on 24th May, 2012. These basic trainer aircrafts are Swiss made. They
were inducted into IAF for training of its cadets filling in an important gap in the
transition of pilots from ab-initio stage through intermediate advanced stages into
full fledged operational flying.
LCA Tejas
This is the first indigenous Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) of India. The LCA is the
best in its classes and is a four plus generation aircraft with state of the art
technology. Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) is also
working on a Mark 2 version of the aircraft that will have a higher capacity.
The aircraft will have features of a stealth fighter and have digital fly-by-wire control
system with glass cockpit with real-time information displayed on it. The aircraft
has already tested air-to-air missiles to bomb dropping. According to the sources, the
aircraft, in the future, will be equipped with Beyond Visual Range (BVR) missiles.
The project has undergone various ups and downs in its 30 years long history of
development.
3. Helicopters
The prime objective of the helicopters is to help ground troops by providing air
cover and by transporting men and essential commodities across the battlefield.
For this purpose the IAF maintains a fleet of helicopters. The current helicopter
fleet of the IAF is estimated to be nearly 300 aircraft. The fleet consists of
approximately 75 Chetaks and Cheetahs, 150+ Mi-8s and Mi-17s, 30 Mi-25/35
attack helicopters and four heavy lift Mi-26 helicopters.
Six important types of helicopters used in Indian Air Force are discussed below :
(i) Advanced Light Helicopter
The latest entry into the IAF is the HAL Dhruv, advanced light helicopter, about a
dozen of which are currently in service. The Dhruv serves primarily as a light utility
helicopter in the IAF. Apart from transport and utility roles, it is also used as attack
helicopter. The Chetak is being gradually replaced by Dhruv.
(ii) Medium and Heavy Lift Helicopters
Undoubtedly, the pride of the force is the Mi-26, which has been operated by
No. 126 HU with outstanding results in the mountains of Northern India. The
bulk of rotorcraft is Medium Lift Helicopters (MI-17/MI-17IV/MI-17V5 and
Mi-8s) well over two hundred of these types serving in helicopter units
throughout the country, playing a vital logistic support role. These are operated
for commando assault tasks, ferrying supplies and personnel to remote mountain
helipads, carrying out Search And Rescue (SAR) Operations and logistic support
tasks in the island territories, Siachen Glacier, apart from armed role.
(iii) Chinook Helicopters
The rotary wing capabilities of the IAF are poised to undergo a paradigm altering
growth. Induction of the Chinook helicopter will be a boost to the nation’s heavy
heli-lift capability.
(iv) Light Utility Helicopters
The light utility helicopters, Chetak and Cheetah, have been the backbone in
SAR casualty evacuation and Route Transport Role (RTR) role in the IAF. To
augment Cheetah helicopter operations in OP Meghdoot sectors, indigenously
modified re-engined Cheetah have been inducted in the fleet. This indigenous
helicopter has proved its worth, apart from showing its reliability in load carrying
capacity.
(v) Attack Helicopters
The attack helicopter fleet of IAF has a rich history of participating in operations
since its induction. They have been deployed in I PKF operations in Sri Lanka,
under UN at Sierra Leone and in Democratic Republic of Congo for Peace
Enforcement.
The machine and men of gunship squadrons have done yeomen service for IAF
and provided Tactical Foot Print to the Air Power. The first attack helicopter
squadron of IAF was raised on 1st November, 1983 and equipped with Mi-25
helicopter gunships. The Mi-35 was inducted in April, 1990 and 104 (H)
squadron was re-equipped with Mi-35 in 1990.
(vi) Apache Helicopters
The planned induction of apache attack helicopters is yet another example of the
shift in the technology and capability level of the rotary wing fleet by IAF.
4. Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs)

UAVs are generally known as Drones. They are either controlled by pilots, from
the ground or independently following a pre-programmed mission. Basically, they
fall under two categories, those that are used for reconnaissance and surveillance
purposes and those, that are armed with missiles and bombs. In recent years, the
use of Drones has grown quickly because unlike manned aircraft they can stay aloft
for longer hours and are much cheaper than other military aircrafts. Currently, the
IAF uses the IAI Malat built Searcher II and IAI Heron, primarily for
reconnaissance and surveillance purposes. The IAI Harpy is designed to attack
radar systems.
It serves as an Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicle (UCAV). This apart, the IAF
also operates the DRDO Lakshya, indigenously developed pilotless target
aircraft, which serves as realistic towed aerial sub-targets for live fire training.
Another UAV, the HAL Nishant Remote Piloted Vehicle (RPV) has also been
developed, with an endurance of over 3 hours.
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs)
Aircraft Origin Type Version Quantity Notes
IAI Heron Israel Unmanned Aerial Vehicle 100 +
DRDO Nishant India Unmanned Aerial Vehicle 12 + Delivery of 12 UAV’s
in 2007
IAI Searcher Israel Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Searcher II 100 +
Searcher I
DRDO Lakshya India Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
Missile System
The missiles systems used in Indian Air Force are discussed below :
Surface to Air Missile Systems

Presently, IAF operates the S-125 Pechora and the 9K33 Osa as Surface-to-air
missile systems. It is also inducting the Akash medium range surface-to-air missile
system. Other surface to air missile systems are as follows :
Barak SAM India and Israel have agreed to expand their missile development
cooperation with a longer-range version of their extended-range Barak ship
defense system for the IAF.
TrishuI (Trident) Trishul has met the IAF requirements during its various
developmental flight trials. Frontier India reports that Indian Air Force is
considering to induct small quantity to meet partial requirement to Low Level
Quick Reaction Missile (LLQRM) System.
SPYDER In June, 2007 India signed a $250 million to purchase SPYDER
mobile air defense missiles from Israel. The two countries signed an additional
$ 4 billion deal for the joint development of medium range surface-to-air
missiles. In August, 2008, a $ 2.5 billion deal was inked by India and Israel to
develop an advanced version of the SPYDER.
Maitri Low Level Quick Reaction Missile (LLQRM) DRDO is in talks with
MBDA in order to develop Maitri LLQRM for armed forces.
Akash IAF has approved the induction of Akash Missile System and had
initiated the process. Akash has successfully demonstrated its performance
through number of flight tests. IAF and DRDO jointly started a ten day
intensive trial of Akash on 13th December, 2007 aimed at making IAF
familiar with the system.
Surface to Surface Missile

India on 6th January, 2014 test-fired its nuclear capable Prithvi II missile, which
has a strike range of 350 km, from the integrated test range at Chandipur off the
Odisha coast. It is a Short Range Ballistic Missile (SRBM), which could be used
to target airfields, command and control centres etc it is an lAF specific variant of
the Prithvi Ballistic Missile.
Prithvi was initially supposed to be a 150 km ‘tactical’ battlefield missile with
conventional warheads but later its role was expanded to include the ‘strategic’
one as well with 500 to 1000 kg nuclear payloads. The Prithvi II
Surface-to-Surface Missile is now equipped with “improved high accuracy
navigation and manoeuvring systems.
India is also planning to conduct more tests of the 3500 km Agni IV and the over
5000 km Agni V, which is a genuine Intercontinental Ballistic Missile (ICBM), to
prepare them for induction by 2016 or so. Agni V brings the whole of China
including its Northernmost city of Habin and Asia as well as parts of Europe,
Africa and Australia within its strike envelope.
The lack of a long-range Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile (SLBM), however,
remains a big gap in India’s nuclear deterrence capabilities, compared with
China. But some progress is expected on this front as well with 750km K15
SLBM slated for test firing when the country’s first indigenous nuclear submarine
INS Arihant goes for ‘sea trials’ later this year.
Ballistic and Cruise Missiles
Name Type Origin Range
Brahmos Stealth Cruise Missile India, Russia 300 km
Prahaar Tactical Ballistic Missile India 150 km
Prithvi I Short Range Ballistic Missile India 150 km (Being Phased Out)
Prithvi II Short Range Ballistic Missile India 250-350 km
Prithvi III Short Range Ballistic Missile India 350-600 km
Shaurya Medium Range Ballistic Missile India 700 km
Agni I Medium Range Ballistic Missile India 700-1250 km
Agni II Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile India 2000-3500 km
Agni III Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile India 3500-5000 km
Agni V Intercontinental Ballistic Missile India 5000-8000 km
Agni VI Intercontinent Ballistic Missile India 8000-10000 km
Anti-Tanks Guided Missiles

Name Type Origin Notes
Nag Missile Anti-Tank Guided Missile India On order
MILAN Anti-Tank Guided Missile France, MILAN 30000 produced
India under license in India
9M113 Konkurs (AT-5 Anti-Tank Guided Missile Russia, Manufactured locally in
Spandrel) India India. Another
10000 Konkurs-M ordered in
a USD 250 million
9M111 Fagot (AT-4 Spigot) Anti-Tank Guided Missile Soviet Union In process of being phased out
Russia
Spike Anti-Tank Guided Missile Israel On order (8356 anti-tank
missiles with 321 launchers,
15 training simulators and
associated equipment)
9M119 Svir (AT-11 Sniper) Anti-Tank Guided Missile Russia For use with the T-90S
9K121 Vikhr (AT-16 Anti-Tank Guided Missile Russia For use with Mi-17
Scallion)
Lahat Anti-Tank Guided Missile Israel For use with the Arjun
CLGM Missile Cannon launched Anti-Tank India For the use with MBT Arjun
Guided Missile and T-90S
Air Defence Missiles

Name Type Origin Note
Prithvi Air Defense- Anti-Ballistic Missile India Exoatmospheric (outside the
Pradyumna atmosphere) interceptor
system
Advanced Air Defence- Anti-Ballistic Missile India Endo atmospheric (within the
Ashwin atmosphere) interceptor
system
SA-5 Gammon Strategic SAM System Soviet Union Still officially
unacknowledged
Trishul Surface-to Air Missile India
Akash Surface-to-Air Missile India More on order. Indigenously
developed surface to air
missile to replace SA6
Kub (SA-6 Gainful) Surface-to-Air Missile Soviet Union
9K35 Strela-10 (SA-13 Surface-to-Air Missile Soviet Union
Gopher)
Tigercat Surface-to-Air Missile United Kingdom
S-75 Dvina (SA-2 Strategic SAM System Soviet Union
Guideline)
Bofors L40/70 Anti-Aircraft Artillery Sweden 40 mm gun. Upgraded L/60
26
Awards and Honours
Gallantry Awards
After conclusion of British rule in India, the old institution of British honours and
awards came to an end. Independent India introduced various awards such as
Param Vir Chakra, Maha Vir Chakra, Ashoka Chakra, Shaurya Chakra, etc to
recognise and encourage the contributions made by army personnel.
Param Vir Chakra (PVC)

It is the highest gallantry award given to the Indian Armed Forces, instituted on
26th January, 1950. It is awarded to officers and enlisted personnel of all military
branches to recognise the most conspicuous bravery or some daring or
pre-eminent act of valour or self-sacrifice in the presence of the enemy. The PVC
is a post-independent equivalent of the Victoria Cross, (UK) and the Medal of
Honour (USA).
Awards and Honours 265
List of Param Vir Chakra Winners

Name Regiment Date Battle
1. Major Somnath Sharma 4th Battalion, Kumaon 3rd November, 1947 Badgam, Kashmir
Regiment
2. Naik Jadunath Singh 1st Battalion, Rajput February, 1948 Naushera, Kashmir
Regiment
3. Second Lieutenant Corps of Engineers 8th April, 1948 Naushera, Kashmir
Rama Raghoba Rane
4. Company Havildar 6th Battalion, 17th July, 1948-18th Tithwal, Kashmir
Major Piru Singh Rajputana Rifles July, 1948
Shekhawat
5. Lance Naik Karam 1st Battalion, Sikh 13th October, 1948 Tithwal, Kashmir
Singh Regiment
6. Captain Gurbachan 3rd Battalion, 1st 5th December, 1961 Elizabethville, Katanga,
Singh Salaria Gorkha Rifles (The Congo
Malaun Regiment)
7. Major Dhan Singh 1st Battalion, 8th 20th October, 1962 Ladakh, India
Thapa Gorkha Rifles
8. Subedar Joginder Singh 1st Battalion, Sikh 23rd October, 1962 Tongpen La, North-East
Regiment Frontier Agency, India
9. Major Shaitan Singh 13th Battalion, Kumaon 18th November, 1962 Rezang La, Ladakh
Regiment
10. Company Quarter 4th Battalion, The 10th September, 1965 Chima, Khem Karan
Master Havildar Abdul Grenadiers Sector
Hamid
11. Lieutenant-Colonel 17th Poona Horse 15th October, 1965 Phillora, Sialkot Sector,
Ardeshir Burzorji Pakistan
Tarapore
12. Lance Naik Albert Ekka 14th Battalion, Brigade 3rd December, 1971 Gangasagar
of the Guards
13. Flying Officer Nirmaljit Number 18 Squadron, 14th December, 1971 Srinagar, Kashmir
Singh Sekhon Indian Air Force
14. 2/Lieutenant Arun 17th Poona Horse 16th December, 1971 Jarpal, Shakargarh
Khetarpal Sector
15. Major Hoshiar Singh 3rd Battalion, The 17th December, 1971 Basantar River,
Grenadiers Shakargarh Sector
16. Naib Subedar Bana 8th Battalion, Jammu 23rd June, 1987 Siachen Glacier, Jammu
Singh and Kashmir Light and Kashmir
Infantry
17. Major Ramaswamy 8th Battalion, Mahar 25th November, 1987 Sri Lanka
Parameshwaran Regiment
18. Captain Manoj Kumar 1st Battalion,11th 3rd July, 1999 Khaluber/Juber Top,
Pandey Gorkha Rifles Batalik Sector, Kargil
Area, Jammu and
Kashmir
Name Regiment Date Battle
19. Grenadier Yogendra 18th Battalion, The 4th July, 1999 Tiger Hill, Kargil Area
Singh Yadav Grenadiers
20. Rifleman Sanjay Kumar 13th Battalion, Jammu 5th July, 1999 Area Flat Top, Kargil
and Kashmir Rifles Area
21. Captain Vikram Batra 13th Battalion, Jammu 6th July, 1999 Point 5140, Point
and Kashmir Rifles 4875, Kargil Area
Maha Vir Chakra (MVC)

It is the second highest military decoration in India and is awarded for acts of
conspicuous gallantry in the presence of the enemy, whether on land, at sea or in
the air. It may be awarded posthumously.
Vir Chakra
It is awarded for acts of gallantry in the presence of the enemy, whether on land
or at sea or in the air. It is third in precedence in the war time gallantry awards
and comes after the Param Vir Chakra and Maha Vir Chakra. It was instituted
on 26th January, 1950 (with effect from 15th August, 1947) by the President of
India.
Ashok Chakra
It is awarded for valour, courageous action or self-sacrifice away from the
battlefield. It is the peace time equivalent of the Param Vir Chakra and is
awarded for the most conspicuous bravery or some daring or pre-eminent valour
or self-sacrifice other than in the face of the enemy. Recipients of this award may
be officers, men and women of all ranks at the Army, the Navy and the Air
Force, of any of the Reserved Forces, of the Territorial Army, Militia and of any
other lawfully constituted forces. It was established as the ‘Ashoka Chakra, Class
I’ by the President of India, 4th January, 1952 (with effect from 15th August,
1947). The award is open to civilians also. These awards are biannual and are
given on the Republic Day and Independence Day.
Shaurya Chakra
It is awarded for gallantry otherwise than in the face of the enemy. It is the
peacetime equivalent of the Vir Chakra. The decoration may be granted to
civilians or to military personnel and may be awarded posthumously.
Kirti Chakra
It is a military decoration awarded for valour, courageous action or self-sacrifice
away from the field of battle. It is awarded to both civilians and military
personnel, including posthumous awards. It is the peacetime equivalent of Maha
Vir Chakra.
Awards and Honours 267
Yuddh Seva Medal

It was instituted on 26th June, 1980 to recognise distinguished service of a high
order during war/conflict/hostilities.
Param Vishisht Seva Medal
It was instituted on 26th January, 1960 as Vishisht Seva Medal Class-I to
recognise the distinguished service of the most exceptional order. It was renamed
on 27th January, 1967 as PVSM.
Ati Vishisht Seva Medal
It was instituted on 26th January, 1960 as Vishisht Seva Medal Class II for
distinguished service of an exceptional order. It was renamed on 27th January,
1967 as AVSM.
Sena (Army) Medal / Nao Sena (Navy) Medal/
Vayu Sena (Air Force) Medal
These medals are awarded for such individual acts of exceptional devotion to
duty or courage as have special significance for the Army/Navy/Air Force.
Sometimes these awards may be made posthumously.
In these awards a bar shall be given for every subsequents award of the medal to
a person. These awards can be given to all ranks of the Army/Navy/Air Force.
Non-Gallantry Awards
Bharat Ratna Award
It is the highest civilian honour, given for exceptional service towards
advancement of Art, Literature and Science, and in recognition of public Service
of the highest order. The provision of Bharat Ratna was introduced in 1954. The
first ever Indian to receive this award was the famous scientist, Chandrasekhara
Venkata Raman.
In fact, there is no written provision that Bharat Ratna should be awarded
to Indian citizens only. The award has been awarded to a naturalised
Indian citizen, Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu, better known as Mother Teresa (1980)
and to two non-Indians–Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan and Nelson Mandela (1990).
In 2009, the award was conferred on famous Indian vocalist Pandit Bhimsen
Gururaj Joshi. Legendary cricketer Sachin Tendulkar and eminent scientist
Professor CNR Rao have received the Bharat Ratna from President of India on
4th February, 2014 in New Delhi. On 30th March, 2015, it was conferred on
former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee and late educationist and freedom
fighter Madan Mohan Malaviya (Posthumously).
Padma Awards
These awards are given for exceptional and distinguished service in any
field including service rendered by government servants. The recommendations
for Padma Awards are received from the State Governments/Union Territory
Administrations, Central Ministries/ Departments, Institutions of Excellence etc
which are considered by an Awards Committee. On the basis of the
recommendations of the Awards Committee and after approval of the Home
Minister, Prime Minister and President, the Padma Awards are announced on the
eve of the Republic Day. Padma Awards were instituted in the year 1954. Except
for brief interruption(s) during the years 1978 to 1979 and 1993 to 1997, these
awards have been announced every year.
This award is given in three categories, viz, Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan,
and Padma Shri in the decreasing order of importance.
Padma Vibhushan for ‘exceptional and distinguished service’. Padma
Vibhushan is second hightest civilian award in India.
Padma Bhushan for “distinguished service of a high order”. Padma Bhushan is
third highest civilian award in India.
Padma Shri is awarded for “distinguished service”. Padma Shri is last and
fourth highest civilian award in India.
The Padma award is just an honour. No cash allowance or any facility/benefit is
attached to these awards.

Get Success in SSB Interviews - Experts, Arihant

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Get Success in SSB Interviews - Experts, Arihant

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTERVIEWS

Arihant Publications (India) Limited

All disputes subject to Meerut (UP) jurisdiction only.

Administrative & Production Offices Sales & Support Offices

Head Office: ISBN : 978-93-12148-86-0

For further information about the products from Arihant

Highlights of Career as an Army Officer

Pays and Perks

National Defence Academy Entry

Technical Entry Scheme

Graduate Entry Scheme

NCC Special Entry Scheme

Women Entry Scheme

SSB Call Letters and Reporting

Points to Remember before Reporting

Guidance Tips for Screening Test

Testing Schedule at SSB

Stage I Stage II Stage III

GD GPE PGT GOR HGT Lecturette IO CT FGT

DAY SCREENING TESTING Held on first day of testing. It includes

DAY PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING On the second day, candidates are put

 Progressive Group Task (PGT)  Group Obstacle Race (GOR)

 Lecturette  Half Group Task (HGT)

DAY REMAINING GROUP TESTS These are conducted on fourth day.

 Final Group Task (FGT)

 Individual Obstacles (IO) In this task, candidates go over 10 obstacles

DAY CONFERENCE PROCEDURE Last day, Final Board Conference is held

Air Force Selection Board (AFSB)

1. Selection Centres East (SCE), Allahabad (Uttar Pradesh)

 Air Force Academy (AFA), Hyderabad (AP) Permanent/Short Commission for

A. Planning and Organising

3. Timely Decision Taking Ability

Need For Screening Test

Types of Screening Test

 Spotting out the embedded figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Problem figures Answer figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Completion of Incomplete Pattern

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Spotting Out Embedded Figure

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Mirror and Water Image

(A) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Sol. (b) The water image of figure (A) will be

Cube and Dice

Progressive Group Task (PGT) Group Obstacle Race (GOR)

Lecturette Half Group Task (HGT)

Final Group Task (FGT)

Individual Obstacles (IO) In this task, candidates go over 10 obstacles

Air Force Academy (AFA), Hyderabad (AP) Permanent/Short Commission for

Spotting out the embedded figure